How will it cost you to build an insulated garden office?

 

Garden Offices

 

Kingsley is a well-known garden office company. We have therefore built a huge number of timber buildings throughout the country. This is both for the general public, for use as say a home office, as well as for businesses.

For example, sometimes we build multiple garden buildings, which are used as absolutely amazing holiday accommodation. Sometimes the person that asks us to build the building might advertise the building on let’s say booking.com or Air B&B.

And therefore they might rent out their garden building to people wanting a vacation in say North Somerset. However, the vast majority of the buildings that construct every year, are garden offices.

 

 

We build high quality garden offices

The customer might be a business owner, alternatively they might be somebody that has switched to hybrid working and now work from home say 3 days a week. The homeowner may therefore need a nice insulated, comfortable well-built building, that’s exactly what we can build. With starting prices of our garden buildings from 18k, you can see why we are so busy and always have a full orderbook.

 

In this article we’re going to look at how much our garden offices cost:

Lowest cost option

Our lowest cost option, is to build what is called a Garden Office Pod. This is quite a small building, and it’s clad either with metal cladding (flat or corrugated iron) or softwood. This helps to reduce the cost of the building if we clad the outside of the building with these cladding options. Prices for this building range from between £18k and £25k.

 

Midpriced options

Customers that want to spend a bit more on having a garden office built, we can offer options between £25k and £50k. This means that we can add to the to the front elevation, Canadian red Cedar wood. Also the building can be a bit larger than our garden office pods.

Again, this includes double glazing and also bi-folding doors being added to the building.

We also include within this price to completely plasterboard inside and to skim it with plaster for you.

Luxury garden offices

When you pick our company the sky is the limit, that’s because there’s no upper price point because we can build a garden office exactly the way you want. So, if you want a huge garden office built, complete with a large luxury bathroom then we can build it for you.

Garden office / Gym

We can therefore build a luxury garden office complete with a bathroom, and also a gym.

So as soon as you finish your workout, running on a treadmill to see 30 minutes flat out, well you could just jump in the shower and have a nice refreshing shower all within your garden room.

 

Garden rooms

We have built a large number of garden office.

It might be the case that we built a building just down the road from you.

Because so many of our past customers simply think that our company is great, that’s because we offer high levels of customer service and quality of our buildings is second to none, we can offer to arrange for you to see garden rooms we have already built. There might be a garden office which is already built, and it might only be a short drive away from where you live.

We build many garden offices, generally the prices range between £18k and £50k to build.

For an exact quote why not give us a ring?

Garden Room Ideas

 

Written on 16th of January 2024

Garden Room Inspiration

 

 

Garden rooms are undoubtedly a large purchase for any homeowner to make. Much deliberation therefore needs to go into the design to make sure it suits your exact requirements. Perhaps mulling over a nice cup of tea, and walking around your garden so you pick the perfect spot will help.

We also have an expert team on hand to help you over the phone with any questions you may have. If you would like to meet one of our sales team, they can come out and meet you in your garden. Some garden room companies may be quite pushy as their sales staff might be working on commission. However we are different, we offer friendly and super helpful advice.

 

What will you use your garden room for?

 

 

At the current time of writing, you might be thinking, well I only want a garden room built so that I can use it a few hours per week. For example, you might run your own business, and,just might want to use the room as a place to send out a few invoices to customers each evening.

And you might be thinking, well you can’t justify the outlay on a garden room, if it’s a building that you only indeed on using for a short period of time each day. But what if we were to tell you that the starting price for a Bath garden building, built by us, Kingsley Build starts from just 18k. Therefore our garden buildings offer fantastic value.

 

Lets provide you with some food for thought.

As you progress through reading this article, we hope to provide you with some food for thought as to other uses of which you might want to use your garden room for.

Here in the fabulous country of Great Britain, we sure do have very long and cold winters. Therefore, garden rooms have become massively popular as a way of getting better use out of the garden right throughout the entire year.

That’s because our buildings are insulated. This slows down the escape of heat, meaning often a simple electric heater is enough to really heat the room up in a relatively short space of time.

So let’s have a look at some of the popular reasons for why people contact us to have a garden building constructed.

 

 

Just a place to unwind, from the hustle and bustle of everyday life

Sometimes we think too hard about what we want to use the building for- for example, using the room as say a home gym. We may even say, well I can justify the cost because I will be using the room every day to improve my fitness, which may well be true.

But what if we just wanted to use the space as a place to unwind, forget about work, and use the garden building as a place to go after a long day and let our hair down so to speak enjoy nice bottle of red wine.

Perhaps you may even therefore use the room as place to enjoy a glass of gin, or simply to have a go on a retro arcade game machine that you have installed within the garden building. After all, everybody likes a good game of Pac man, don’t they?

So what we would recommend this if you’re thinking about having a garden building constructed anywhere in England, why not have its built so it’s extra-large- so if you do wish to use the space for something else in the future, such as a home gym, well you have the ample space to do so.

 

 

A place to socialise

Right across the South-West of England, there are some amazing properties- ranging from ultra moden homes, through to very old Victorian grand mansions.

We have some really valued customers who live in the city of Bath and the surrounding areas.

However, sometimes, the property, whether it be a thatched cottage or a mansion house, is sometimes set in the rural countryside where it is miles from the local pub or a nice bistro restaurant.

So sometimes therefore you might not want to drive, or wait for a taxi to drive you through the winding country roads taking you to say the local boozer.

Instead what you might want to simply walk end of your garden, and enjoy a nice refreshing pint of English Ale. Therefore why not hire us, to build a garden bar for you.

You might need to seek planning permission for this, however, once this is granted from Bath Council, we can build a garden bar for you.

We could build a very large building for you, you could have a bathroom built to the side, it have a nice lounge area to simply unwind uncomfortably on say a nice reclining sofa. You may wish to add a dartboard, you could even have a large bar area where you can simply pour your favourite drinks and enjoy the company of good friends.

 

 

Save time driving back and forth to work, why not purchase a garden office from us?

The vast majority of the garden buildings that we construct, within England, are used as garden offices.

However, this hasn’t got to be the sole use of the building. One half of the building could be used for example as a home gym as well, or simply somewhere to watch live sports, such as football on Sky Sports- what a great way to unwind after a long week at work.

 

Simply take in the views of Bath. England

Bath is a very desirable place to live, located in South-West England.

There are some absolutely spectacular views, over rolling hills and the countryside, meandering rivers, and large woodland full of grand oak trees. You might therefore want to garden building constructed, with huge glazed windows, allowing panoramic views over the surrounding countryside. We can therefore build a garden building as large as you would like, with huge windows so you can read the newspapers, whilst sipping on a cup of tea and take in the views through the garden room windows.

 

Blank canvas

Although this article has concentrated, on what you might want to use your garden building for and how you would like to be designed, it’s important to think of the building as a sort of blank canvass.

You could use the garden building as your home office, you could use it as your own personal gym, you can also use it as your cinema room.

What’s great about the garden building is it’s also flexible, you might choose to use it for five years as your home office and then decide to convert the building so that it can be used for something else which is relatively easy to do.

We have built a huge number of garden buildings, often used as places where people can work from home. We can come out and have a cup of tea and a chat with you, to discuss exactly how you’d like the building to be constructed.

 

 

 

We answer commonly asked questions regarding our garden offices

 

Introduction

Purchasing a new garden office is a large purchase. Therefore, our customers will often have many questions when designing a garden room that’s right for their needs. To help you create your perfect garden room, we thought we’d write a helpful and valuable article.

In this article, we will answer commonly asked questions regarding our garden rooms and offices. Of course, if you have any further questions, do not hesitate to write to us via email or call us. Here at Kingsley we employ friendly and highly knowledgeable sales staff who can advise you on everything from differing cladding options to the different brands of air-conditioning systems that we can install for you.

 

How long in total does it take you to construct a garden office from start to completion?

Generally, most garden offices can be built from start to completion in less than three weeks. However, we often build intricate garden rooms; for example, the owner might even want to be able to sit on the roof with a table and chairs. This will require a lot more construction work to strengthen the roof, building such a building will sometimes take substantially longer to build.

However, when we have met with you in your garden, we can often be able to estimate how long it will take to construct the building. Yet, with that said, we can often build our buildings faster than many other companies due to the large workforce we now employ. For example, for a huge garden room, we might appoint seven staff to start building the room, so as you can imagine, the construction work can happen very quickly once you hire us.

 

Are you able to install all of the electrics and the fuse box?

Yes, when you commit to purchasing a garden room on from some of our competitor, they will often exclude the cost of installing the electrics. However, we know that our customers want to start using their garden rooms as soon as we have finished constructing them; they don’t want to wait, for example, another three weeks after the build has been completed, for an electrician to turn up and start installing the electrics.

Therefore, we employ our own electricians, who can install the lighting, the fuse box and the wires to put the electricity into the garden room. This means that as soon as we finish constructing the building, it’s ready for our customers to use.
Are the buildings that you construct fully guaranteed?

Yes, the buildings that we construct are fully guaranteed; we offer a comprehensive guarantee.

If you’d like to know more about the guarantee period that we offer on our garden rooms, then why not call or email us today?

 

How can we make the garden building more environmentally friendly?

There are now many ways to make your garden room more environmentally friendly; for example, your garden office might be in a place in your garden where you can harvest a lot of sunlight.

Therefore, this would make an absolutely brilliant location to place multiple solar panels on the roof of the garden office, to start turning that sunlight into energy.

We also fully insulated all walls within our garden buildings, making them much more energy-efficient.

 

We want separate rooms within the garden office, are you able to offer this?

Yes, most certainly, a husband and a wife may be working together to run a business and they may use the garden office as their place to work, they may, therefore, want a partition wall built within the building so they both have separate office space. We can, therefore, use plasterboard and timber to create a partition within the garden office.

 

How can we heat our garden office?

There are many ways that you can heat your garden office; for example, you might want underfloor heating installed in the floor throughout the whole building?

Instead, you might want multiple oil-filled electric radiators placed on the wall in every room; we can therefore offer different options to heat your garden office.

 

How can we cool our garden office?

We can offer you many different types of air-conditioning systems; we can offer you top-quality air-conditioning systems.

 

Do you offer double-glazing?

Yes, we can even offer you triple glazing if you would prefer?

You might opt for triple glazing if the garden room is near a busy road, as this can help the building be quieter inside.

 

We want a kitchen area. Are you able to offer this?

Yes, we can build a kitchen area within your garden office; this makes it a piece of cake for you to make your teas and coffees throughout the day.

 

How long have you been building garden rooms?

We have been building quality garden offices for over seven years, so we have a highly experienced staff capable of making any garden room.

 

How do you insulate the garden offices that you build?

We can insulate your garden office; you might want to opt for fibreglass or panel insulation?

 

How secure are the garden rooms that you build?

We can put locks on the doors and all the windows, and for the additional charge, we can also set a security lights on the front or any wall of your garden room as well.

 

Would you like a free quote?

If you would like a free quote, then why not call us today?

Can you build us a garden room that also has a bar/kitchen area?

 

Can you build a garden room that has a bar/kitchen?

 

Many people are noticing on social media, for example on Instagram that more and more people are purchasing luxurious, well-made garden rooms that also have a kitchen area.

Now you might be thinking, well, our climate here in Great Britain is mighty cold for a lot of the year, so will we be able to use the room say during the winter?

The great thing is we can add super thick, quality insulation within the walls, combined with very high-quality bi-folding doors and shut flush, creating a room that’s easy to heat.

Therefore, you can use your garden building in the middle of winter months, even though it might be extremely nippy and cold outside.

Equally the bi-folding doors can be folded back, when its nice and warm, allowing the fresh air to flood into the room during the spring and summer months.

We can, therefore, fully insulate the structure; we can also add electric heaters as well as a high-quality air-conditioning system.

We can add a quality, well-made kitchen as well for you, for example you may even want a hardwood kitchen; we can also add an area where you can prepare cocktails. Our joiners can therefore build a bar for you.

 

Will we require planning permission?

 

When we meet you, we can discuss exactly how you would like the garden building to be constructed in terms of height of the building, the width and length.

We can then discuss your desired features, such as installing a large kitchen or a bar area.

Then, we can advise you whether planning permission will be needed or not.

Our tradesmen can take care of everything for you

We build luxurious, handmade garden rooms, carefully assembled by our expert carpenters. We also employ tilers, electricians and plumbers.

We can also install all of the plumbing and all of the electrics for you, this means that we can undertake the ground works as well, such as installing the armoured cable using a mini-digger.

We can also connect the building to the mains water supply as well.

The cost depends on how large the building is to be, what type of wooden kitchen you want added, and if you would like us to build a bar for you as well.

 

Alfresco dining

 

For a lot of us, when we have a busy week at work, it’s essential to make the most of our British summer and spring months, to enjoy the natural sunlight and the warm air and simply to unwind within our gardens.

Therefore, a garden room, complete with a kitchen, can offer an excellent place to sit outside and have some alfresco dining, perhaps a lovely bottle of wine?

We can also build a patio for you. This could be made from natural stone, man made stone, or perhaps you would prefer composite decking?

This offers a great place to sit out and enjoy a nice bottle of wine and food, perhaps a cheeseboard with the family during a nice warm summers day.

 

We build Luxury

 

We are well known in Bath, South West England for building luxurious, handmade, bespoke garden rooms made using good quality timber.

Therefore, our garden buildings differ from those rolled off a mass production line, that are stapled together within a factory. Instead, we consult with the customer to understand exactly how they would like the building to be constructed.

We can then create a set of 3-D designs so the customer can look at the building and say whether or not they like the appearance of the cladding, the doors, the roof and perhaps the decking.

At the design stage, a customer might want a arrange phone call with us, so that we have a quick chat on the mobile phone, for example the customer might want to more about the various cladding options we offer.

The customer might have originally picked composite cladding, but they might not like how dark the cladding is; once they have looked at how the 3D drawings look. So we can then recommend some different options the customer may want instead.

Therefore, we work collaboratively with our customers to ensure they get a kitchen garden room built precisely how they want it to be constructed.

 

Multiple different purposes

 

When you think of a garden room complete with kitchen or a bar area you will often think of the building is used just to socialise within your friends and family perhaps on a weekend.

So therefore you might think that the building might just be used on weekends, yet you could also use the building for multiple different purposes, and use the building right throughout the week.

 

 

Partitioned walls

 

Why not have a separate room that can be used as your space you can use to use as a room to complete your work tasks?

You can complete your work in a nice quiet area within your garden; then you could use the other room for socialising, perhaps watching football with your friends?

 

 

The Cotswolds and beyond

 

Here at Kingsley Build, we are a well-known garden room company here in the United Kingdom
We have been working hard to make high-quality, bespoke, and well-made buildings for over ten years.

We have excellent, highly experienced sales staff, who are very friendly, who can travel out and meet you and offer you a free and no obligation quotation.

Over a nice cup of tea and perhaps some biscuits, we can offer you advice on how you would like your garden room to be built.

 

Rock-solid

 

One of the reasons we are often chosen here at Kingsley Build to build everything from log cabins and holiday accommodations, through to garden offices is that we offer a comprehensive guarantee on all of our buildings.

We go to great lengths to make sure we use quality building materials, such as the timber, the aluminium and plastics, to ensure that we supply the customer with a very high-quality product that they will enjoy for years to come.

We have build many garden rooms which are dotted all across Bath, a Roman town in south-west England, we have built numerous garden offices, log cabins, summerhouses and garden rooms. These are made to an excellent standard, with prices starting at a low cost, just £18,000, an offer that is a fabulous value for money.

 

 

We build garden buildings within the Roman city of Bath.

 

Our company specialises in building luxurious, bespoke, tailor-made garden rooms within the city of Bath, in England. We offer free quotations.

Can your garden rooms be used during the coldest of winter days?

 

Introduction

When you purchase a garden building, it’s a substantial purchase for most homeowners. It’s not a building you’ll just want to use on the odd warm summer day- you may want to use the building right throughout the winter as well.

And a lot of our customer will want to use, say, their garden office, even if it’s absolutely freezing outside.
Therefore, this raises the question, can the building be used throughout the winter?

 

Our buildings can be used 365 days a year

There are some garden buildings, built by some companies you might not want to venture into during the winter unless you wear a thick ski jacket and perhaps good quality thermals underneath.

And that is because you might have purchased a building that looks fabulous during the summer, perhaps you went to see it in a local summerhouse show room, yet come the winter, you might be frozen within the garden room due to the lack of insulation.

Therefore, you need to hire a construction company like ours, which will spend the time discussing all the various insulation options we can offer. Sometimes, customers will want multiple layers of insulation to ensure the room can be used right throughout the year.

 

We can offer the following types of insulation:

– Sheeps wool
– Panel insulation
– Rockwool insulation

 

We also construct garden rooms during the winter months

Some landscaping companies do most of their work during the summer months, so they might not build many garden rooms during the winter.

However, we have a full-time team installing garden offices and rooms during the winter as well in autumn, spring and summer months.

 

How can we heat the garden room?

Heating the garden room is very simple to do; you can simply just switch on oil-filled radiators, and the room will be nice and warm very quickly.

 

Will drafts be coming through the walls?

You can see sometimes shards of light coming through the external walls in some cheap, low-quality log cabins. In winter, huge drafts will therefore be flowing into the building, and it will be tough to keep warm as well as very expensive, in terms of running costs, due to amount of electric that will be needed to heat the room.

Our buildings are different; they have a breathable membrane fitted on every wall, outer wooden cladding that helps keep the rain out, internal insulation then keeps the cool or warm air in, and plasterboard, which helps keep the room nice and warm.

 

 

Are your buildings guaranteed to last?

Yes, we offer a comprehensive guarantee on all of our garden buildings.

We also want to work within the building during the summer, so how would you keep the building cool on those warmer days?

It’s essential to think about how you will heat the garden building, but also, equally, how you will cool the room come the summer months.

We could add a high-quality air conditioning unit for you, so cooling the room is an absolute piece of cake.

 

What about security?

We can add locks to the windows and doors for you, plus they will be double-glazed, making the building more secure.
For an additional cost, we could install security lights, which switch on automatically when somebody walks past the building.

 

What about muddy boots in the winter?

We can build a pathway leading to the garden building for an additional cost. Therefore, you could be walking on stone or concrete, making it less likely that you walk muddy boots into the log cabin.

 

Do you offer summerhouse finance?

Currently, we do not offer finance, yet we offer some of the most affordable prices to build a garden room.
Our house located in Bath, England, hasn’t got rear access to the garden.

 

Are you still able to build a garden room for us?

Yes, because our garden buildings are 100% bespoke, the building materials are not constructed using flat pack construction methods.
Instead, individual pieces of wood can be carried through the house or a side access leading to your garden.

We can, therefore, build a garden room in most gardens within the city of Bath.

We understand that within the city of Bath, in South West England, there is many Victorian houses, and therefore, sometimes there isn’t rear access available to the garden for us to carry building materials into the garden, because it might be long row of terraced housing, and therefore there might not be side access neither.

Therefore, what we can do instead is walk the building materials through the house and then start work straight away on building a garden room for you

 

A range of different insulation options for you to select

Some companies may only offer you one type of insulation- for example fibreglass insulation.
That’s because some garden buildings might get mass-produced within say a warehouse, therefore they may only come with one type of insulation.

Our garden buildings are different from flat-pack summerhouses- our buildings are instead bespoke, so the customer can specify which insulation options that they want.

If you’d like a more eco-friendlier option, then why not select sheep wool? If you would like a different kind of insulation that is really good at keeping heat within the building, then why not opt for thick panel insulation? This can do a fantastic job of retaining heat.

 

Underfloor heating
Many people like underfloor heating in their homes, for example, they may want this within the bathroom or within the kitchen. This makes walking on the floor, during the winter much more comfortable during a freezing cold morning.
But you might be spending considerable time working within your garden office during the winter months; therefore, you might also want the garden room floor to have underfloor heating. Thus, the floor could radiate heat throughout the building while you’re working.

Do you run your business- could you benefit from purchasing a garden office from us?

 

Introduction

 

You might run a freelance business, for example, you might be a web designer? You might be looking at renting an office? Yet, then thought, well, what about getting a garden office built?

Such a building is simply great for remote working or just having a place to run your business and meet your clients.

Being comfortable

For some of us, we spend most of our waking hours in work. So, this is why its crucial, that your comfortable. That you have a room that you enjoy spending your time, it may have artwork on the wall, a large window to let in all that fresh air and natural light.

What’s great about purchasing a garden office from us, is you can design it to your exact requirements.

So, floor to ceiling windows, no problem, large bathroom and kitchen- you got it, we can build the whole building the way you like. If you have an active lifestyle, why not have a separate room, and place some gym equipment in there, that offer a great place to have a quick run after work.

 

Any shape or size you like

Our British gardens, well they come in all sizes, from back gardens not large enough to swing a cat- through to gardens so large, well, you could get lost in the amount of woodland you may have.

So, what’s great about hiring our team to help design and build your garden office, is every part of the building is bespoke. Its 100% designed the way you like, so if you have enough room, and you gain planning permission, why not have a truly large garden office? It could also be used for multiple purposes, such as a gym / office?

 

We can build internal walls to create meeting room / office

So, let’s say you’re a freelance web designer for example, you might want one room to use as your room to complete work.
Yet another separate room where you meet your clients, with a large meeting table, perhaps a white board, so you can note down some ideas?

 

Why rent expensive office space?

Even an office, that’s the dimensions of the internal space of a broom cupboard, in some cities can cost an arm and a

 

Toilet and kitchen area

 

If your going be working in your garden office, then you might want us to install a bathroom.

Some customers have a complete bathroom suite, including shower, toilet and wash hand basin.

Yet, if you haven’t got that much room to spare, there are some really innovative spaces saving solutions. For example, there are toilets, which have fitted into the top, a wash hand basin, helping you to save so much space.

Alternatively, a lot of our garden rooms, are often used for more than one purpose. For example, someone running their own business, might be using the majority of the building as an air-conditioned garden office.

Yet, some of the room, might be used as a gym, therefore, you might after a workout want a nice refreshing shower, and we can install a shower for you.

We hope article has helped explain some of the benefits of owning one of our garden offices.

 

Quality for less

We build superb quality, long lasting, durable garden offices, yet our customers are always pleasantly surprised with our prices. We can build a garden office for just 18k, so if you would like, to get a quality building built by us, why not call us?

 

Bath and beyond

We are a well-known garden room company in Bath, yet, our team, which consists now of over 10 installers, travel up and down the country building everything from luxury gin bars, through to yoga rooms.

Garden rooms are now massively popular in the U.K, and we have a very strong reputation, for building quality garden rooms, at competitive prices. Why not get on the phone today and give us a ring?

 

 

Have your garden office built the way you like

 

Here at Kingsley Build, we have now been designing and building garden offices for over 10 years. As these buildings are places where our customers spend a huge amount of time, its so important that the buildings are carefully designed, so that they are comfortable, well designed and built rooms.

 

 

 

For some people, they may spend easily 50+ busy working in their garden office. So, means one thing, the room needs to be comfortable, but more than that, it’s an opportunity to design and build a building around you, you have quality speakers embed the ceiling, so when you want to blast 10 minutes of classical music, why not?

Why not have a space dedicated for massaging chair, so when work gets tiring, a little wearing, you could jump in the massaging chair and just have 10 minutes of the back being massaged by the chair.

Or, why not just have a nice kitchen area, with an area you can make nice refreshing espresso?

The building can therefore be designed around you.

 

 

 

 

Switch off when the doors are closed

The lines are somewhat now blurred- with home working? And what do we mean by that?

Well, it’s all too easy to keep working longer, and longer, and longer hours. To keep walking back and answering e-mails at 8pm, just because the laptop is there, and when you walk past on the kitchen table, you see instantly that your boss, or client has e-mailed you.

So, then you think, I will quickly e-mail back- then that message turns into 7 more messages that evening- sound familiar?

Yes, so its important to divide work from your personal life.

 

And how do you do this?

Well, that’s simple, with a well-designed garden office.

You can have a huge garden office, with a pathway leading to it, and when the working day is done and dusted, you just have to lock the room up and walk back to the house.

The garden office will be locked up for the evening, lights switched off, and the room closed until 9 am the next day.
So, this helps you to divide your work life, from your personal life.

 

 

Thinking of moving home in the next few years?

So, what might be thinking is, we need a garden office built, but we plan on staying at the house for only 3 years or less, so you, think, do we really want to pay say 30k on having a garden office built?

And this is true, yet, you also have to think, well, you are enhancing your house as well, when someone views your house to buy it, they may want to buy it, because they like the garden room as well.

We always say this, say there’s 3 very similar properties for sale on the street, they very similar houses. Yet your house, its different because you’ve hired Kingsley Build to build a garden office for you.

If that person or couple, who are buying your house, also work from home, they may well be more inclined to buy your house, rather than the other houses on the street, because yours, has a well-built, garden office.

 

 

A room with a view

Who’s worked in a large office block, stuck under artificial light, with stuffy, stale air?
It’s not nice.

So, a garden room, can be made so its completely different, an oasis in your garden, a place to work, yes, but you could fresh air flowing in, a huge window that you open to let breeze blow across your face.

Fresh air, and the smell of freshly cut lawn in the summer, flowing through the bi-folding doors.
The walls, painted a nice colour green, or even having some art work, to further enhance the space.

Then some really high-quality speakers, which sound fantastic, like Bose speakers, so when you want to blast some music, and have a break, with a cup of earl grey tea, why not?

 

 

Wall art- make it your space

Why not put up some painting, or your favourite movie actors- it could be the fantastic, Alan Ford who played Brick Top in Snatch- he played that role fantastically we think.

 

Or maybe you Brad Pitt?

Or maybe AC/DC is your favourite ban of all time, make the room yours, add a lot of wall art, and personalise the space.

Renting meeting space can be expensive

If you have a meeting with a client, then renting meeting space can be rather expensive.

So why not have a room, within the garden office, that’s used for meetings?

A room, with small table, a water fountain, and a white board.

This way you haven’t got to drive to a place to have a meeting, with your clients, they can come to you, and you have the meeting within your garden office.

 

Do you build large garden offices?

 

 

Sometimes, a customer, will be running a business, perhaps with their partner, or an employee. They don’t want to rent expensive office space in the middle of Bath city centre, so instead they may hire us, to build an extra-large office for them, complete with bathroom.
What’s great about hiring Kingsley Build, is we can build a garden office to the dimensions, and the shape that you like. So, for example, you may want a very large wooden building, split in two, so that two people can comfortably work, each room might have its own toilet, and there’s a shared kitchen area to the side.

We can build a garden office, to any size you like.

 

Would you like a free quote

Kingsley or Seb, can meet you anytime that’s convenient for you, they can come and meet you, and we can sometimes offer you a quote on the day we meet. Sometimes if the garden office, is larger, and need a kitchen, a bathroom, decking, sometimes, we need to go back to the office, and calculate some costs, and often we can get back to you with a quote, to build a garden office in Bath, and often we can provide a quote, in less than 48 hours from meeting you.

 

 

 

Are garden offices worth the expense?

 

 

Introduction

You might be an entrepreneur or an employee that’s now working 40+ hours a week from home. And you’re mulling over a question you have been thinking about for some time-that is a garden office worth the expense?

Now, we have to be honest, we are rather biased here, as the majority of the buildings we build, are garden offices.

However, with that said, there are some major benefits from having a garden office built, such as:

 

Peace and quite

Let’s, say that your boss sends one of those demanding e-mails, for example, “I need that report on costs, sent to me by the end of the week”- and getting work done at short notice, well, that can be majorly stressful.

What can make it even more stressful, is having to work in a noisy house, with people asking you “what’s for dinner” and “what did you think of last nights episode of Strictly Come Dancing”- all while you have a look across your face, which say, leave me alone, I have to get this work done.

So, a garden building offers a place of calm, peace and quiet, where you can walk down, with your espresso in hand, and start work in a building that’s nice and quiet.

 

Easier to keep to the 9 to 5 hours?

I will just put the washing in the washing machine, I will just clean the kitchen, I will just answer the front door to the double-glazing sales person- well this all takes time.

Add up of this time, and what happens? Well, you might fall behind on your work, and you might work, later and later into evening, eating into your social time, and time where you just might want to unwind while watching Netflix.

So, by keeping your nose to grinding wheel (that’s a figure of speech) you can get your done quicker. And what would allow you to be more productive?

Well, having a garden office, that has a toilet, wash hand basin, a kitchen, so you don’t have to leave that room, you have everything you need, which may help you to focus on getting your done.

Then when work is done, you can return back to house. Yet because you have completed your work in a garden office, away from the distractions of house work, and other distractions, you might find that you have got more work completed when working in your garden office.

 

We have built so many well made brilliant Bath garden rooms

The fantastic and amazing city of Bath, is an area in U.K where we think garden buildings are in very strong demand. The reason being, people often love their current house, yet they can’t extend it anymore, and they don’t want to move. Yet, they often have ample space in the garden, where a garden building can be built, so it offers a place to work, watch the TV or simply do a puzzle in the afternoon.

So rather calling a local estate agent, and having to go through the hassle of moving house, why not have a huge garden room built, with bathroom, a kitchen a huge area, you could use as living space, rather having to move house in Bath, England.

And often in Bath also, there are many business owners / entrepreneurs in the city of Bath, these people might want to rent expensive office space.

They may want the convenance of just walking to the end of their garden to use their garden office.

Plus, a garden office can be bought, then you don’t have to worry about paying expensive rent to a landlord to rent an office premises.

 

More comfortable

So, you might currently be working on the kitchen table, using the same seating you use to have your dinner.

Now the kitchen table, might be great eating from, but ideal for sitting for huge length of time, working on say completing that Excel spreadsheet.

Instead, you will want a comfortable office chair, a good quality desk, so a garden office allows you to have a place that more comfortable to work in.

 

Regulate the temperate how you like

You might like to room to cooler, or warmer, yet changing the temperature the house, might take quite while before it reaches a temperature that you like and that your find nice and comfortable to work in.

Yet with a garden office, its often a smaller room, that can be crammed with insulation, simply meaning that its easier to warm, its easier to cool. However, with that said, this doesn’t apply to all garden rooms, as some are simply absolutely low quality, and have drafts, no insulation at all, and floor might be freezing.

So, you need the room to be insulated, quality heaters installed.

Also, you will need quality air conditioning system.

And don’t forget will need energy saving glass, quality doors, windows, and just a good quality build, to make sure no really strong blasts of air are not coming to the room.

 

More than one use

Life shouldn’t just be about working, and this means your garden room hasn’t got to just be a place of work.

You could have your desk and shelves in one corner, yet the rest of the room could be full of gym equipment.

So, when the working day is over, and you want to starting working on improving your fitness, well, you haven’t got to get stuck in a lot of traffic, and listening to beeping horns, with people road rage at say 5:30, instead, you could finish work, and just jump on the treadmill and running.

That’s what’s great about having a super large garden room built, you can use it for many different purposes.

You could even have a sperate room built, that’s just got a nice reclining chair, huge TV, a nice chiller cabinet, so you can watch live sports, crack open a refreshing can of beer or perhaps just fizzy pop and watch the football.

 

A great place to work

A lot of people, perhaps even hundreds of thousands of people, have switched to working from home full time. After covid meant that businesses had to change how their employees work, that couldn’t work in huge offices, because of the spread of covid, more people worked from home.

And now because so many businesses have seen that their employees can work from home, and be productive, many companies now want their staff to work from home either part time or full time.

So, you want a building which can you can work within, that’s well insulated, that’s quiet, that looks brilliant in your garden. Then why not get a garden room built by us?

 

Do you build composite garden buildings?

 

So, when you’re shopping on Google to buy a new log cabin or perhaps a summerhouse, you will often see many companies, which focus on building these buildings out of composite rather than wood.

 

And this might you thinking, well what are the benefits of composite?

Well, we think composite has so many advantages, when compared to wood, there’s environmental reasons, as some composite is made from recycled plastics. There is also the benefit of saving time, because on a nice warm summer’s day, most homeowners, don’t want to spend most of the weekend, rubbing oil into the wood, or painting it, to protect the wood for another year.

This is one of the main advantages of composite, is that it doesn’t ever need rubbing oil into the composite or painting it. Where with most wood, because the wood is a natural product, if the wood grain is not sealed, then what can happen is that the wood can start to rot, so what is needed is regular maintenance.

However, with composite its simply brilliant product, because it save you so much time, because you never ever need to paint it.

 

How much does a composite garden room cost?

Our prices start from £20k for garden office pod, the cost will vary, this depends on the size of the building and also, which optional extras you might like. There so many extras to pick from, from high quality speakers embedded into the roof, through to adding air conditioning.
What are benefits of picking composite summerhouse?

So, its true, for us to build a summerhouse, to 100% clad the outside with thermowood, well this would be a cheap option, than opting for composite exterior cladding.

 

So, why should a homeowner, fork out extra money, on composite cladding?

Well, we think, paying that little for composite, makes sense for so many reasons, mainly time, because, you will want to be using your summerhouse, as place of work, or let’s say to exercise within the building. You’re not going to want, say spend a lot of time, painting the wood or staining it with various wood care products.

 

So the main benefit of composite is that it doesn’t need painting.

Yet, some really top quality brands, they make exterior composite cladding, with each piece of cladding actually has a wood grain effect. So the composite cladding can actually look like real timber, yet you have the massive benefit, that the composite wont incur wood worm, and doesn’t rot like timber. Because here in Great Britain we have so much rain, and its cold for a lot of the year, this makes our climate more susceptible for wood rot to start to set into the timber.

Yet with composite, you cant incur wood worm, because the product is not made from timber.

 

Is composite guaranteed to last?

Yes, there are now many manufacturers of composite garden rooms, but also, different brands of composite.
We would recommend, paying for a top quality brand, because some cheap composite, well we have seen it buckle, that is change shape, when exposed to very strong sun light.

So you want a quality brand, that’s both for the exterior cladding but also for the decking as well.

 

Why choose composite rather natural wood?

A lot of our customers will still opt for natural wood, exterior cladding, such as red cedar wood, even though this type of exterior cladding does require some maintenance.

Yet, if you want a type of exterior cladding, that you don’t have to maintain, because perhaps for example, you are elderly and don’t want to be painting, or adding oil to the outside of the summerhouse, then we would recommend two options, that is powder coated steel sheets, or to opt for composite cladding. Our garden room company offers both options, and when we meet you, we can tell you about the different colour options we can offer.

 

Can the room be air-conditioned?

Yes, whether we are building a garden bar, a home gym, or perhaps we are building a garden office, we can a air conditioning unit for you. So even on the warmest, hottest of summer days, you can be nice and cool within the garden building.

 

How many different colour options can you offer for cladding?

We can offer many different colour options, when you choose composite cladding. Some of the options have been manufactured so that the cladding looks more like natural wood, however, some homeowners, don’t want the cladding to look like timber, they want a modern looking building, so a very popular colour is charcoal, or a light grey, used combination with dark grey aluminium bi-folding doors and windows. This makes a very durable, low maintenance, and a high quality building.

 

What foundations do you use?

We can offer two main options, to help save you money, we would recommend opting for ground screws. Yet with that said, within some gardens in the city of Bath, the ground might be boggy, and doesn’t drain well, therefore, you might need instead a thick concrete slab.
If you need a concrete slab, this is a more expensive option. So if you can, we would recommend using ground screws, as these are much cheaper, our builders can install them quickly and will help to save money, because they are much cheaper than opting for concrete.

 

Can you also build composite decking?

Most certainly we can build composite decking. We can build a huge decked area, truly masisve, so you could have party with yoru friends, on the decking.

Also you might be using your composite log cabin as a place to work, so when want a break, and enjoy some of the sunshine, you could sit out on your composite decking, and have an espresso coffee?

 

Does composite cladding require painting?

The decking and the exterior cladding, if made from composite, doesn’t need painting, staining and you don’t need to apply wood oil to it at all, so it does require any maintenance. However, what we would say, is some composite cladding lasts longer than others, so if you do opt for composite do pick a quality brand, which is guaranteed to last.

What we would recommend considering when purchasing a garden office

 

 

 

Purchasing a garden office, well, it’s most certainly a substantial purchase for most homeowners.

You’re undoubtedly going to want to use the building for many consecutive years to come, as a place perhaps just to do your yoga routine, or perhaps you will be working in their 6 days a week?

 Therefore, it is absolutely imperative, that the building is well built, in a nutshell it needs to be made to last. So the company will need employ highly experienced staff, and is constructed using building materials which ensures the longevity of the whole building- so for example, good quality bi-folds need to be used.

We have written this article to provide you with some food for thought, as to some of the things that you need to think about when purchasing a garden office in the city of Bath.

 

Planning permission and conservation areas

There are some areas, for example an area of outstanding natural beauty with in North Somerset, where some properties might have various terms and conditions in terms of whether you can build a garden building within that conservation area or not.

Therefore, planning permission might be needed from Bath County Council, before the builders can even start to pour the concrete for the slab, or sometimes it’s not possible to build a garden room in some areas at all, if it’s a conversation area, that does not allow garden rooms to be built in a certain area.

So, we would recommend firstly contacting your local council, whether that be Bath County Council, or your local council, to see whether there are terms and conditions in terms of gaining planning, to say whether you are allowed to build a garden building within your garden or not.

 

Most garden rooms we build are built under “Permitted Development” Planning Law’s- however its still important to check

For the vast majority of garden buildings which our team of builders constructs, whether that be a garden bar or perhaps a huge air conditioned garden office, often the building can be constructed under what is called “permitted development”. What this simply means is that sometimes, but not always planning permission is not needed for a lot of our customers. So if you are simply unsure whether you need to gain planning permission or not, talk to one of our friendly and super  helpful sales staff, and they will be able to tell you.

 

 

Have a good understanding of the insulation that the construction company will use

It’s entirely possible, for a garden room company to simply specify that the building is indeed “insulated”. But well insulated is the room, is the really important question

 

There’s insulation then there’s insulation

However, enquiries do need to be made to the construction company, as to how good the quality insulation actually is, if it’s nothing more than just say a cheap layer of thin aluminium foil, which is backed on to say the back of the plasterboard, while this is no good at all at keeping the really cold air out during the winter. In matter of fact, if the insulation is low quality, then your going to have jack-frost nipping at your toes, when your trying to work.

It’s not going to provide enough insulation to keep the room nice and warm during the winter.

You are going to need much thicker, and more insulation if you want to use that building during the winter months.

 

 

 

 

Make sure that you pick the right type of roof- we would recommend paying that bit more a rubber roof

Some companies might fit a roof which is more suitable to be fitted to a low-cost garden shed, than it would be for a garden building.

This is no good as the building will not last that long at all, water is likely to ingress into roofing board, plus the sidewalls might start to incur water staining on the plasterboarding, within the building within a short period of time.

We would recommend a rubber roof- installed by a roofing company

What you want therefore recommend a better-quality roof is used, and what you really need is a roof that comes with a guarante, this is so that you have total peace of mind the roof is guaranteed to last on the building.

 

 

 

Consider daylight

So what you don’t want is for a garden building to be placed say under the shade of a large tree, and not much natural light to be coming into the building during the day.

So what you should consider is how the daylight will illuminate the building, and if it’s quite a shady area with why not consider also having roof lights fitted as well?

 

Consider a pathway

Some companies do not build a pathway or some kind of concrete walkway to the building, but for an extra cost we can actually build this for you also.

The reason we say this is because sometimes a customer who has never had a garden roof before quickly discovers that in the winter it incredibly difficult to keep muddy shoes and mud out of the building.

However, with a concrete path or another type example resin or perhaps just made of flagstones, you have walkway straight of the garden building help you to keep floor cleaner for longer within the building.

 

Think about energy efficiency

There are companies such as ours which will give you a cost not just build a garden building, but also to include a large battery, complete with solar panels, the batteries need the power the garden room, or you could actually feed power into the grid.

We can therefore build a garden building has solar panels fitted to the roof.

 

Would you like a totally free quotation?

If you are sold on the idea of getting a garden room can built, or you are just simply thinking about whether you would like a summerhouse built sometime in the future, we can come out and offer you a totally free quote.

 

We have a huge portfolio of summerhouses we have already built, which we can show various garden rooms which we have constructed the price varies between around £20,000 up to £60,000. If you would like a free and also a no obligation quotation, then why not call our company today.  

 

 

Garden Music Studio

 

Garden Music Studio’s

Date: 30/10/2023

Author: Kingsley Hyden Jones

30/10/2023

 

 

Bespoke garden music rooms

We build bespoke garden music rooms all over the United Kingdom

Bespoke soundproof garden music rooms and garden sound studios. Made to specification, insulated for temperature and sound.
So, most garden rooms are designed just to stop heat escaping, through adding various types of insulation into the walls. However, a garden music room, well this needs to be built differently, if you want to stop a lot of noise escaping and annoying your neighbours!

 

Garden Music Rooms & Soundproof Studios

 

We can build soundproofed garden studios

For many, making music is an essential part of life, whether as a career or a much-loved hobby. However, finding a space to practice or play can be a challenge – especially if you live in a crowded neighbourhood. Fortunately, garden music rooms provide the perfect solution. These fully insulated and sound-proofed garden studios offer a peaceful haven where you can make all the noise you want without disturbing your neighbours. Whether you’re a seasoned musician or just starting out, an acoustically treated garden music room is the perfect place to let your creativity flow.

So, here in the wonderful island we call Great Britain, a lot of us, have relatively small gardens. Yet, we may well be a music producer, or lets say someone who likes to play the piano each evening after work. So whats needed is a sound insulated garden room, yet, it must also be insulated, otherwise, well its going be mighty freezing in that room otherwise.

 

Sound is an amazing thing. It can be soft and soothing, or loud and jarring. And it can travel through the air, transferring vibrations to the objects it comes into contact with – including walls, floors and ceilings. Therefore, dedicated garden music rooms and sound studios are a popular solution as they contain the sound and minimise these vibrations from travelling.
So how do we minimise sound from escaping?

Well, there are a large number of companies that provide sound proofing materials. The cost of these vary a lot, depending on quality, yet, there are some top quality makes out there, that simply do an amazing job of helping to prevent sound from escaping, yet also, don’t take up much roof, when added to the walls.

Soundproof Garden Studios

 

We can sound proof your garden studio

At Modern Garden Rooms, we are experts at soundproofing garden buildings. We use high-quality materials and modern construction techniques to ensure that your garden music studio is fully soundproofed, so you can be confident that the sound will stay within your garden walls.

So, screws, nails, so all fixings, if you use this to place the plasterboard in place, then you nail this to the structural timbers, the structural timbers then are adjoined to the outside cladding. So, if the garden room is not built in a way that is designed to keep noise in, then basically the room just becomes a giant drum.

So far from preventing noise from escaping, the walls, can send sound waves flowing through your garden, your neighbours garden, and your neighbours, neighbours garden. And sure you may well be enjoying listening to that latest drum and base track you have just finished recording using Cubase, but your neighbours, well they may well be less enthusiastic about listening to it!

So the the solution is not just in adding sound proofing, but also designing the whole buildings to minimise sound escaping, so the walls will need more insulation, built in a different way, and we would recommend paying a bit more for, triple glazed doors and windows.

 

Needs to be well built

What’s for sure is there’s no point in ordering a top of the range sound insulation board, then for the carpenters to leave large gaps, around the windows and doors, allowing sound to escape, so the whole building needs to be well built.
Noise tests
So, the only way of knowing how good the building is, is to carry out a noise test, of playing music, and using a decibel reader outside the building, to record how loud the noise is. Its perfectly possible, that during construction, more sound proofing is required, to bring the noise down to an acceptable level. Therefore, the building does need to be carefully designed, yet, more sound proofing may be needed, if the decibel readings are still too high.

 

Ways we create Soundproof Garden Studios

• We can install triple glazed windows and doors
• We can offer you a range of different sound proofing options
• Thicker wall insulation can be used

Do you require a music studio to be built within your garden?

Our team travel all over the U.K every single week, up and down the M5 building garden offices, rooms and music studios for our customers. So, whether you are a rising star, that’s a well known rapper, or alternatively you may simply be a classical opera singer, and need a garden music studio built why not call us?

 

Built super-fast?

So, you might well be absolutely itching to get your garden music studio built, so you can get in there, and start recording a brand-new track, ready to release next year. The great news is, our company can often built a recording studio / music room in your garden in less than one month, once we start the work.

 

For a free quote, why not ring us?

 

Garden music studio

We mostly build out garden music studios in and around The Cotswolds, yet we also travel all over the United Kingdom.
If you would a free quote, Kingsley Hyden Jones can come and visit you 6 days a week, we offer advice and a free quote.

 

Why not call today?

 

What features would you say are essential when purchasing a garden office?

 

You may have made the decision that you would like a brand-new garden office built, yet when you start to shop around the various companies that offer to build these freestanding buildings, you notice that the prices often vary considerably.

For instance, the quotes that you start to receive within your inbox, they might vary between £10,000 and perhaps up to £40,000.

This might have you rather confused initially as to how the prices of such a building can vary by so much.
However, the construction of the garden room can often vary between which company you choose. One company might us just ground screws when building a garden office, another company may just use just concrete slab.

Therefore, we thought it would be a really good idea to write a very helpful article, explaining some of the features that your garden building should include.

 

 

Weatherproofing

When the rain and sleet and hail are lashing down on your house, often a house will be well equipped to cope with this amount of harsh weather conditions. For example, there might be a concrete render on the building, really good quality Victorian bricks helping to keep that rainwater out.

However, when we start to visualise the construction of a garden office, the majority of the building is made from timber, so it’s important that here in United Kingdom you think about how that building is able to cope with out wet, cold and some might argue rather long British winters.

First things first, what we would recommend is that you have a high-quality, long lasting rubber roof fitted, this should come also with a long guarantee period.

Secondly, we would recommend picking a type of cladding, that’s a low or offers close to zero maintenance required.
If you were to ask to recommend two types of cladding, we would recommend steel sheet and composite cladding, both are low maintenance.

 

 

We would recommend making sure the roof is guaranteed to last

This is something that some homeowners might overlook when they are purchasing a garden room, because the roof is sometimes something that the buyers don’t think too much about. Yet the quality of the roof is so crucial, to ensuring the longevity of the garden office.

If you are going be working in the garden room in the summer, we would recommend air conditioning is fitted
So your brand ne garden building might be built during the autumn or the winter period- where you are more concentrating on how you will keep the room warm.

However, it is equally important to think about how comfortable you will be in building during the summer months as well.
This is because the roof is often made of a flat roof, a rubber material which can attract the sunlight and because the front elevation of a summerhouse is often made mostly of glass, the building can heat up quite substantially during the summer period.

So what we would recommend an air conditioning system fitted, now this might sound rather expensive at first but we offer you a range of different air conditioning systems made by different manufacturers.

 

 

How are you going heat the room during the winter?

Sometimes, some companies will actually install the electrics and also a really good quality electric heater.
Yet what you have to think about is will the electric heater be sufficient for heating the whole garden building, or might the small heater not be enough to heat the room,

What we will do when we come out and visit you is have a chat about the different types of insulation that we can offer.
We can offer sheep’s wool insulation, hemp insulation and also panel insulation as well.

Then we will recommend how many electric heaters that you need, if it’s a large garden room you might need three for example.

 

Is the glass used for the windows and doors energy-efficient?

This is another important factor to consider when buying a garden office, will all the windows be good-quality and double glazed, as otherwise a lot of heat might simply escape through poorly constructed doors and windows.

 

 

What a guarantee on the bi folding doors?

In our view there are bi-folding doors, then there are bi folding doors, what do we mean by that statement?
Well quite simply put, there are some bi folding doors which are simply great at keeping the heat within a garden building, and with relatively little effort the doors should open and close easily as well.

Also they should have good security features, such as excellent quality locks.

What’s the guarantee on the whole building?

It’s important to ask your garden room company how long do they offer a guarantee on the whole building for?

 

 

What maintenance will the cladding on your garden room require?

This is another really important point to consider when buying a garden office, is to have a conversation with your garden room company about the different pros and cons of the cladding options that the company offers.

They may want to offer you a cheap type of cladding made of softwood, but after a short period of time, let’s say after just one year, the garden room might start to look a bit tatty if the wood becomes water stained, and need the all cladding taken off if the cladding suffers from wood worm as well.

So we would recommend choosing composite cladding, sure it’s not be the cheapest cladding option to choose from, but when you think over the long term, composite requires hardly any maintenance at all, so we think its definitely worth the extra expense.

 

Would you like a free quote for us to build a garden building for you

All over the city of Bath in South West England, you might have seen our numerous Mercedes sprinter and Volkswagen Crafter vans with our signage on the side, that’s because all over the city busy every single week our teams are busy building high-quality garden rooms.

That’s because right across the city of Bath, many people contact us, from entrepreneurs that are starting a new beauty business and need a beauty saloon built in their gardens, through to freelance solicitors that needs a nice garden office built by us.
We have now built so many garden buildings in Bath England that we have on a regular basis phone calls from our previous customers who have gone on to recommend us to family and friends because they really like us to build a summerhouse for them too.

We detail some of the important features that your garden room should include

We have built a large number of garden offices throughout the Bath area of England, we detail important features that your garden room should include.

How your company built many garden offices/garden rooms within Somerset?

 

Introduction

Somerset is a location within the UK full of entrepreneurs, as well as many homeowners who now work from home. Some may work from home on a “hybrid” basis, some other employees may work from their house on a full-time basis. This means over that the last three years; our garden room business, has seen a huge increase in demand for our company to build garden offices.

With prices starting from as little as £18,000, it’s clear to see why we are so popular right across South-West England.

 

 

Why choose our company?

Yet, when you start to shop around, you may notice that there are literally hundreds of businesses offering to build these buildings. So, from a customer’s perspective, it can sometimes be rather confusing, as to which company you should choose.

Some garden room companies may advertise on a noticeboard within a local shop, some may well be landscaping businesses which build the occasional garden office. Then There’s us, where you may have seen our many Mercedes sprinter vans, and our online marketing campaigns or alternatively you might have even seen as working in your street?

 

We have already built, many garden offices across Somerset. Here’s some of the reasons why:

 

• We offer a long guarantee period
• We use top quality timber
• We employ highly experienced electricians
• We build bespoke garden buildings
• We have been building garden buildings in Somerset for a long period of time
• We have a company director who can come out and see you, six days a week and answer any questions that you might have
• We use quality windows and doors
• We aim to build our buildings as fast as possible
• We aim to create a minimal disruption for our customers by working fast and also very neatly when we are busy working in your garden
• We build high-quality garden buildings which are made to last

 

 

Built fast

We understand, that some of our customers, will be making the switch to working for a new company. Perhaps for example you started working for a large plc business, yet they now want you to work from home three days a week. Where before you might have worked in a large city, such as Bristol, yet now you’re working from home more often, you may want us to build a garden office as fast as we can for you.

Therefore, the homeowner, will want a garden office built by us as quick as possible. The great news is, that we are often able to build a garden building, in less than three weeks. This is incredibly fast, when you consider that we need to often use a JCB mini digger to level the ground. We need to build the foundations, we need to complete all of the structural work, then we need to add the cladding, plaster the building inside and also at the electrics.

You haven’t got to hire a electrician, because we can do this work for you

Even if your garden building, is right at the far end of your garden, we can still install all of the electrics for you. Our fully qualified and highly experienced electricians, can install the power sockets, the outdoor and indoor lights, as well as also the fuse box for you. This means, you haven’t got to call around various electricians, to obtain a quote, because within our quote we can take care of installing all of the electrics for you.

 

 

Do you build garden buildings all across Bath and Somerset?

We have been building garden offices right across the whole of Bath and Somerset for a long period of time. Our company director, has been building wooden buildings now for over 8 consecutive years. We can therefore offer a wide range of different garden buildings, for example we can build eco-friendly buildings with a sedum roof, which cladding made from recycled plastics.

We can also build very large garden gyms, complete with a canopy, to offer a roof over a hot tub. We can also build a large room, that air conditioned there can be used as the gym area, we can also build a large bathroom so when you are finished exercising, say on the rowing machine, you might want to have a quick shower within your garden gym?

 

 

How much does a garden office cost to build?

Our prices, for our garden buildings, start from just £18,000. The average prices between 25,000 and £30,000.

 

Guaranteed to last

We believe that one of the main reasons why so many residents within Somerset call us to build their building, is because we offer such a long guarantee period on all our wooden buildings. Therefore our customers have total peace of mind, that they have purchased a very high quality building, made to last, and because it’s so well built, we can offer you a long guarantee.

When you purchase a wooden building online, from a difference company it might come with a short guarantee period.

Yet, often homeowners want to use a garden office, often they want to use it for a number of years, they don’t want to have to fix any problems such as a leaking roof after say three years of use. This is why many homeowners contact us, because the building comes with a long guarantee. Plus, we install top quality building materials, for example we install rubber roof’s, that we know will last a very long period of time.

Therefore, once you purchase a timber building from us, you will have the peace of mind that you have purchased a quality building that’s made to last. That’s why so many people in Somerset, call Kingsley, because our company has a very strong reputation building garden buildings that are built to last.

Do you build Bespoke garden buildings?

In Somerset, many homeowners, have fantastic views over the surrounding countryside.
For example you might a rural property, that have say large garden, and you might want a garden building constructed, so that you can work well looking out over the surrounding countryside. You might be able to see acre after acre of British countryside, alternatively you might live near Woodland, or let’s say a stream, therefore we can build a garden building, within your garden, so that you can look out over the countryside while working.

Built to any size that you would like, from 3 m x 3 m to 7 m x 7 m plus

Sometimes, in Somerset’s and the surrounding areas such as the Cotswolds, often to people will work within a garden building for let’s say easily 40 hours plus per week. For example, it might be a start-up business, that is run by a husband and wife, and you may want want a comfortable place where they can run their business from. We can therefore build a well insulated, air-conditioned, spacious garden building that would be absolutely brilliant to run your business from.
Are we still able to use your garden buildings during a freezing cold winter?

It’s all well and good browsing through various summerhouses for sale online, some might be well below £10,000 to purchase.

However, these buildings might well be as much to use as a chocolate teapot within the winter months, if they can’t be easily kept warm, and sometimes these buildings can be freezing cold inside, simply due to a lack of insulation.

Sometimes the owners might have multiple electric fan heaters on, trying to heat the room to a comfortable level, yet because there’s no insulation all of this warmth might simply escape through the roof in a matter of seconds. Not only is this bad for the environment, the electric bill is likely to be considerable when trying to heat a summerhouse that has no insulation.

Therefore quality insulation needs to be installed into the roof, walls and floor

So it’s most definitely worth paying more for a well-insulated garden building, and you will see our builders diligently cutting the panel insulation and placing it into every part of the building. This will mean that the building is fully insulated.
Panel insulation therefore simply does an excellent job at helping to keep the building nice and warm within the winter. Still need to have electric heaters, yet they hot air can be retained for longer because they will be panel insulation within the building.

And because our buildings have panel installation crammed into the walls, they can be warmed very easily through electric heaters.

 

Do you offer finance?

Currently at the time of writing, we do not offer garden room finance, however, our prices are often cheaper than some of our main competitors. For example, prices start from £18,000, so our garden rooms are offered at a brilliant price.

 

How much will it cost to build a garden building within Bath, North Somerset?

 

We now have accrued well over seven years of experience building luxurious, tailor made garden buildings. These are most definitely not your run of the mill type of buildings, they are well made, yet offer that’s an affordable price.

From the towering Victorian houses within the city centre of Bath, to impressive mansion set in the countryside of Bath, we have now built a countless number of garden buildings. And, if you are currently pondering whether to purchase such a building, we hope that this informative article, will help you to understand how much our garden buildings cost, as well as some of the fantastic optional extras that we can offer you.

 

Do you need a garden office built?

If you need a quiet place, to get your work completed, that whether you work for a company and you’ve been asked to work from home, you might be an entrepreneur, and run your own business?

You might need a garden office constructed, and the great news is, that we have built many garden offices, for just £18,000.

Now when you consider that this includes the ground screws, a tough and durable roof, quality double glazing not just in the windows but also in the doors, FSC approved timber used throughout the whole of the construction, you can see that this offers absolutely fabulous value for money.

Therefore, you may have seen one of our Ford transit vehicle parked on your street, and the reason for that is we are now one of the most popular garden room companies in the hall of the city.

We are well known for building garden offices, at a low price, and for building them quickly, yet also offering a long guarantee.

 

Do you require a garden bar to be built?

Perhaps you’re fed up, of going to the local pub with your friends, and having to wait what feels like an eternity to get served on a Friday evening?

Alternatively, you might just be fed up with the cost of a pint of refreshing beer, in some places it’s now the norm to charge 7 pound a pint!

That’s why many people are picking up the phone in North Somerset, and they are asking us to build then a luxurious garden bar. The good news is that we can build a garden room, that is large enough to house a number of your friends is, and to enjoy a nice pint, and we can build these buildings between 25 and £50,000.

 

We can build a garden building to any dimensions that you would like?

Do you offer to supply flatpack garden buildings and to deliver them to Bath, England?

There are now many companies, which supply what is called flatpack garden buildings. This is a bit like IKEA furniture in that is delivered in a flatpack form, with a set of instructions, that you can easily follow and build the building yourself.

However, currently at the time of writing, we don’t supply flatpack garden buildings. Instead, we offer a service, where we build spoke garden rooms. You state to the exact centimetre, how large you want the garden room to be in terms of the width and also the length the building

We then order the building materials, this includes which cladding you have selected, for example you might have selected powder coated metal cladding, you might have selected hardwood cladding or you might have selected softwood cladding, such as pine wood.

Then, once the building materials have been delivered to our yard, we will then bring them to your house and start to build your garden building. We can often build most buildings in under three weeks, that’s the way we have some very hard-working staff, some very highly experienced staff, and staff which also take huge amount of pride in delivering quality garden rooms for our customers.

 

A garden gym a great way to improve your fitness

A lot of people are fed up with expensive gym memberships, that when they go to visit the gym during a peak time, let’s say at 5:30 in the evening, all of the gym equipment might be used, the room might be rather hot and stuffy because there are so many people running, exercising and lifting weights.

Therefore, a lot of people want a garden building, that becomes their place where they work out, where they can improve their fitness, and they never have to wait for a piece of gym equipment to become available, simply because the dumbbells, the rowing machine and the treadmill they own.

 

So how much will it cost us to build a garden gym in Somerset?

Well, if you would like a building that has a bathroom, that is a shower and a toilet and a wash hand basin and a large enough room to fit some gym equipment prices start from just £35,000.

When you consider that you will have a luxurious building, that you can go out and exercise in day or night, and then have a nice shower within the building after this can really help to improve your fitness levels and at this price, it can be built at an affordable price for a lot of people living in Bath England.

 

We want a garden building constructed , yet why should we pick your company?

Well, this is a really good question, and that’s because you as the customer are spoilt for choice when it comes to picking a garden room company.

There are now so many garden room companies to pick from in Bath. In matter-of-fact, in the South-West of England, there are now hundreds of garden room companies, so why exactly should you pick us over all of these competitors?

One reason is, a lot of our customers often pop along to a garden room which we are currently constructing in Bath. And as soon as they see the quality of our workmanship, the quality of the wood that we use, and sometimes they have a quick chat with our customers, and they say how polite how hard-working and how happy they are with their garden room, then we are often the company that that person chooses because they can see that we have built so many garden buildings right across South-West England.

We have built garden rooms in gardens within Exeter, right through to Bath, and often we are cheaper than a lot of other companies. For example, our starting price start at just £18,000, where some companies can’t offer that price, yet the reason we can, is because we now have a large team of installers.

This means that our large team of garden room builders, can quickly build the whole building. Most bespoke garden rooms that we construct, are built in less than three weeks.

When you consider that often we need to use a mini digger to level the ground, we need to install ground screws then we need to build the main structure, then we had the roof, then we had the windows and doors. The next stage is to add the plasterboard and completely plastered the room. If we are adding a bathroom this also needs to be completed, as you can see this is a huge amount of work.

Although it is a huge amount of work, we are still able to build most of our garden buildings in less than three weeks, because we have very talented plasterers, carpenters and electricians work quickly.

 

Would you like a quote for a garden building to be built?

We can come out and see you, in the evenings, Monday through to Saturday we can also meet you during the daytime as well.
We employ a full-time salesperson; he is very knowledgeable about garden buildings and can answer any questions that you might have.

Down to whether our timber that we use is FSC approved, right through to talking about the Pilkington Glass that we can supply, which can help to the building more energy-efficient.

Our salesperson is very knowledgeable, and can come and meet you at a time that best suits you.
Prices typically vary between £18,000 and £50,000, so we offer very affordable garden buildings.

 

How much extra will it cost to add a quality kitchen and bathroom to our garden office?

 

Date: 29th of September 2023

 
Let’s say you would like a garden office built in Bath, South West England. You might be working within your garden office for the vast majority of the week- lets say, in excess of 50+ week for some people. Therefore, for a lot of owners of garden offices, it’s sometimes inconvenient, to keep popping back to the house to make a refreshing cup of tea or to use the toilet.

 

 

Therefore, when you want a quick toilet break, often you don’t want to be opening the bi-folding doors, and running through the garden to access the toilet in your house.

Therefore, a lot of people want a quality kitchen and a quality bathroom installed within their garden office. So, we thought we would write a rather handy guide, explaining how we can add a bathroom, as well as a kitchen, and how this improves your garden office.

 

Small bathroom

So, you might have a relatively small garden because you may live within central Bath, let’s say in a large Victorian house, yet your garden might be quite small? So, you might be restricted in terms of how large the garden building can be. You might even think it’s not feasible to add a bathroom into your garden office?

However, a lot of the time, we are able to put a small bathroom within most garden offices that we construct. For example, our highly experienced plumbers are often able to install a small compact toilet, with a small wash hand basin within most garden offices we build.

There are some garden room companies, which don’t install the plumbing all the electrics.

However here at Kingsley Build, we can take care of all of this for you.

So, if you would like a small bathroom, that is just a toilet and a wash hand basin, then we can install this for you within a small bathroom for you.

 

We can also install a large bathroom- with a shower, toilet and wash hand basin

A lot of our customers in Bath, within England, don’t just use their garden building as a place to work say 9 to 5 every weekday. Sometimes part of the room also has a lot of gym equipment in, so during the week, the owners might spend a huge amount of time either working and perhaps exercising within their garden building in the evenings.

Therefore, you might want a large bathroom installed, with a large shower, that is a large shower tray and enclosure and a powerful power shower?

You might also want a wash hand basin, a toilet, an electric hand dryer and a large enough space for you to store an ample amount of towels and also cosmetics and skincare items within the bathroom.

You might therefore want a large bathroom, so what we would often suggest is having a large garden office or garden building constructed. And also think about whether you would like the building to be an L shape, as this might allow you to have more internal room to fit that large bathroom into.

 

You must also consider mould, mildew and condensation

Garden buildings, are mostly constructed of wood, as well as plasterboard, and these two building materials are great and perfectly suited for use when constructing a garden building.

However, you do have to think about ventilation as well, so if you’re going to have a kitchen installed or you are going to have a bathroom installed, or possibly you would like both installed within your garden room? You do make sure that the garden room doesn’t become damp, due to poor ventilation.

It won’t take long for black spores, mould and mildew to build up on the plasterboard, if the garden room company hasn’t installed an ample amount of electric extractor fans.

Our electricians will carefully install extractor fans into the walls, into the kitchen and into the bathroom to make sure that moisture is taken away from these two rooms.

 

We can dig all the trenches

Now, the reason why it costs more for us to install a bathroom or a kitchen into a garden building is because we need to bring into the garden a JCB mini excavator, we need to dig the trench for the waste pipes, and when we’ve dug the trenches, we will then need to take away the excess soil and we need to lay the water pipes as well.

This is quite a lot of work and this is why it costs more for us to install a kitchen or a bathroom.

 

 

We can install a good quality kitchen
When you’re taking a break from work, whether your going to want a refreshing cup of coffee, perhaps a cup of tea or perhaps a nice herbal tea?

You may want a nice kitchen installed, perhaps some nice high-gloss white kitchen cabinets, a good quality fridge freezer made by Samsung and perhaps you even want a dishwasher and an area where you could put your microwave or perhaps your air fryer?

And we can build a luxurious kitchen for you within your garden building.

 

So, would you like a garden building that has a kitchen and a bathroom installed?

The great thing about picking our company is we have already built so many garden buildings within Somerset, for example within Bath that already have a kitchen and they already have a bathroom installed.

Our builders therefore have a huge amount of experience, building garden buildings that have a kitchen and also have a bathroom within the building.

Plus, we can often build these buildings in less than one month, so we can build them quickly yet they will always be built to a very high standard.

So whether you live in a grand Victorian house in the middle of Bath, or perhaps you live on the outskirts of Bath, England in the countryside in a large farmhouse? We can build a luxurious garden building for you.

Monday through to Saturday, we offer free quotations throughout Bath Somerset, so if you would like a garden building that has a kitchen, and also has a bathroom within the building then why not call us?

 

 

Garden offices Bath, with a kitchen and a bathroom

Our company specialises in building luxury garden rooms in the city of Bath, we can also install a kitchen and also a bathroom.

Here are some helpful tips for when you are designing your summerhouse in the U.K

 

So, when we think of a summerhouse, we may purchase the building during the summer months, and our gardens are in full bloom and the bumble-bees are darting between the flowers collecting nectar.

Yet, because our seasons are so different, ranging from our boiling hot days in say July, to our freezing cold winter nights in the middle of December we have to make sure our British summerhouses can withstand this change in our weather. So, we do have to think about how we are going to heat and also cool our summerhouses, to ensure that they are comfortable for use throughout the year.

For example, when we are building a summerhouse we can offer:

 

  • Air conditioning (we can supply brands such as Samsung Air Conditioning systems)
  • A fully insulated building (we would recommend panel insulation)
  • Electric heaters

As our company has now designed and built hundreds of different wooden summerhouses in Bath, we are in a good position to advise you as to some of the things that you might want to think about when designing and building your brand-new summerhouse.

Insulation is so important

 

What you don’t want to happen, is to have a building, that’s taking up a large proportion of your garden, and you can’t use it during the winter months, because it’s too cold to use.

In matter-of-fact, if the building is poorly designed and built, you might not even be able to use it during the summer as well, that’s because it could be too warm inside to use and be hot and stuffy inside, and that’s because the correct insulation has not been added to the building.

 

So, why is that?

Well, picture this scenario if you would, let’s say that it’s a warm summers day in the middle of July and it’s rather roasting hot outside.
You have to pop into your garden shed, to retrieve the garden strimmer, as you want to cut down a few of those annoying weeds around the pathway. Yet when you walk into the garden shed, you notice how hot it is- so hot inside your wooden garden shed, you actually feel that you might faint from the heat.

That’s simply because the sun has been beaming down on the wooden summerhouse, it’s been beaming down on the tar felt roof, and the heat is now trapped within the garden shed causing it to be extremely hot inside that wooden building. This means it makes it hot and stuffy in that room and most definitely not a place that you want to spend much time within the garden shed.

Well, this is exactly how a poorly designed summerhouse can feel, it can feel when you walk in to a poorly designed and built summerhouse, that it’s hot and stuffy inside, then during the winter months, it could be the polar opposite, it could be incredibly difficult to keep warm if it’s poorly insulated.

So, what’s the solution to this problem that some summerhouses incur

The solution is to have the same type of insulation that used in most when constructing most modern housing. That’s the say when a large construction company is building multiple houses, let’s say 100 brand-new homes, often you will see during the construction that they are adding panel insulation to the walls.

Panel insulation, is fantastic quality that’s why we use it in the vast majority of our summerhouses.

You most likely have already seen this type of insulation, it shiny, it’s reflective, it has a foil backing, and then it has a thick centre, and that centre is full of insulating foam.

So, panel insulation helps to keep the warm air within the building for longer during the winter months. During those hot summer days, it can help to reflect the heat and keep it outside, and you also have an air conditioning system running, it can help keep their cool air within the building by reflecting it back into the building and reflecting the warm air out.

So, our number one thing that we would urge you to consider when you’re purchasing a wooden summerhouse, is what type of insulation will the company be supplying?

And we would recommend opting to have very thick panel insulation. Thick panel insulation isn’t cheap, in matter-of-fact you might be surprised by how much it costs per square metre, this is why we would say to you, make sure that your garden room company are installing panel insulation into the walls, and that it’s very thick.

The reason why this is so important is because, its place behind the plasterboard, so you might not actually get to see it. But if that panel insulation is not there, then during the winter is going to be very cold within that building.
Now it’s time to consider the roof for your summerhouse

Some companies supply a roofing felt which is as thin as paper, this is no good, the tar can be easily pierced by say a cat running across the roof.

For example, a cat with particularly sharp claws might scratch the roof or by then just simply walking across it, this could potentially pierce the tar felt to pierce, causing water leaks to occur within the summerhouse.

So, what would we recommend? Rather than using low quality tar felt?

We would recommend having a rubber roof fitted by us.

Underfloor heating

When you think of underfloor heating, you normally think of this type of flooring installed in a luxurious house, for example installed within a luxurious bathroom.

But what you have to consider is that some people will be working within their garden office for 30, 40 potentially 50 hours plus per week.

And when you’re busy working within your garden office, your going to want your feet to be nice and warm, and as the floor heats up can actually start to radiate heat up into the building as well, helping the whole room to be nice and warm.

So do make sure that you obtain a quote for these optional extras, as they can help the room to feel much more comfortable.

Blinds

Sometimes your summerhouse will be positioned within your garden in such a position where the sunlight will be beaming down on the summerhouse windows and doors, causing the inside of the room to be brightly lit within the building.

What can actually happen is that you might be working away on your Apple computer, you might be working or let’s say a Excel spreadsheet, but you might be squinting your eyes, trying to concentrate on the numbers on the Excel spreadsheet, because the light coming into the summerhouse midday might well’s be so bright it actually is blinding.

So do think about getting blinds installed, and what we would recommend is getting blinds installed within the double glazing unit, this means that it’s much neater, and also you can simply just twist the plastic poll and the blinds can move into any angle that you would like.

Bath garden buildings

We are the experts at building garden buildings within the city of Bath, we have built many garden offices, many garden gyms and many yoga studios as well as garden bars right throughout the Roman city of Bath in South-West England.

No matter if you have a terraced house that doesn’t have any rear access to the garden, or perhaps you own a large Victorian mansion on the outskirts of Bath and you would like a massive garden building constructed.

If you would like a free quotes for a garden room, perhaps you just like some advice on how planning permission works or how long our buildings last for, just pick up the phone and we can offer you some friendly advice.

 

 

We build summerhouses in Bath South-West England

Are you looking to get a wooden summerhouse or garden building constructed in Bath, the Roman city within South-West England? Then why not call us?

What type of garden rooms does your company build?

 

 

Across Great Britain, us homeowners, use garden rooms for many different uses. We might simply use the building as a place to play a few games of snooker, and to have a chat with good friends. Alternatively, you might be an entrepreneur, starting a brand-new business, and you’re going to be working night and day, in your garden office to make your business a roaring success.

Garden rooms can therefore be used for a wide range of different purposes, within this article, we are going to explain some of the common uses, for why so many people across the United Kingdom contact us to have a garden building built by Kingsley.

In no particular order, here are some of the popular uses for our garden rooms.

 

A garden bar

 

For a lot of us, when we’ve had a long and busy week at work, we might like to pop down to the local pub, to have a catch up with friends, to watch the football and to enjoy a nice glass of ale perhaps a glass of gin is more your cup of tea?

So, you could have multiple comfortable sofas, a nice bar area where you can prepare drinks, and perhaps a large screen television, to watch live sporting events on?

Garden bars are therefore becoming very popular, because they make a great room to simply have your friends or family over, and have a catch up, to have a chat.

 

As a place to work

A lot of people now work from home, where for years and years, they may have worked in the same office block in the middle of town, a lot of employers are now encouraging that their staff work from home or perhaps adopt hybrid working, which simply means working from home for a few days a week.

So therefore you might want a garden office built, so that you can have a place where you can go and work.

We would say, the most common reason why people contact us, in the areas of Gloucestershire as well as other surrounding areas such as Bath and also Somerset, is because they want a well-built garden office constructed. Maybe we will have already built a garden office for that persons friends or family, so we might have come recommended, because that person knows that we can build very high quality garden offices.

We can soundproof the room as well, so when you step inside, close the doors, close the windows you will have a nice quiet room, where you can concentrate on your work.

We can also make the room nice and light, we can add huge bi-folding doors, which stretch the entire width of the garden office. We can add a roof lantern, which allows a lot of lights to come into the room, we can also build Windows as large as you would like. So for example, they might be a position in the garden office, where you can sit and look out over amazing views which might surround your property. You might have a property, that has sea views, so why not on that side of the garden office have a huge window, so large that you could place your desk in front of it, and enjoy looking out of the window at the sea, whilst you work.

 

A place to meditate or to enjoy yoga

A lot of people now enjoy practising yoga and also meditating, therefore you could have a garden room built, that offers a nice quiet place, to enjoy yoga meditating while listening to music.

Do you enjoy playing a musical instrument?

You might enjoy, for example playing a brass instrument, such as the saxophone?

You might therefore need a place where you can practice playing the saxophone, we can therefore build a garden room, that can be used as your place to play your musical instrument.

We can also soundproof the building for you.

 

You like a garden gym built?

For some people, they spend a lot of time at the gym, however travelling back and for the gym, that takes up quite a bit of time.

And when you go to the gym, that might be at a time that a lot of other people want to go to the gym at the same time as well. Let’s say that you visit the gym just after 530, you might find that a lot of the treadmills are taken, a lot of the cycle bikes are occupied, and you can’t find a free rowing machine to use.

This might mean that your left waiting around, for a piece of gym equipment to become available.

However, driving home from work, and instead of driving to the gym, instead you can just go home, and then you can just go to the garden gym whenever you like. All of the equipment will be available, because you own it, so you will be saving time, not just by not having to drive to the gym, but also because you won’t have to wait for gym equipment to become available, because you will own all of the gym equipment, the dumbbells, the cycle machine or the treadmill.

A lot of people are therefore looking to improve their health and fitness, by having a garden gym built. Our company, is able to build very large, air-conditioned garden rooms, which can be filled with a lot of gym equipment.

So, if you live in the areas of Somerset England, or perhaps in Gloucestershire or the Roman city of Bath, perhaps you are looking to improve your fitness? If you are looking to get a garden gym constructed, then we are most definitely the company to call. Our salesperson, can show you previous garden gyms which we have already built for customers.

And because every single one of our garden buildings, comes with a long guarantee, you have the total peace of mind that you are buying a quality garden building.

 

 

 

 

Would you like a garden music studio built?

 
Our company builds quality garden music studios right throughout the United Kingdom.

So, whether you like occasionally playing the saxophone, or perhaps your are a full-time artist, and you need a place where you can record your music, why not have a garden music studio built by us?

Perhaps your a singer the likes to sing classical music, well you can sing to your hearts content, in one of our soundproofed garden buildings.

We can add soundproofing, as well as triple glazing, which can help to really reduce the amount of noise that’s heard outside of the building.

In this article, we are going to explain why so many musicians, come to us to have their music studios constructed. We shall also explain the many benefits of hiring Kingsley, to build this building for you.

 

Why does your company asked to build so many music studios?

We are asked, to build so many music studios, simply because we have experience builders, that scan build a high-quality building, that’s soundproofed. We can also install triple glazing, whether that be into the bi folding doors, the French doors, and into the Windows. We can also add extra thick panel insulation, because the panel insulation, and the centre was made from foam, this can also help to improve the soundproofing of the building.

 

Can you install all of the electrics into our music studio?

Yes, we have qualified electricians that work for us, our electricians, can install the lighting, that both indoor and outdoor lighting. Our electricians also of the power sockets, the electricians can also install the ventilation if you were to have a kitchen, or a bathroom installed.

You might also want solar panels fitted to the roof? And our electricians can install these for you.

 

Can you also install a kitchen area?

Perhaps you are a DJ, or Sunday that simply likes practising playing a musical instrument, for long periods of time. Therefore you might want a kitchen installed, so that you can make a refreshing cup of tea. We can install the kitchen, and we can also supply and install the appliances which are needed, such as fridge freezer, dishwasher.

 

Are you able to install triple glazing?

Yes, if you are having a music studio built, then we would recommend soundproofing is added to the ceiling, to the floor and also to the walls, but we would also recommend having triple glazing as well, this will further help to keep the sound within the building.

Crowded neighbourhoods

Perhaps you live on a residential housing estate, where the houses are closely built together? Or perhaps even just have one neighbour next to your house, because you live in the countryside, but because your house is in close proximity to theirs, you still need a soundproofed garden room constructed so that you can really play your drums loudly.

You might also find that practising your musical instruments, let’s say the piano, even though you enjoy playing the piano very much, the other family members live with within your house, well, they might not want to listen to you practice for long periods of time, they might even find this rather annoying you practising on your violin for long periods of time.

 

Soundproofing

Therefore what is needed is an insulated room, that you can use anytime you like, that’s completely soundproofed and then you can practice playing your musical instrument whenever you like, whether your recording a new beat, or perhaps singing into the microphone, and because this is all completed within a soundproofed garden room, it can be soundproofed and it shouldn’t then your neighbours, because the room will be soundproofed. Many people come to us because they know will add very high quality soundproofing, which is very effective at reducing the noise heard outside the building.

 

How much does a soundproofed garden music studio cost?

We travel up and down the country, building quality music studios, one week we could be building a garden studio for an artist in the West Country, the following week we could be driving up to London to build a music studio for a different customer.

We can build a soundproofed music studio, with prices starting from just £25,000, the price then increases depending on how large would like the garden building to be, and whether you would like for example a bathroom to be installed as well?

 

How good is the soundproofing?

We can put quality soundproofing into the floor, into the walls, into the ceiling, and this can drastically increase the amount of noise which is heard outside of the garden building. What we can also do is install high-quality triple glazing, which does an amazing job of helping to keep the noise within the building.

Therefore, when you put a decibel reader outside of the building, and we the musician is inside, practising playing the piano, we are sure that you will be impressed by how much the noise has been reduced outside of the building, and also how much noise is contained within the building.

 

Temperature controlled garden rooms

It’s important to regulate the temperature within your music studio, for two reasons, one when you’re practising say playing the piano, will want the room to be at a nice comfortable temperature while you’re practising playing the piano.

At the same time, if you have music equipment, such as a grand piano you’re going to want to keep the room at a regular temperature to ensure that that music equipment is kept in a room which is at the right temperature.

Therefore what we can do is install air conditioning, made by Samsung or another good quality manufacturer of air conditioning units. We can also install underfloor heating, and also oil filled radiators, these can be installed so that there is a thermostat within the room, so that when the temperature falls below a certain temperature, the radiators can automatically switch on and start to warm the room.

When you combine this with really thick, really high quality panel insulation, this can help to keep the warm air in, during the winter months, and during the summer, where you want the room to be cooler, the same insulation can help to keep the warm air out of the building during the summer.

 

 

Bespoke

Let’s say that you are a musician, you may know exactly how you want your music studio to be built. You know how many rooms you need, the exact dimensions of the building, as well as also way you want the Windows and doors to be.

You might also want a kitchen area, you might want a bathroom, and you might want a very large area to place all of your music equipment. Therefore, we are the company to call, simply because our garden rooms are bespoke, so we can build them exactly the way you would like them to be built.

 

Guaranteed to last

Garden rooms, whether they are used as a place to enjoy an alcoholic beverage after a long and tiring day at work, or perhaps they are used as a music studio, where you enjoy playing the drums, often these buildings will cost in excess of £20,000.
You therefore want them to last as long as possible, and this is another reason why our company is often chosen to build garden rooms, simply because we guarantee the whole of the building to last for a long period of time.

 

Would you like the music studio built?

We travel right across the United Kingdom, building high-quality music studios, we can therefore offer you a free and also no obligation quotation to build a music studio for you.

We can also offer to design 3-D drawings, which will show you exactly what your music studio could look like once built.

If you are therefore looking for a garden room company, based in the UK, which builds music studios, then why not call our company today?
 

We now also build garden office pods

 

11th of September 2023

 

Garden office pods

By a country mile the most popular type of garden building that our company builds, are garden offices.
As more people than ever, are now working from their home, whether it be on a part-time basis or full-time often they a need a garden office as a place to work.

 

Why choose our company?

What’s great about our company, is that you can have a building constructed, that is bespoke, that’s also built to the exact size that you would like.

So, we can build a building, which is compact, that is not much bigger than a small greenhouse, or we can build an entirely different type of garden building, which spans the entire width of your garden and has multiple rooms.

 

Do you have a small garden?

A lot of homeowners here in the United Kingdom, might have a small garden, this is especially so if the property is a new build, because often they will have much smaller gardens when compared to some much older Victorian properties, which sometimes have very long gardens.

And you might be currently thinking, that a garden building, won’t be suited to your garden, because your garden is simply too small to accommodate a garden room?

However, this is where you can benefit from purchasing a garden office pod from us.

These buildings are small, and therefore often fit into the corner of a garden, and are just large enough, for the homeowner to fit a small desk within the room, as well as a bookshelf and an office chair.

However, despite these buildings being relatively small, you have to think of the benefit that they offer you.

They offer a quiet place to work, as well as the following benefits:

 

Detached

You might want a garden room built that’s totally detached from your house, and we can build a garden office pod for you, and this building can be completely detached from your house.

This means that, you will have a nice quiet room for you to work within, that’s totally detached from your house.

 

Quiet

We can add top quality building, which has soundproofing to the walls, which is really good quality soundproofing and is can help the room to be nice and quiet inside.

 

Thick insulation

Even though the garden office pod, if a small building, it can still be very well insulated, so that you can use it in any weather.

 

But what exactly is a garden office pod?

Garden buildings are often referred to under many different names. For many years, they were simply described as “wooden summerhouses”- however as these buildings have become more popular, they are now used as gyms, as a place to work, and also a place to enjoy a refreshing pint of beer perhaps on a warm summers day.

Therefore garden room companies, therefore now describe their buildings, as everything from “garden bars” right through to “garden yoga studios”.

Yet a garden office pod, is simply a garden office that small in size.

In matter-of-fact a garden office pod, if it’s put behind a tree, within your garden, you might not even see it at all.
If you have a small garden, it can be fitted into the corner of most gardens easily. So, even if you have a small garden in Bristol, or in Bath, often we can still help you to design and build a garden office that will fit into your garden.

 

 

Always weigh up if you are buying a quality garden building or not

Prices for garden office pods vary massively here in the U.K (they can vary between 10k and 70k) yet just as the price varies, so does the quality of these buildings as well. Some buildings, when their built to a high standard can give you years and year of use, and require very little maintenance.

Some other garden buildings, can be a right headache from the get go- and what we mean by that is, sometimes they can develop leaks, sometimes the gaps between the doors and the actual building can sometimes allow strong drafts to come through.

 

Build quality

So, build quality is of massive importance, we build buildings that are very high quality. Our company has a very strong reputation for building garden office pods, which are of the highest quality. Once your neighbours have seen the quality of the buildings we build, your family and friends, they are likely to want one too, because they are high quality but also affordable.

 

Make sure that you can use the building all year round

As we all know, here in Blighty, our winters can get mighty cold?

Now you not likely to be very productive, in work, if you are shivering away in your garden office because your freezing cold.
So, you’re going to need a well-insulated building, which can be heated up at the flick of a switch, and that’s exactly what we can offer.

Our highly experienced builders, can cut what is called “panel insulation” made by Quinn insulation, they can put it in the cavity of the walls, the floor and also the ceiling, which will help to keep the building nice and warm for you.

 

How long will we have to wait to obtain planning permission?

So, let’s say that you are about to start a brand company, and you want a garden office to work in, in order to help start your business. Or lets say you’ve just landed yourself a new job, and they have asked you to work from home say three days a week. You’re going to want to have a garden office built as quick as possible.

 

Yet after reading online, you may now be thinking that you may need to obtain planning permission from Bath County Council before we can start to build the garden office for you.

When you call us, our builders can come out and meet you, we can sometimes offer you a quote there and then. At the same time, we can offer you advice as to whether we think that you will need to seek planning permission from Bath County Council, or whether the building can be built under what is called “permitted development” instead.

If the building can be constructed through “permitted development”, then our builders can start work more or less straightaway for you, if however you do need to seek planning permission first from the local council- then an application will need to be made with

Bath County Council, and it’s likely that drawings may need to be created by an architect to show the size of the building that you want built.

 

You are likely to be pleasantly surprised with our quote

Sometimes, some homeowners delay getting a garden building constructed, because they have heard that it might cost in excess of £50,000 to build!

However, when our quote comes into your inbox, you are likely to be pleasantly surprised with the price.

That’s because we can build luxurious garden buildings, which are guaranteed to last, which are very high quality and we can offer them with starting price of just £18,000.

This is why you may have seen one or several of our Mercedes sprinter vans parked on your street, because our builders may have already built several garden buildings on your street in Bath?

We are therefore a very popular garden room company, because we offer fantastic quality buildings, but they are offered at very affordable prices to British homeowners.

 

As large as you like

In this article, we have concentrated on describing the benefits of owning a garden office pod, which is normally a small garden building.
Often these are placed in the corner of a garden, and if they are behind say a large holly bush you might not even see them from your house.
With that said, our company is still capable of building massive garden buildings, so much so, we can build a building that has multiple bedrooms, ensuites and even a large living room. So, we can build any sized garden room, prices vary between 18k and 70k.
So, when you hire us, we have the carpenters, the joiners, the electricians, the site managers, the architects, roofers, painters and decorators to build for you a building as large as you would like.

Why not call us for a quote?

 

Which features can make a garden room feel luxurious?

 

Introduction

The word luxurious, well it has to be one of the most overused words in marketing, surely? After all, if used to describe everything from teabags through to high-value cars.

And if you were to grab a nice cup of tea, and you were to start having a look at various garden room company websites, well if you were to count up the amount of times that they use the word in “luxury” on their website, it can be a term that’s heavily used that’s the sure.

We all know what luxury means when it comes to high performance car, perhaps we you want it to be fast, have sporty styling, and perhaps an interior which is somewhere where you like spending time?

But what about a garden room?

 

Surely these are just four walls and made out of wood?

Well, what we would say is that garden rooms can be extremely luxurious, this article we hope to give you some food thought, that is some ideas that you might want to incorporate into the design of your garden room.

So, if you want a luxurious garden building, you’ve most definitely come to the right place.

 

Huge triple glazed windows

Here in Great Britain, we are lucky enough to have some spectacular scenery to look out onto, perhaps it’s Rolling Meadows within the countryside?

Perhaps alternatively you might be lucky enough to be able to look out of your window at the Atlantic Ocean, and have a view as far as the eyes can see, and you might see the occasional large vessel, passing through the waves?

So what we would recommend these having a garden building built, which has a large panoramic glass windows, perhaps you would like them to be triple glazed, which allows you to enjoy and take in the views that surrounds your property.

What’s around your property?

Do you look out over Woodlands?

Do you look out over the sea?

Do you look out over our splendid British countryside?

Why not create your garden building, so that it has huge windows and doors, so that you can simply sit down on a nice comfortable sofa, or perhaps a reclining chair, and you can take in the views which around your property.
What would make this space feel even more luxurious, is to have aluminium framed windows which stretch from the floor to the ceiling.

We would also recommend having top-quality, bi folding doors fitted, which open and close very easily.
What we would also recommend that they are triple glazed windows and doors, so that when the doors are shut, the room is nice and quiet, so much so that you can hear a pin drop.

 

Quality audio

We could install within ceiling, top quality speakers. For example, there are some fantastic manufacturers of audio equipment, for example we really like the brand Pure, it’s a fantastic company. They produce really high-quality audio equipment.
And imagine walking into your garden building, switching on your audio equipment, and really enjoying listening to the music as loud as you would like, what do you like listening to, jazz, classical or perhaps rock ‘n’ roll is more your cup of tea?

 

Underfloor heating

Picture the scene, it’s really cold outside, in matter of fact, you can see your breath as you breathe, and your fingertips are feeling rather freezing when you’re outside for any period of time.
Yet then imagine walking into your garden building, and when you take off your shoes, you instantly feel how nice and warm the floor is.

It’s really nice, it’s really warm, and that’s because you’ve invested in a high quality underfloor heating system, which we have installed right throughout the garden building.

So whether you’re on a call for work, or perhaps you’re just simply enjoying painting an oil painting, your feet can be nice and warm when they’re touching the floor, despite the fact that the temperature outside the garden building might well be freezing.

 

Air conditioning systems

There are many companies which produce very powerful air conditioning systems, that in a matter of minutes the temperature within the garden room can start to plummet.

So, imagine, it’s a really hot summer’s day, and as soon as you put ice cubes within your drink they start to melt, that’s when your outside in your garden on say a hot day in July.

And you know that you have some work tasks that you would like to complete in your garden office, and you would like the room to be nice and cool, you don’t want to feel overly hot, so imagine just with a few clicks of a remote control, and you can hear your air conditioning systems switching on, and then within a matter of minutes, the room is nice and cool, so much so that you feel the cool breeze blowing on your face.

We can therefore install a high-quality air conditioning system.

If you were to ask is which brand we would recommend a make of air conditioning systems, we would highly recommend Samsung air-conditioning systems, they offer some fantastic quality air conditioning systems.

 

A really high-quality bathroom

When you walk into a five-star hotel bathroom, they often have impressive bathrooms, really large spacious bathrooms and they are well equipped, for example with a Dyson electric hand dryer, a really powerful shower, made by say Mira, which make quality showers, as well as heated towel rails.

All of this can be incorporated within the bathroom of your garden building, you could even have a large bath or perhaps a shower installed, where you can simply have a nice refreshing wash within your garden building.

 

Are you sold on the idea of having a garden building built?

We build luxury, and we now have over seven years’ experience of building luxury garden rooms in Great Britain.

We travel rights up and down the M4 motorway, working for many homeowners who want a well-built garden building constructed.

What we guarantee is that we will build quality for you, and this will be offered a very competitive price.

So why not, give us a quick call, so we can arrange a convenient time for you, so that we can come out and meet you.
Over a nice cup of tea, we can discuss how you would like your garden room built, and we can then offer you a quote in a short period of time.

Are you thinking about having a garden bar built?

 

A garden bar, can make a brilliant place to socialise with your friends, to enjoy a nice pint of beer, and news never got to worry about, the bar not stocking what you like, because you own the bar!

We have built countless garden bars right across the United Kingdom, the becoming more and more popular, as people want a space where they can unwind, enjoy spending time with their friends, have a place where they can enjoy a drink right throughout the entire year.

 

So, what is a garden room bar?

We can design a building, that’s detached, the has its own bathroom, that insulated so it can be used right throughout the entire year.

Some garden buildings, are not suitable for use in winter. However, our buildings are, we talk to our customers, about what insulation they would like installed, for example the cheapest option is fibreglass, however we would recommend opting for panel insulation. Some customers, one of the most environmentally friendly option, so they opt for sheep’s wool, and we can place this into the walls for you as well.

As part of our team, we have experience joiners, the can build a bar for you, they can build the bar out of softwood or they can build the bar out of hardwood for you.

Then when you walk into your garden building, you might think you’ve actually walked into a real bar, it could be a wooden bar which stretches the entire length of the building. There could be a huge television screen hung on the wall, to watch live sporting events, then why not get really comfortable sofas, so you can have your friends over, have a chat and you will feel like you are in a real bar.

 

Bespoke

We travel up and down the United Kingdom, we build garden bars right throughout the country.
One of the reasons we are selected, to build a garden bar is because every building we build is bespoke. So you might have drawings that have been created by an architect, because you know exactly the way you want the building to look. Alternatively, over a nice cup of tea, we can discuss which options you want, we can then create a set of 3-D designs, once they have been approved, our hard-working builders can start work on building the garden bar for you.

 

Long guarantee

Some garden room companies, don’t guarantee their buildings for a very long period of time. Often because they know, for example the tar felt roof what last that long, alternatively, the cladding that the company uses, might not last a prolonged period of time.

However, the buildings that we build, all come with a long guarantee.

 

Why not have a garden bar and pool built?

We can build an extra-large building, which can house a full-size pool table, therefore you could have a large bar, stocked with all your favourite drinks, ranging from whiskeys through to gins, then, you could add a full-size pool table added within the room.

So, after a long day at work, you might want to go down to your garden bar, have a few games of pool, perhaps placing darts, or have a card game your friends. All while enjoying an alcoholic or non-alcoholic beverage.

 

 

We can take care of everything

With some garden room companies, they offer super low prices on their websites. Yet, you might quickly find that you need to hire your own electrician, you own plumber or your own painter and decorator to finish off the garden room.

One of the reasons why waste so popular, is we have all of these tradesmen in-house, so we can offer you a quote to install the electrics and plumbing and to complete the painting and decorating. Some customers, might want to hire their own tradesmen, such as their own electrician, so we can offer you a prize not to install the electrics.

 

 

Why go to the pub?

You might have a pub right on your doorstep, so it might be an absolute piece of cake, to get back and for the local pub and to see your friends.

However, in area such as Bath, a lot of people, within the West Country, might live in rural locations, so it’s harder to get to the local pub. Therefore, why not have a bar, builds within your garden, and have all of your friends come over to visit you. You might even want to have a jukebox, so that you and your friends can select their favourite music to play.

 

Will we need to obtain planning permission, from Bath County Council?

A lot of the garden buildings, we build, are built under permitted development, which simply means that sometimes, our builders can get straight to work in constructing your garden building.

However sometimes, planning permission is required, we will need to seek planning permission from the local council. When one of our sales team, comes out and meet you, that either Kingsley, Seb or perhaps Josh, they will be able to advise you whether we will need to seek planning permission or not.

We would say, that the vast majority, of the summerhouses, garden bars and buildings that we built, do not need planning permission. However, as every single building we build in is different, we will need to have a chat with you, about how large you want the building to be, and then we can advise you whether we think you need to seek planning permission or not.

If you do need to seek planning permission, then sometimes it can take many months to obtain planning permission for your garden building.

This does need to be kept in mind, because you might want the garden building built in a short space of time, however if planning permission is required, then it can take a long time, sometimes it can take a long period of time the planning permission to be granted, but once granted, often our builders can start work very quickly.

 

 

Have you constructed, many garden buildings within Bath?

Yes, we most definitely have, we build a large number of garden gyms, garden offices and garden bars. We are well known for building very high quality, well built, garden buildings which are offered at very competitive prices.

How much does a garden gym cost? And what are benefits of owning one?

 

The right throughout the entire year, we have enquiries from customers, who would like a quality garden gym constructed. A lot of people, now want to improve their health and fitness, whether that’s to shed a few pounds, or perhaps you have a marathon coming up?

We think, that a garden gym, makes it convenient and super easy to start your workouts whenever you like.

You haven’t got to jump in the car, wait in traffic, and then have to then wait even longer, to use the piece of gym equipment you want, when you get there, because the gym might be full of people.

And then when you finally do find a treadmill that is free, it might be rather dirty, covered in sweat and dust, and this might deter you from visiting the gym as much as you want, because the gym equipment might not be ready clean at your gym?

However, all of these disadvantages of using a local gym, can disappear, once you only your own garden gym built by us. It can be a luxury building, with air conditioning, top of the range gym equipment, a really good quality sound system, and also heaters, which can heat the room even on the coldest of winter days.

 

So how much does a garden gym cost to construct in the city of Bath?

Well, a lot less than you might think, we have built many garden gyms, for just £18,000, the average price is around £30,000, yet we can build a garden building anyway you like, so we can build a very luxurious garden for you.

It could even have a huge bathroom, with a heated floor, it could have a heated towel rail, and a huge walk-in shower, meaning that once the workout is finished, and just walking enjoy a nice refreshing within your garden building. We can design the bathroom so that it is ventilated and also so that it is heated.

So, we can build a garden gym for you anywhere within the United Kingdom, we are regularly travelling up and down the M4 motorway building so many garden gyms, and we don’t just build them in the summer we also build them right throughout the winter months as well.

You could have a luxury garden gym built for just £18,000, and when you consider that this room could help you to lose weight, it could help you to really improve your fitness, because you would have your own gym, at the end of the garden, that whenever you want to start your work out, you can just walk down there and start exercising whenever you like, that could be it’s 7 AM in the morning or it could be at 1 AM you can work out whenever you want to when you only garden gym.

 

 

How long does a garden gym take to build in Bath?

This very much depends on access to your garden, if you have a rear lane, when you have side access to your house, then often we can build most garden gyms, within the city of Bath, in less than three weeks.

However, some Victorian properties, don’t have a rear lane, and also the house might be terraced, so there is no way of taking the building materials, such as the plasterboard, the wood for the windows down the side of the building through a garden gate, because you might not have a garden gate.

However, we can take the building materials through your house, it might take us longer to build a garden building, but we can still build one for you anywhere within Bath. So, if you live in a terraced house, we can still build a garden building in your garden.

 

 

Super clean

When you visit a local gym, sometimes the gym equipment is not as clean as you would like. Of course, there are some gyms, which keep their gym equipment nice and clean, but there are some which don’t, and for example the treadmill could be sweaty, covered in dust and it could be dirty, with all then feet running on it.

So, one of the advantages of owning your home gym equipment, is that it’s only you, for the people that use your garden gym, that will be using it, so it’s much easier to keep that gym equipment clean.

 

 

Would you like a garden gym constructed?

We have a huge amount of experience, building garden buildings.

We have now been building garden rooms for over five years, we have built many summerhouses within the city of Bath. We also build garden rooms right throughout the West Country, one of the reasons why our company is so popular, in the West Country, is because we offer long guarantees on every single building that we construct.

We also employ, very experienced tradesmen, for example, some of our joiners, they have over 10 years’ experience, building structures such as gazebos, summerhouses as well as also decking.

We have built many buildings, within Bath, and that’s because we often come highly recommended by our previous customers, who recommend us to their friends and family.

 

 

Neighbours

Once your neighbours see the quality of our garden rooms, often they will want one built as well, therefore often our company builds many garden buildings, on the same street, for example we might build easily five garden buildings on one street in Bath, and that’s because, we often come highly recommended.

With prices starting from just £18,000, our buildings are also affordable, if you would like a free quote then why not call us?

Would you like a garden room constructed with a hot tub?

Hot tubs are popular right throughout Bath and the Cotswolds, with many homeowners only one. Often, they are used during the summer, as a great way to cool down and perhaps enjoy a nice glass of bubbly champagne.

However, here in Great Britain, the weather is quite unpredictable, one day can be boiling hot, so much so we are smothering ourselves in waterproof sun cream. The next day, the weather can change, almost in an instant, with fine drizzling rain.

However, you might still fancy a quick dunk in your hot tub, you might want to sit in your hot tub even if it’s raining, therefore a lot of people have a quality gazebo, or sometimes a garden building, which has a large extension known as a canopy, which can offer a roof and side walls to the hot tub.

Therefore, a lot of people get on the dog and bone, that’s phone, to give us a quick call and ask us to build a luxurious garden room, with a canopy to the side. Sometimes, some of our customers have truly massive Jacuzzis built, sometimes these Jacuzzis are so large they can comfortably sit seven people, who are all enjoying the bubbly warm water. What a great way to have a nice plastic glass, and to enjoy some champagne or perhaps good quality wine?

 

Hot tub garden rooms

Often, our customers ask us to build a garden building, which has a huge decked area, the decking area can be made of composite. Then we can build a large canopy, the canopy can be very large, so that it completely offers a roof over the Jacuzzi. Fitted then into the roof of the Jacuzzi, can be really good quality outdoor speakers, for example you might want speakers made by Bang and Olsen, or perhaps you would like the speakers made by Bose, or perhaps made by Sony.

We build luxurious hot garden rooms, and often our customers know exactly how they want the building built, where they want the outdoor lights, what colour they want decking to be, they may even know what cladding they would like clad on the outside of the garden room, and we can build that for you.

 

Quality decking

When you step out of your hot tub, you’re going to want to step onto quality decking, in order to dry yourself off with a towel. You’re going to want the decking to be very low maintenance, you’re going to want it to last a long period of time and also be extra strong at so that you get good value for money. What we would recommend opting for composite, good brand of composite and have also composite steps built up to your Jacuzzi.

The composite steps, will allow you to easily get in and out of the Jacuzzi.
Outdoor lighting

On a summers evening, you might want to go and have a quick dip in your Jacuzzi, yet it might be pitch dark outside.
Even if it is pitch dark outside, you can have quality LED lights, which can switch on all around your garden room, or perhaps you would like them to just switch on to illuminate your Jacuzzi.

Then your Jacuzzi will be eliminated, and you can enjoy having a dip hot tub.

 

Bathroom

Once you’ve had a soak in your Jacuzzi, you might want to wash off and go to the bathroom to have a nice refreshing shower. You might want a power shower , so that you can have a wash, therefore we can install a complete bathroom within your garden building for you.
Just like going to the gym.

You could have a massive garden building, that’s air conditioned, which also has multiple electric radiators, and you can fill it with top quality, some of the best quality gym equipment. You could also have a complete bathroom as well, so when you’ve finished working out, say lifting all of those heavy dumbbells, you can simply jump into your power shower and have wash.

Just like in most luxurious health clubs, and spas, often is a large Jacuzzi with powerful water jets, which can help you to unwind, you could also have one of these fitted to the side of your garden building.

Therefore, after work out, let’s say 30 minutes of fast running on your treadmill, you might want a quick wash off in your shower, which is within your garden building, then you might wish to spend the rest of the evening soaking in your hot tub.

 

Bath and beyond

We really like the Victorian city of Bath, we think it’s a fantastic place with great architecture and some fantastic homes, some of which date back before the Victorian era, and some are more modern.
Whether you have a modern house, or perhaps you have a housemaid it Bath stone, which dates back to the Victorian era, we can build a garden room for you. You might live right within the main part of the city, she might have a small garden, if so, we can build a small garden room for you.

Alternatively, you might own a country mansion, on the outskirts of Bath, and you might have acres of land? We can build therefore a garden room as big as you would like, because you have so much space where we can build it to.
Would you like garden room built? Why not call us?

10 steps to designing your perfect garden room

 

 
A garden room or a garden office is a building that you might choose to use on a daily basis. Therefore it’s important, that the room is well designed so that you are comfortable throughout the different seasons.

Whatever the weather can chuck that your garden room, it needs to be ready to withstand our British weather, so from heavy rain, sleet or hail, the building needs to withstand our, well wet climate.

Equally your garden room needs to be comfortable, it needs to be insulated, and just as you like to switch on the air-conditioning within your car on a rather hot summers day, well this is going to be the same for your garden building.

So, we thought it would be a superb idea, to give you 10 points to consider when you’re thinking about having a garden building built in Bath, England.

 

Number 1) Which roof are you going to opt for?

We believe a garden room is only as good as the roof that you add to it, and you might be rather confused by that statement.

You might be thinking, well shortly a roof, is just a roof? How can this define how well built the garden building is?

Well there are some roofs which don’t last that long before they need patching up or fully replacing. Then there are some really high performance roofs, that are guaranteed to last, even if it’s absolutely raining cats and dogs non-stop, your garden room can be able to stand all of that heavy rain.

So what would we recommend opting for?

Well would most definitely recommend opting for a company that guarantees the roof for say 10 years. We would also recommend a rubber roof, we would actually recommend a rubber roof which has insulation underneath, so for example a thick piece of panel insulation, because as we all know, heat rises, so its important that all that heat doesn’t just escape through the roof. A thick piece of panel insulation, can help to retain that heat for that bit longer.

 

Number 2) Think about the cladding

It’s a bit like when you cut wood with a hand saw or you chop some logs within your garden, you might get that nice waft of freshly cut timber entering your nostrils.

And this is the same for your garden room, you might get that nice pine smell, when the buildings built, and you walk inside, and on the outside the wood might look brilliant.

However soft wood, especially pine, if it’s not correctly sealed, and by that we mean if the timber is not varnished or a specialist wood oil applied, then what can happen is that the wood starts to become water stained, that’s as the water runs off the roof and its absorbed by the timber walls.

As it absorbs the rain water, and continues to hold that water, the wood may start to rot and it may start to change colour to a grey or even to a black colour.

This can make your garden room look all and tatty, even though you might have only had the building built let’s say three years ago.
So, what would we recommend?

Well, composite or metal cladding is often more expensive than softwood, but we think it’s definitely worth forking out for what is called composite cladding or steel sheets, as they simply last longer.

This type of cladding is simply brilliant, is comes in a range of colours and it never needs painting.

 

Number 3) Consider your garden rooms security

It’s really important, especially if you’re going to keep valuable items such as your Apple Computer, printers and lets say a camera within your garden room, then the building has good security.

What would we recommend?

We would recommend CCTV which switches on when motion is detected your garden, we would recommend having aluminium framed windows and doors and that each window or door has quality locks installed.

We would recommend a floodlight which is triggered when motion is detected within your garden as well.

So, when we are installing a garden building within the city of Bath, we would recommend top of the range CCTV is installed, and you may want to get alerts to your smartphone, if the is motion detected in your garden.

 

Number four) Decking

When the weather is really nice outside, when it’s nice and warm, and there is a warm summers breeze in the air, your likely to want to sit out on your decking, enjoy say a nice espresso? and what better place than on your decking?
So why not have composite or wooden decking built in front of your garden room?

What would we recommend?

We would highly recommend choosing composite decking, which our carpenters can build.
And why do we recommend opting for say Millboard composite decking, well that’s because it won’t ever suffer ever in a million years suffer from woodworm-because its not made from 100% wood, so this simply meaning it lasts much longer than timber decking.

 

Number 5) toilet and wash hand basin

You may want to have a toilet and a wash hand basin installed within your garden room? That’s especially if you’re spending a huge amount of time within the room, and if your going to be drinking a lot of coffee or beer in there!

Number 6) Storage space

Sometimes, a garage may need to be demolished, or a wooden shed, that’s to make way for a new garden room to be built. However, this does pose a slight problem, that is where exactly you will keep lawnmower?

This is why we would highly recommend incorporating into the design of your garden building, that you have a side storage room. A room with a separate door, which opens up into a small room, ideal for storing say those fold-up aluminium ladders.
Within the room and store items such as yours strimmer as well.

 

Number 7) Triple glazing

We would highly recommend opting for triple glazing for the bi-folding doors, and the windows as well, this can help to improve the energy efficiency of the whole building, as well as helping to make much quieter inside.

 

Number 8) Hire an experienced garden room company (we have over 10 years experience building garden rooms in South West England)

When you search on Google.co.uk, for “garden room companies” well there are hundreds of builders in Bath, within England that build summerhouses.

However when you start so whittle down the list of highly experienced garden companies, you will find there are much fewer companies that have been building summerhouses as long as us.

We have literally built a countless number of garden buildings, we have been building these for over 10 years, so we are highly experienced in building garden rooms.

We believe this is important because we can make our garden buildings extra strong, plus because they are so well built, we can offer you a super long guarantee on every single building which we construct.

 

Number 9) Built fast

You might have just been offered a new job? Yet that role involves you now working from home much more often, so now it might be a bit of the scramble to find a garden room company which can build your building quickly for you.
Thankfully we have a large team of staff, so when a customer needs a garden room built ultra quickly, we are the company to call.

 

Number 10) Electric installation

Sometimes, some companies when building garden buildings, they ask the customer, to find an electrician who can install all of the power sockets, the lighting and also the LED lights outside.
However, when you hire Kingsley to build the summerhouse, we have electricians as part of our team, so included within the quote, will be the price to install the electrics.

How long does it take your company to build a garden room?

 

Here in Great Britain, how long it takes various garden room companies, to build a garden room, varies massively depending upon which company you choose to hire. Some companies like ours, need to bring in JCB excavators, and we need to bring in that a lot of tradesmen to build our buildings.

However, some of the company’s, just south flatpack summerhouses, which the customers asked to build themselves.

From the structural wood, which is kiln dried, and FSC approved, through to installing roof windows made by velux windows, every single aspect of the building will be very high quality.

For example, Quinn insulation panels can be added to the walls, we can also use fibreglass made by rock wool if you would prefer?
We can also add or your filled radiators made by dimplex radiators as well.

You might even want us to purchase a Sony television and to mount this on the wall, and to fix the brackets to the wall, so that even the television is installed for you.

So, it very much depend on the of building that you purchase, for example be flatpack will it be bespoke.

For example, some buildings can be advertised, as “do-it-yourself, summerhouse”, and sometimes have written within the product description, will be estimated time to build the buildings. However often it does depend on whether your DIY expert, or whether you are not very good at DIY. For example, often next to a screwdriver icon, will be how long it will take to construct the building. For example, the company might say it can be built in say three days. However, if you not very good at do-it-yourself might take substantially longer.

Quality does take time to build

All of our garden buildings are 100% bespoke, simply meaning that every single one we build, is built differently and to different dimensions. So one week we could be building a truly massive garden room, which is going to be used as guest accommodation with ensuite bathrooms.
The next week we can be working right in the fantastic city of Bath, in England building a garden office pod which is just large enough to have place a d perhaps a few shelves as well. No two buildings we build are ever the same, so they are not therefore mass produced in say a light industrial unit.

Instead, our estimator will company building materials then we will get those delivered to your garden, so that our builders can start work as soon as you would like.

We always use quality FSC wood, a lot of hourglass that we use is Pilkington quality glass, plus also if you hire us to install air conditioning, we can install a quality air conditioning unit, for example you might want to have a Samsung air conditioning unit installed and we can supply this and install it for you.

Built the way you like

Instead, the whole building is constructed, to the design that you would like. So for example you might want oak cladding, a sedum roof and you might even know the exact colour you want the inside of the garden room painted, with a nice quality Farrow and Ball paint. We really do like Fallow and Ball paint it’s really good quality paint.

We can paint the inside of your garden room for you, we can use crown paint, we can use dulex paint, we can also use Farrow and Ball paint.

Bespoke

This means that every piece of wood needs to be cut by hand in your garden, we use quality Dewalt hand tools to construct our garden rooms.

And it does take us on average three weeks to build the entire building. We sometimes also use a micro digger, made by JCB, to help clear away any shrubbery, to level the soil and to also help unload our skips.

 

The problem with flatpack garden rooms

The problem with pack garden rooms, that are assembled by the customer, is that sometimes you don’t have much of a choice in terms how large the building is.

So, for example, you might end up with a summerhouse which doesn’t fit the contours of garden.

Let’s say that you have a cottage, and a blend of your garden ends at a sharp point it might be hard to find a summerhouse to garden, if you’re planning on buying a flatpack building is.

However, our builders can construct a garden room to fit the contours of your garden, meaning that there is less wasted space in the garden room will fit perfectly into the dimensions of your garden.

Quality

As any good builder will tell you, any building is is only strong as the foundations which supports it, if the foundations are weak, doesn’t matter if it’s a summerhouse, a house or a block of flats, if the foundations are not built solid than the building could break apart and sometimes relatively quickly.

For example, a thin foundation, made of concrete, might start to form cracks, and break apart.
We’ve seen some summerhouses which have been built off concrete blocks, that is breeze blocks, laid in the garden, or patio slabs and then this summerhouse built upon it. This is no good at all, cutting corners like this is a total false economy, that’s because the actual building could sag, break apart that need demolishing becomes structurally unsafe.

We can use ground screws, to dramatically speed up the construction process

If you were to watch our builders, construct the summerhouse, using time lapse video, perhaps you’d want to set up let’s say a Go pro camera. You will see that we can install the foundations, using ground screws very quickly.

We use a Dewalt drill, to drive the ground screws deep into the ground, provide solid foundation to build the summerhouse upon.
What makes our garden building such high quality, is that we can use Pilkington Glass, we can use aluminium framed windows and doors, so the last very long period of time. We can also use composite decking made by mill board which is a very high-quality brand, we can also use Farrow and Ball paint on the inside if you would like this used.

We can also install a quality air conditioning system, perhaps like a Siemens air-conditioning system?

So, installing ground screws doesn’t take much longer but it will provide a much stronger foundation. Plus, if ground screws are not suitable for your garden, perhaps the ground is to boggy, and to wet during most of the year, or we could actually do is build a large concrete slab raised the whole building off the ground.

What’s important is that a solid foundation is built is suitable for your garden.

 

Bespoke bathrooms

Just as you hire a plumber to install a nice bathroom suite, for example you might want nice quality bathroom made by Tavistock? You might also want a shower installed made by Mira, Mira make fantastic quality electric showers.

We can then install quality bathroom tiles, toilets, wash hand basin as well as a shower. This means you can have a complete bathroom suite installed within your garden room.

 

On average how long does it take you to build a garden building?

The vast majority of our buildings, our built in less than three weeks, this includes everything from building the base, that is the concrete foundations all the ground screws right up to finishing off the garden room by giving it a lick of paint.

However, we are often asked to build some very high value garden rooms, sometimes which are used as guest bedrooms, so they have a large bedroom area, and often also have an ensuite. For these garden rooms, which can range of to £70,000, sometimes it takes us longer to build these buildings.

However the customer is often happy to wait for us to build our garden rooms, , because they know that they are receiving a very high quality building that is made to last, and often the construction process can’t be rushed. And often for example when we’re installing a large bathroom, there are a lot of tradesmen which are needed, such as tilers, plumbers and electricians, so we need to stage the work so that each tradesman can do the job.

 

Do you build garden buildings made of brick and blocks?

Yes, we do, we employ bricklayers and block layers, which can build a garden building, we also construct garages as well.
For us to build a garden building made using bricks and blocks, this does take us longer to build, because we need to mix all of that cement, and building a brick wall, does take us longer than building the building using timber.

However, the garden room made using bricks and breeze blocks and cement, will last longer than a wooden summerhouse.
So, we would highly recommend, having a quote from us, to build a timber summerhouse as well as us offering a quote to build the building you breeze blocks and bricks.

How long does it take you to build a garden room complete with a bathroom?

To build a garden room that has a bathroom, does take us longer, because we need to bring into your garden a mini excavator to date all of the trenches. To do this work by hand would take as too long, so often we use a micro digger, by JCB, we use the JCB excavator to dig the trench, then we can lay the soil pipe and also the pipes needed to connect a water supply to garden room.

The mini excavator then often needs to dig a long trench, and we need lay the trench and is also any excess soil needs to be added to a waste skip.

There are ground workers need to lay a plastic pipe, aka the waste pipe, we also need to connect the water supply up to the garden building as well.

This does take us longer because of all that extra work digging the trench, laying the pipe and connecting the water supply as well as connecting this to the toilet and wash hand basin and the shower.

We need a garden office built quickly; how quickly can you build it?

Sometimes we are asked to construct a simple garden room, these are sometimes called garden office parks, that is a garden room that is relatively small.

Often our builders are able to build these in a short period of time, so for example you might have started a brand-new job, let’s say you’re now working from home in Bath, which now means that’s you now need a garden office built.

You might therefore be eager to get a garden room constructed, so that you can start using the room is your place of work during the week.

And sometimes can build the whole building in less than two weeks

Have a nice solid foundation to start building the summerhouse upon.

Why pay more?

There’s a good reason why we build hundreds of summerhouses throughout the South West of England every single year, that’s because we offer fantastic prices.

What different types of garden offices does your company build?

Garden Buildings South West England

 

 

A garden office is a place were sometimes the owner will be spending in excess of 40 hours busy working within the room per week.

The room must therefore be super comfortable, be a place that’s also warm, that’s cool within summer, that has plenty of light coming through the windows and doors, so the room is light and airy during the day.

It should be a place where you enjoy working.

Why choose Kingsley Build to build your garden office?

 

Our garden offices are built to last, constructed in your garden and not in a factory, we use quality building materials such as rubber roofing, which simply means, the room is built to last. We build our buildings to last, and we are so confident that that they will last, that every building, no matter if it costs 17k or 70k to build, will come with a long guarantee.

So, we thought it would be a good idea to offer some food for thought, to provide you with some ideas on how we could build your garden office and to explain some of the different options that our company can offer.

A garden office that’s complete with bathroom

 

When you have a garden office built, it can make a become a great place to work, a space that quiet, that’s light and airy, somewhere you enjoy working. We this is especially during the summer, the summer breeze can flow through the room, and when you’re looking out over your lawn and the birds are singing in the background- you might just think, well why didn’t we buy one of these before now.

But sooner or later, after drinking all those espressos you’re going to need to go to the bathroom, and this can mean a fast sprint across the lawn, to use the lavatory within the house. So why not have a complete bathroom suite built in your garden office? Or if you would prefer just a toilet and a wash hand basin?

Rectangular, square or triangular?

 

Your garden office if its built by us, hasn’t just got to be a standard rectangular shape, that’s because all of the buildings we build are bespoke, every building we build is different. We can build it to any shape that you would like.

For example, you might only garden which ends at a point, you might therefore want a triangle shape garden room.

Or let’s say that you own a new built detached house, the garden might not be very long at all might be very wide. You might therefore want the thin rectangular garden room, a garden room which spans the entire garden?

Alternatively you might want a circular garden room, and we can build this for you.

Sometimes, our clients will have contacted a local architect to design their garden building, then we can offer you a quote from the architect’s drawings, for how much it cost us to build your garden building.

We have built many garden offices

What’s great about hiring our company is we have built many garden offices across the South West of England, from Exeter down to Bristol. This means that we are highly experienced in building garden rooms.

 

 

Multiple rooms

We can build multiple separate rooms within your garden building.

For example, the main use of the building, might be to use the building as an office, so you might want a large main room where you can complete your work.

You might also want to have a separate room within the building, so there’s a partition wall, and is within that room it could be used as say your yoga studio, as a place for you to work out, you could simply be somewhere that has a reclining chair seat, and watch the football after work?

Therefore we can build multiple rooms within your garden building, the building can therefore be used for multiple different purposes.

 

 

Soundproofed

Sometimes our garden rooms are built at the far end of the customers garden, and all that separates the property from the main road could be a garden fence.

Therefore, during the day, and night, at the end of your garden, you may be listening to cars, trucks and buses whizzing past your garden.
Therefore for some people this might be distracting, listening to all that road noise as they are trying to complete their work.

We can therefore install soundproofing out into the walls, the floor and ceiling, this won’t totally eliminate all of that noise, but what it will do is reduce the noise you hear within the garden building, if you combine this with triple glazing, then you will have a quieter room to work within.

 

 

Cost’s less than you might think

When you go on social media, let’s say on Instragram, and you start to look at various garden offices this have been constructed throughout the United Kingdom, then you might think that these garden buildings cost an absolute arm and a leg, right?

 

 

You might think well a garden office is totally out of our budget?

However, we build garden offices at very competitive prices, with prices start from just £18,000, offering fabulous value for money so you might so have seen a garden building which we have built on Facebook, or on Instagram, and you think, that’s totally out of price range.

But often when we tell people the price, they are pleasantly surprised with how affordable our garden offices are.

The other advantage of choosing our company is we can build a garden room extremely quickly, sometimes in less than 3 weeks.

So let’s say that you’re starting a brand-new job, and your new job wants you to work more from home say 3 days a week, so you may need a garden office constructed in the South-West of England and we can do this for you.

We have a team of builders that travels all over the South West, and often, the vast majority of the garden offices that we construct, are fully complete, and ready to move your furniture in in less than three weeks.

The benefits of having a sedum roof added to your garden building

 

When we think of the design of most garden rooms, we typically think of a square or a rectangular building, and the building is almost typically built using wood.

Often the customer then opts for a flat roof, that’s often made using either fibreglass or perhaps using rubber roofing.
And both of these types of roof are brilliant, if they are installed correctly, and if the company offers a long guarantee on the roof to offer the owner the peace of mind that the roof will last.

 

Green roofs

However, a lot of people prefer to have a green roof, which is sometimes also referred to as a “sedum roof”.
In a nutshell, this type of roof basically allows you to grow plants, grass or perhaps even vegetables on the roof.

We are going to explain the advantages and also some of the disadvantages of choosing a sedum roof.

What are the main benefits of opting to have a sedum roof added to your garden room?

 

Grow more plants

Some people don’t want their garden building to be the focal point of the garden, the centre of attention within their garden.

Therefore, some people opt to have a sedum roof installed by us, so that they can grow plants on the roof, they may also opt for composite cladding added to the outside, in a light or dark colour of green so that the building blends much better into the background of your garden.

There the garden building can blend more into say a holly bush behind the building, or into the trees.

The great thing about a sedum roof is that you can grow many plants, flowers even vegetables on the roof, which means that it’s great for the insects, it’s great for the birds, but visually your garden building also we think will look brilliant, and blend much better into the background of your garden.

Good for the wildlife

Wherever you can grow more plants, this normally means that more insects will quickly follow, which is good for the environment. What you could do is grow a lot of wildflowers on the roof of your garden building this would be great for the bees.

Just looks better

Let’s say that you’re looking out of the top upstairs window within your house, would you rather look down at a rubber roof, or perhaps you would look down and you see a green roof, that is covered in wildflowers, perhaps poppies growing during the summer?

 

Flowers

You might even want a huge amount of lavender growing on the sedum roof? And as you look out of your bedroom window you will see perhaps hundreds of honeybees or busy collecting there nectar from the lavender.

So, what are the disadvantages of opting for a sedum roof?

Well, the main disadvantages is the weight, if you’re going to add a lot of soil onto the roof, this can place a huge amount of strain onto the roof, due to all that extra weight, therefore the building needs to be constructed so that it can support all this weight.

Therefore, the garden building roof needs to be much stronger than how a normal garden room is constructed, it needs to be able to withstand all of that weight of the soil pushing down on the roof, and also you have to imagine the extra weight when the soil becomes completely saturated with water during heavy rain.

Thankfully we have the builders which are capable of building an extra strong garden room capable of withstanding all of that extra weight that the sedum roof will add to the garden room.

 

The disadvantages of a sedum roof

The cost

The cost to build a garden room, complete with a sedum roof, will cost a lot more to build than a normal garden room, that doesn’t have a sedum roof, the extra cost to build the roof could therefore be seen as a disadvantage to purchasing a sedum roof.

On the other hand, if you’re planning on staying at your property for perhaps a long period of time, you do have to consider the benefits of having a sedum roof, in that how it can visually improve the appearance of your whole garden.

For example, imagine your garden is a mass of lavender, wildflowers and other plants which are growing, and you have these growing all around your garden as well as on the roof of your garden room, this will simply look absolutely brilliant and it will create a place that you will want to spend time.

For example, sure you might be working in your garden office during the day so you can’t see the sedum roof from the inside, but just imagine on a summers evening, your sitting in a deck chair in your garden looking out at your garden room and the sedum roof, and you’re watching the birds land on the roof, the bees collecting their nectar, and you can see the lavender plants gently swaying in the wind on the roof, this will make a great place to spend your summer evenings.

 

Which areas do build garden buildings?

The vast majority of the garden buildings that we build, are mostly built in the fabulous Victorian city of Bath, which is a brilliant city in South-West England.

We are regularly building garden buildings in Bath, and we don’t just build garden buildings for residential customers, sometimes we are hired by companies to build wooden buildings, that are then used for commercial use, such as owning a small cafe, coffee shops or simply a place where people do yoga as you might run a company running Yoga classes in Bath.

Therefore, if you would like a garden building, built then why not give us a ring today? Prices start from 18k, so we offer great prices too.

We also build garden games rooms

 

 

How do you like to unwind after long day at work?

Do you enjoy playing snooker or watching the football on large screen television?

Or perhaps you like to simply sit in a comfortable chair, and enjoy a really nice glass of whiskey on the rocks?

We can build a games room for you, and in this article, we are going to explain why we are one of the best companies here in the U.K to contact when you want a garden games room constructed.

So, what exactly is a garden games room?

 

A lot of people like to play a game of snooker, or perhaps play retro arcade games, or simply like to collect and put together large jigsaw puzzles? Having a garden building built, that’s used as a games room, is now becoming very popular here in the U.K.

However, sometimes, the homeowner won’t have the space within their home, to dedicate a whole room to playing snooker for example, after a snooker table takes up a huge amount of space.

However, you might have quite a large garden, so why use part of your garden, to be used as a games room? With a starting price of £18k its clear see why our phones are very busy, booking in customers who want a garden building built by Kingsley Build.

So, a games room is simply a garden building, that’s often totally detached from your main house, that’s used as your place to simply go and unwind and enjoy a beer, watch or rugby, or simply a play of cards.

Are games rooms popular?

 

Most definitely, we have not built a huge number of garden buildings, which are used as a game room.
One of the reasons why we think games rooms are becoming more and more popular, is because if you walk into any top London pub, you will often see that for a very long period of time these great British pubs up within London often filled the pub with board games, like Jenga, often there will manysnooker tables retro arcade games, and possibly even Twister, so you can enjoy good quality beer and enjoy time with your friends.

A lot of people now want to replicate this great atmosphere created in many London pubs within their own home, they want a building that is freestanding from the house, that’s fully air-conditioned as well as heated through multiple radiators, so it can be used any time of the year, and to use that space as a place where the occupants can unwind perhaps enjoy playing a few games of snooker while drinking ale?

How much does a games room cost?

 

This does depend on design the building, for example, if you were to have hardwood cladding, perhaps want mahogany cladding on the outside, which is very expensive, this can increase the cost of the building, quite substantially. However on the other hand, if you were to opt for say Thermo wood, well, this type of cladding much cheaper for us to purchase, we can build a larger garden room at a lower cost.

Therefore, which cladding you choose, whether it be hardwood, composite or softwood, can have a huge bearing on how much the garden room costs.

Would you like a music room built?

 

Your music room could be used as a place to simply sit and listen to music, alternatively it could also be used as a place where you can practice playing a musical instrument, perhaps you play the electric guitar?

Just imagine for a second, that within the room you have a nice comfortable chair, perhaps a nice leather Chesterfield chair, and also fitted within the garden building is top of the range, simply brilliant quality speakers. Therefore you can listen to your favourite music within your garden room.

So, whether enjoy listening to jazz, or perhaps you enjoy listening rock ‘n’ roll, or perhaps you enjoy classical music, just imagine having a room which has really high-quality speakers installed, so you can sit nice and comfortably while sipping on a nice cocktail perhaps? This has to be a great way to unwind after a long and busy day at work, are we right?
So, why is our garden room company so popular?

This is an excellent question, because there are quite literally thousands of different businesses to choose from, which can build your games room.

However, there is a reason why we Keep getting chosen as the construction company to install a garden room, even though we are often not the cheapest company by a country mile.

The reason we are often hired, is because our buildings are built so they are exquisite quality, hand built on your garden by our master craftsmen. Our garden rooms are built to be durable, long-lasting therefore even though our company might often more expensive than what some other garden rooms might offer, they offer fantastic value for money because they are so long-lasting.

Arcade games

 

Perhaps you like to play old arcade games, everybody likes to play Pac man, right? Or alternatively Perhaps you like more modern games such as call of duty? Well you could dedicate the whole garden room to being used as a place to play arcade games or perhaps more modern games such as super Mario Bros’s?

Do you Fancy a game of snooker?

 

Often when you walk into a local pub, the snooker table will already be occupied, and might be occupied the whole night by a group of friends which continue to use it until the bell rings for last orders!

However, when you own a garden bar, what’s great about owning the garden bar is you could have a full-size snooker table inside, therefore there’s no waiting around the snooker table become available, because quite simply put you own the snooker table, plus you own the whole building. So there’s no waiting for the snooker table to become available, and there’s no queueing at the bar, because you owned the bar.

Perhaps you just enjoy doing word searches putting together puzzles?

 

You might be in your retirement, and you might live in the absolutely fantastic city of Bath, a city which we really like’s fantastic architecture.

Also the city of Bath, is a city where we build a huge number of garden buildings every single year, for the great residence of bath England.

Now you might be in retirement, and you simply want a room where you can go and unwind during day, perhaps to watch a bit of television, perhaps to complete a word search, or perhaps put together a puzzle?

And what’s great about having a garden building, constructed by us is, you could have a good quality building constructed, that is insulated, and we never used cheap low quality insulation that it’s used by some companies, no instead we use top quality insulation, which is very thick and our insulation does an excellent job at retaining the heat within your garden room.

So, with the flick of a switch, the radiators could be switched on, and after a short period of time the room the whole building will be nice and warm, and that warmth will be kept in the building for longer, thanks to that extra thick, top quality panel insulation which we have put into your summerhouse for you.

So, whether you want to wander down to your garden building in December, when it’s cold outside, or perhaps during July when it’s very warm outside, you can have a top-quality garden building built within your garden, that’s fully insulated, so even if it’s completely freezing outside, you could be warm garden building.

 

How long will it take you to construct a games room?

 

This is very difficult to say, because not one of our garden rooms are ever the same, there always a different size and also, they are often are built to have very different designs, for example some have metal cladding on the outside, and some have hardwood cladding, such as oak, which is more expensive and takes longer to add to the building.

Yet for most of our games rooms that we build, often are fully built in less than three weeks.

Offering free quotations throughout the city of Bath, South West England

 

Do you live in Bath?

 

Bath is simply a fabulous city to live in, and we’ve already built many garden buildings within this great city. Therefore, if you would like a quote because you’re interested in having a games room built, or a garden office or perhaps a garden gym built, then why not call us today?

Our buildings are top quality, and they can be built at an affordable price, so why not give us a ring or e-mail us.

What features are absolutely essential when buying a garden building in the U.K?

 

We build Bath Garden Buildings

 

 

 

 

If you are currently shopping around to purchase a new garden room, then you might think, well they all look rather similar- they’re all the same, right?

You might think, the mostly made of timber, most have bi-folding doors, most even have similar cladding on the outside, such as Canadian red cedar- so they’re all pretty much a standard design, right?

Well not really, sure, a lot of companies which build quality buildings, build them similar to how other companies build them. However, this doesn’t mean that everything you will need, such as top-quality insulation, will always be added to the garden room.

 

 

 

 

Why it’s important, to hold your horses, and shop around when buying a garden room

The quality of a garden building can vary hugely between which companies you choose, so we thought it would be a good idea to write an in-depth article explaining what we think is essential when buying a garden room.

So, this is going to be quite a long article, so we would recommend sticking the kettle on, and making yourself a nice cup of tea- while you’re at it, why not treat yourself to a few biscuits?

 

 

Long life cladding (we always recommend composite)

 

The problem with using some types of soft woods, such as pine, is that some types of softwood can rot if they’re not properly maintained.

For example, let’s take pine as an example, when it’s freshly cut, it looks brilliant, it has a nice colour, and even smells brilliant when it’s cut.

However, if the wood is not properly sealed, and by that we mean if it’s not properly varnished or painted, then it can start to absorb a large amount of water. Which means two things, damp can start the occur within the building, but also, the wood can actually start to become water stained, so can actually start to turn black.

So we would most definitely, recommend instead opting for composite cladding, it is often more expensive, then softwood, however it’s often guaranteed to last.

Plus, the great thing about composite, is that once it’s been added to the side of your garden room, you can pretty much not have to maintain it at all.

If you were to choose a softwood option, then you might have to paint it every single year, or varnish it, otherwise it might start to turn water stained.

 

 

Durable roof (we always recommend rubber roofing)

It rains a lot during the winter here in Britain, but also it rains a lot in the summer months as well. Which means that, we would most definitely recommend, purchasing a roof, which is guaranteed to last say a minimum of 10 years.

So, what you need is a long-lasting, but really durable roof, that is able to withstand our wet British climate.

For example, when we got hailstones, bearing down on a roof, if the roof is not really high quality, and water can start ingress into the roof, and eventually cause a leak within the summerhouse. Nobody, wants to be spending say 20,000 on a garden room, and then after a relatively short period of time, have water leaks from the roof, and having to put plastic buckets to collect the drips of water!
So, we would recommend a rubber roof, that has a long guarantee.

 

Decking

It’s important to think about muddy shoes for a second, because within your garden office or your room, you might have a nice hardwood flooring on the floor.

But also, often you have to walk through your garden, and even if you have a pathway leading to your garden room, you are still going to get mud on your shoes, which will eventually can end up within the garden room.

Therefore, you don’t want the inside of your garden building, to look like Glastonbury music festival! In that there might be mud everywhere.

 

Alarm system and quality locks

Within your garden building, you might have many valuable items, such as an Apple laptop for example.

We would therefore recommend that the windows and doors, have high quality locks fitted.

We would also recommend a quality alarm system is fitted, which provides you alerts to your smart phone.

 

Toilet and wash hand basin

If you’re using your garden building, as a place to work, so you might be working within your garden office say 30 hours plus per week, then we would recommend having a lavatory and a wash hand basin fitted.
If you got a long garden, you’re not going to want to be running down your garden to the house every time you need the toilet.
Therefore, we would recommend having a toilet and wash hand basin fitted.

 

Rock-solid foundations

We’ve heard of garden rooms, being built and patio slabs used as the foundations, this will not work.
The problem with this is, the weight of your garden room is going to bear down on those pavement slabs, potentially causing them to break or sink into the soil. Then, what can happen is, the whole garden building moves, causing large structural damage.
So, a word to the wise, purchase a garden room that comes with rock-solid foundations, either have ground screws installed, which we would recommend our installed by a specialist ground screw company, which guarantees how much weight they can carry.
Or alternatively, have a thick concrete foundation installed.

 

 

 

 

Many oil filled radiators

A lot of our customers, use their garden building, as a place where they work full time. So, it’s important that the room can be easily heated, and that it doesn’t take forever and the day for the garden office to warm up.

The solution we believe, is to pack the walls with really good quality insulation (panel insulation or sheep’s wool insulation) .Yet also, to have more than one oil filled radiator fitted. Plus, we would recommend opting for oil filled radiators, which can be switched on remotely, using an app on your smartphone.

The reason for this is let’s say that your starting work it’s 9 AM, at 8:30 PM, while you’re having breakfast within your house, you could simply switch on your smartphone, and switch on your oil filled radiators, so before you step foot within the garden room, it’s nice and warm for you to start work.

Do you run a business from home? Here’s how a garden building could help you

 

We are most certaintly a country of entrepreneurs, innovators and business great minds- we are a country after all that the great Brunel came from, one of the many great innovators, who made this country the great place it is. 

Yet, a lot of businesses, and innovators, can’t sometimes get their business off the ground these days because of very high running costs, that’s to say the costs of commercial rent, business rates, utilities, are just too much for some businesses to pay, especially when their just setting up.

So, we think we have the solution.

A well-built garden room, built by us, it doesn’t cost the earth, its built quickly, its long lasting.

So, that means no rent, and when you consider how much it costs to rent a small shop today, well, lets put it this way, it costs a lot of money.

 

  • So, do you run a beauty business, such as installing hair extensions?
  • Are you a self-employed web designer?
  • Do you sell items online, and need somewhere to store your stock?

Well, why not call us, we build garden buildings starting from 18k, you will own the building, so no paying rent.

 

A quiet place to get your work done

So, whether you’re sending off some invoices, working on improving your company website, or simply writing an e-mail, often a lot of people like somewhere quiet, somewhere where you can concentrate on getting your work done.

In your house, you might be distracted, by say someone running the hoover around, or someone knocking on the front door, trying to sell you double glazing.

So, a garden building, allows a nice quiet place, where you can get your work completed.

 

Do you want to meet your clients at home

So, do you run say a beauty business?

You might sell hair extensions, so, instead of renting a place on the Highstreet, which might cost an absolute arm and leg to rent, you could have a large, luxury garden room built, complete with a kitchen to make clients a tea or coffee, and a bathroom.

You the have the best of both worlds in our view, you’re not paying high rental costs, to rent a shop on the Highstreet- also, when works done, in between seeing clients, your house is less than 30 seconds walk from the garden building-just think of the petrol you will save!

Barbers, nail saloon, freelance web designers- why not buy a garden room from us?
Calling all you great entrepreneurs, often in less than 3 weeks, we can build a garden building, and prices start from an unbelievably low 18k.

So, why not give us a ring? And we can tell you more about our garden rooms.

 

Costs less than you might think

When you see a garden room on say Instagram, and it has large bi-folding doors, good quality cladding, and it well built, well, you might be thinking, that’s going cost an arm and leg- but what if we told you, that we offer to build quality garden buildings, which are bespoke, for 18k.

We offer great prices, so whether you’re a barber, perhaps you’re an accountant that works from home, or perhaps you’re a interior designer, and you need a place that you can run your business from, we have the perfect solution, a well-built, long lasting garden room built by us.

 

Do you build large garden buildings?

We do yes, all over the U.K we build large garden rooms, for example, you might want a garden building which spans over 10 metres wide. However large you want the building to be built, we can build a garden building to any width and length that you would like.
Our buildings can be so large, sometimes, customers have 3 members of staff comfortably working inside. Within the building can be a bathroom, so why rent? When you own the building outright, when you have a garden building by us.

Less commuting time

So, let’s say you’ve seen your last customer of the day, and you’re a mortgage advisor, well, rather than having to hop in the car and be stuck in traffic, burning diesel or petrol, well, instead, you can just lock up the building, and walk back to the house.
Just think of all that fuel that you save!

 

Get better value with us

So, there’s garden rooms, then there’s garden rooms-and what we mean by that?

Well, a garden room can either last a very long time, and be brilliant quality, and offer the owner excellent value for money.

On the other hand, some companies construct garden rooms, which quite simply just start falling apart. The roof may even start leaking within years, so for example, let’s say on the roof it has an OSB board, which is just a wooden board, and to make it waterproof the builder might have used tar felt roofing.

However, if the tar felt roofing is low quality, then it might start to rip, it might come away from the wooden board, then leaks can occur.

 

Solar panels

We can also offer to install very high quality, solar panels, which can be fitted directly onto your garden room roof. Because most garden rooms, have a flat roof, it makes a brilliant space, the place solar panels. And, there might well be a spot in your garden, which receives a lot of sunlight right throughout the whole day-therefore it makes good sense, to be turning the light into an electric.

 

Don’t pay high rental costs

We mentioned this point earlier, but it’s most definitely worth mentioning again. Let’s say that you run a business, you have a few quiet weeks, well often, the rent will stay the same, as a fixed cost. This is what forces many businesses in Britain into bankruptcy, because, the operating costs, how much it cost to rent a business premises is a lot of money.

However, if we build a garden building for you, at an affordable price, then you will own the building outright.

Therefore, you won’t be paying rent, you will own the building, which means that you haven’t got to worry about finding the rent every single month.

Easier for you, less traveling

travelling back and fore work, depending on how far your house is from the work of course, can be an expensive business. For example, there’s the costs of diesel, petrol but also entering clean air zones, and all these costs can add up quite a considerable monthly expense.

However, by owning a garden building, you will have the convenience of working from home, therefore you won’t be commuting as much, so your travel expenses will be less.
We have now built so many garden buildings used as garden offices or a place of business

 

All year around use

So sure, most garden room companies, picture the garden building, on a nice hot summer’s day.

And on a nice hot summer’s day, when all the flowers are in full bloom, grasses nice and someone is pictured enjoying a nice glass of wine, on the decking, well the summerhouse will look absolutely brilliant.
But what about winter, when all the flowers are dead, is called outside, and you might not fancy to drink your bottle of Chardonnay on the decking when the weather is subzero.

Well thankfully, all of our garden buildings are insulated, with top quality insulation. So, they are a piece of cake to warm up inside, because all you have to do is switch on the electric oil filled radiators. In a short amount of time, you will be nice and warm inside a garden building that’s been built by us.

 

How much do your garden buildings cost?

We offer some of the best prices to build bespoke buildings, prices start from £18,000. We can also create 3-D drawings, so you will know exactly what the building will look like, prior to it being constructed. For example, you might want to change the rubber roof, to a sedum roof.

We can change the drawings and send them to you, to see if you approve.

 

Can you add a bathroom within our garden building?

Yes, we can add a complete bathroom suite, we can even add a large claw footed Bath, if you would like when installed within your bathroom? Why not push the boat out, and have a freestanding bath made from copper? These looks brilliant in any bathroom.
We can completely tile the bathroom for you, as well as installing an electric towel rail, also we can put an extractor fan within the bathroom as well.

 

Sold on the idea, then why not call us?

Are you already sold on the idea of us building a garden building for you?

We build garden buildings ranging between 18,000 and 70,000. If you would like a free, and no obligation quote then why not give our sales team a ring today.

Here’s why so many people are buying their garden offices from us

 

Introduction

Throughout the city of Bath, many homeowners are choosing Kingsley Build to construct their garden office and rooms. And the reason is, we offer super long guarantees, much longer than what some other companies are offering, and the reason we can do that, is because we build quality, and we only ever use top quality building materials.

Whether its roof lanterns, top quality bi-folding doors, or composite cladding, we only buy quality. And this means, you be obtaining a long lasting, durable, energy efficient garden office.

Within this article we are going to explain, through seven different reasons, why so many people hire us to build their garden office.

Made to last

The main reason, why hundreds of people have choosing Kingsley build, is quite simply because, each of our buildings is bespoke, and extremely well made. Our buildings therefore last the test of time, and we are so confident that they are well built, to a very high standard, then we offer a long guarantee on every single building which we construct.

Therefore, the reason why, we’ve built so many garden offices in Bath, in England, is because our customers have the peace of mind that they have bought quality garden building, which is guaranteed to last. Where some companies purely focus the whole business around profit, our company is completely different we focus on quality, this means that we then get recommend it by our previous customers to their friends and family.

Therefore, we have built quality garden offices on a street, and the buildings have been shown to neighbours, who then gone on to ask us to build a garden office for them as well.

And what’s great about our buildings is, they look fantastic once they are built, but you can return back to them in three years’ time, and they still look brilliant.

Now this is not the same for some garden rooms, sometimes garden offices built by other companies, sometimes develop leaking roofs, and another common problem is that the cladding is low quality so it becomes stained with the rain. So, where it might have been a nice freshly cut wood, the look brilliant when the garden building was installed, because it’s a softwood hasn’t been properly varnished, sometimes the rainwater can make the softwood to black and even start to rot and decay.

So, our company is different we are about building quality garden buildings, which are made to last

Reason number 1) Insulated, so you are nice and warm in winter

We use panel insulation, panel insulation has a thick centre, that’s normally made from white or yellow coloured foam. On the outside is a reflective backing, and this comes in various thickness, it does an absolutely amazing job, at keeping the warm air in your garden office for longer. When you combine with quality oil filled electric heaters, and the insulation is placed not just in the side walls, but it the ceiling and the floor, when the heating switched on, you will be nice and warm while working in your garden office.

 

Reason number 2) long lasting roof

Some garden room companies, save money buy fitting a cheap roof, the roof might only last then 3 years before leaks occur, and either the roof need redoing, or sometimes, the whole garden room needs replacing.

This is why on all of our garden rooms, we fit a rubber roof, there more expensive to buy but when fitted right, by highly experienced flat roofers, a rubber roof can last a very long period of time. The reason is, a rubber roof, is made by one single piece of rubber quite often, and this means with a rubber roof, there’s less to go wrong, plus rubber is highly durable, so it lasts a long period of time.
And our opinion because here in Great Britain, it rains a lot, the best roofing option for any garden office, is to have a rubber roof fitted.

 

Reason number 3) quality bi-folding doors

So, all bi-folding doors are all same, quality, right?
Well, not really-let us explain, some bi-folding doors open easily, help to improve the energy efficiency of the building, and look great.

However, on the other hand, some bi-folding doors can be clunky to open, have gaps within the frame and where the doors meet the frame, meaning they’re not energy efficient, and then, there some that mist-up and condensation appears in the window frames.
So, our garden offices, always come with quality bi-folding doors, the company we use to manufacturer the bi-folding doors are not the cheapest supplier, but they do build quality, and that’s why time and time again, we return to buy from them. Because they build bi-folding doors, which are made to last, and open and close smoothly. And they also come with quality locks, and locking system, so that’s another reason to hire our garden room company, because we only purchase top quality bi-folding doors.

 

Reason number 4) plastered and painted

We can fully plaster the inside of your garden office, then we can return when the plaster is dry, and completely paint the inside for you. Will you opt for Dulex, Crown or perhaps Farrow and Ball paint?
Whichever colour you select, we can paint your garden office for you, then its just a matter of bringing in your furniture, and you will be ready to start working in your garden office.

Reason number 5) Super long guarantees

Some companies don’t guarantee their garden offices for that long at all, simply because they know the garden room, may develop leaks. Or the cladding might rot, or simply because they know the building is not insulated, and doesn’t have a breathable membrane, so is likely to be damp.

Our garden rooms are completely different they are made to last, they are high quality, and this is why, we have built hundreds of garden offices, and on every building, we build, our company Kingsley Build offers a long guarantee, whether it’s a garden bar, garden gym, or a garden office, we offer very long guarantees.

Reason number six) 3-D designs

A garden room, will be in your garden for a very long period of time, therefore it needs to look brilliant.
And we can offer you hundreds of different exterior cladding options, we can offer composite decking, with glass balustrades and also a sedum roof.

And we can help you to visualise what your garden office will look like, before we started work on constructing it, we can do that by creating 3-D designs.

Once you see the designs, you might instantly think, yes, that’s exactly what I want built. Then you may call us, give us the go-ahead, and we start constructing your garden office the following week.

Alternatively, you might not like the look of the cladding, you might want to change it to a different colour, for example you might have had grey composite cladding, and now you want a green colour cladding. We can change the drawings, send them to you for approval, and once you approve the designs, we can start the construction work for you.
We can create the 3-D drawings at a very low cost.

Reason seven

Demolition of your existing garage, or shed. At the end of your garden, might be a garage which is seen better days.
The roof might have fallen in, and you therefore no longer use the garage or the shed.

You might want us to demolish your garage or shed, and we work with highly experienced demolition contractors, which can take away your old garage or shed, and then in its place we can build you a garden room.

Are you interested in a quote?

For the past five years, we’ve been building high-quality garden offices and rooms throughout the Cotswolds, Bristol and Bath. We are therefore an established business, we build bespoke, very high-quality garden buildings. Our prices start from just £18,000, so therefore if you would like a garden bar, garden office or perhaps a garden gym constructed, then why not give us a ring?

 

Why are garden bars so popular?

 

Introduction

We’ve built a huge amount of garden bars, ranging from a gin bar, filled with hundreds of various bottles of gin, through to a garden bar which is stocked with local ciders.

Garden bars are popular for a range of reasons, after all, in some bars, a pint of beer is now getting close to 7 pound a pint!
Separate to that, another reason is the garden bar makes a great place to meet your friends and your family. Because the building is insulated, it means that you can use it during the winter or the summer. Therefore, even if it’s snowing outside, you can still go to your garden bar and a nice refreshing pint.

 

Do your garden bars come in a flatpack form?

No, one of our garden bars, are built in your garden, they are lots therefore flatpack. Instead, our garden bars, are built to the exact dimensions you want, plus you can specify which cladding, which doors you would like, as well as choosing from other options, such as air conditioning.

Is there a long waiting list, before you can start work?

No, sometimes we can start work, on building your garden bar, the very next week. For example, we might come out and meet you, let’s say on a Saturday morning, to offer you a quote, then sometimes, we are able to start construction work on the Monday if the quote is approved.

With that said, during the summer is normally our busiest time, and sometimes there is a waiting list of active it can start work.
Normally, however during the winter we can start work more or less straightaway, on building your garden room.
Will the garden building, be built in an environmentally friendly way?

We can use, reclaimed timbers, to construct the building. You could also choose to have composite cladding, which is very easy to clean, but it is also made using recycled plastics. We can also add multiple solar panels onto your roof for you.

Plus, we could use extra thick, panel insulation, which does a brilliant job at retaining heat during the winter.

If you would like a more environmentally friendly insulation option, we can even offer sheep’s wool, insulation we can add, sheep’s wool into the walls, and this does an amazing job at helping to keep the warm air within your garden building during the winter.
Are your builders highly experienced?

Yes, we employ some highly experienced carpenters, they are able to build the whole building, so that it is really well built. We are so confident, that your garden building, will be built to last, with our company offers a very long guarantee period.

In matter of fact, we guarantee our garden buildings to last much longer than what some of the companies guarantee their buildings for.

So, if you’re looking for a garden room company in Bath, which guarantees their garden rooms for a long period of time then why not contact us.

The reason why guarantee our garden buildings for so long, is because we use rubber roofs, high-quality cladding, and also very good quality bi folding doors, when all of this is constructed by our builders, we know that we have built a durable and long-lasting building, that’s why we are able to offer a long guarantee.

How much do garden bars cost in the UK?

Prices do vary depending on which garden room company you hire; however, our prices start from just £18,000. This is for insulated garden bar, complete with a long-lasting roof, bi folding doors, as well as all of the electrics installed as well.

Have you built many garden bars?

We most certainly have, we’ve built a large number of buildings, which have been used as a bar.

Often, people like to watch the rugby for the football, and to enjoy a pint of draught beer as they watch the game. Therefore, a garden building, makes a perfect place to have your friends over and to watch the latest football match.

So, whether you support Manchester United, or perhaps you’re an Arsenal supporter? Why not have a garden bar built, so that you could have sky TV installed, you could have a large bar, so that you can pull a pint of beer while supporting your football team

 

Can you add a bathroom to our garden bar?

Yes, we most certainly can, we can add a complete bathroom for you.

 

What are some of the main benefits of owning a garden bar?

No queueing at the bar, and no taxis
waiting for a taxi, especially in the rain, can be a little bit annoying. So can queueing at the bar, especially when people pushing the bar.

Therefore, when you own a garden bar, you won’t have to queue at the bar, because you’re your own landlord. You can pull yourself a nice refreshing pint whenever you want.

Just think of all that money you will save, in Bath Somerset, not having to pay the taxis, and not having to buy expensive rounds at the bar, after all should a pint of beer becoming close to 7 pound a pint in some pubs?

 

No last orders

When that bell rings at the local pub, you have to make your last orders, before the landlady or landlord shuts the pub the night.

However, what is great about owning your own garden building, stocked with your favourite ales, beers and spirits, is that there are no last orders, and instead of having to wait for a taxi, at the end of the night, you can simply walk the length of your garden back to your house.

It’s clear therefore why hundreds of homeowners, living throughout Bath, which is a city within England, have already had garden bars built. Especially when you consider locally there are fantastic breweries, for example having tried Bath ales? We would highly recommend having a pint of Bath ale, it’s a great tasting pint.

 

Kitchen/bar

We can build a massive garden bar, within the building could be a kitchen area. This is great for preparing perhaps a salad, or a tasty pizza with some pasta. Then you could take the food outdoors onto your decking, to eat, or you could eat it within your garden bar.
Complete landscaping plus garden bar

We understand that when a lot of people in Bath, want a garden bar constructed, they also want to improve the whole garden at the same time.

For example, they might want a patio, or perhaps a pizza oven built, what’s great about hiring Kingsley, is that we can build a garden bar for you, but what we can also do is, offer you landscaping services.

 

For example, we can build a patio, or perhaps you would like decking built?

We can also build a pizza oven, so that you could have authentic woodfired pizzas.

 

We can also lay new turf, or perhaps you would like artificial grass laid?

 

How long does it take to build a garden bar?

This does depend on how large the garden bar is, as well as whether you want ground screws used as the foundation, or would you prefer a concrete base?

If you would prefer a concrete base, then this will take us longer to build, because when we build a concrete base we have to wait for the concrete to dry before we can start work on building the rest of your garden bar.

 

Why our garden offices make such a brilliant place to work

 

 

 

Are you a budding entrepreneur? Or, alternatively, do you work for a business, that’s now asked you to switch to working from home more often, so that your now hybrid working?

In either case, you’re going to need a place where you can work comfortably, after all, for many of us, working full-time, we might easily be working well over 30 hours a week, so the garden building needs to be comfortable.

We’ve now built many garden offices, we have also demolished many old garages, sheds and greenhouses, in a part of a garden, where the homeowner might not have used that area of the garden that much at all before.

We can cut back old hedges, remove an old bush, and demolish your garden shed; it’s place we can then build a garden office.
We can build garden offices which are simply top quality, offering a place where you can comfortably work, that is quiet, that is comfortable, that insulated, and the best part is it’s only a short walk from your house.

So, when you own a garden office, and haven’t got to travel to a workplace on a daily basis, just think of all that diesel, electric and petrol you will save not having to drive back and for the office.

In this article we are going to explain why we think a garden office simply makes a brilliant place to work.

 

Soundproofed

A lot of people like to work in a room which is nice and quiet, so you don’t want to have the distractions of someone shouting up the stairs, what’s for dinner each day?

You also don’t want to hear cars whizzing past outside, so what we would recommend is having soundproofing added to your garden office. Our builders can do this for you at a very competitive price.

We can even offer double glazing or triple glazing, both of which can help to keep sound out.

Therefore, once you walked into your garden office, shut all the windows and doors, you have a nice quiet place where you can concentrate on getting your work completed.

 

Switch off

If you are running your own business, then it is entirely possible that you will be working very long hours every single day.
However, if your office is within your house, you might want to keep going back to say your Apple laptop, and check your work e-mails to reply to clients even when the working day is over, you might therefore find yourself, replying to work emails at eight p.m.!

However, if you own a garden office, you can shut your computer off, lock the door on your garden office, and leave work within the garden office until the following day.

 

Fully insulated

Buying a garden office is a bit like buying a winter jacket, there are some jackets which look fashionable and look brilliant, but they don’t do a very good job at keeping you warm in the winter.

And this is the same, for some summerhouses, they may look brilliant, but if they are not insulated, they are not going to keep you warm in the winter.

So, sure we can make your garden room look simply brilliant, but we can also build your garden office so it’s fully insulated as well, so it doesn’t just look brilliant, it also helps to keep you nice and warm in winter.

This does an absolutely fantastic job at keeping the heat within the room.

 

Light and airy

Have you ever worked in a large office, working under artificial light all day, with no natural light coming through the windows?
This can strain your eyes, and make you feel tired even though you only been at work for a few hours.

What’s great about hiring us to build your garden office, is that we can install very large windows into the walls, we could even add a huge aluminium roof lantern onto the roof as well, so that huge amount of natural light can flood the room, and therefore you have a nice light airy space for you to work.

Let’s say that you are a freelance architect, you may spend over eight hours per day staring at drawings, so you’re going to want a lot of natural light to come in the room, so why not hire us to build a roof lantern onto the roof?

 

Garden offices built very quickly

So, when you’ve made the decision that you want a garden office built, you’re not going to want to hang about waiting many months for the garden room company to come and build it.

That’s why we have a large team of builders, so that we can quickly get to our customers, quickly start work on building the garden office, and quickly finish building your garden room. We have built many, garden offices, in Bath Somerset, in less than three weeks.

 

Bath and Somerset

Our company offers to build garden offices, with prices starting from as low as £18,000, so if you would like a free and also a no obligation quotation, why not contact our garden room company today?

What are the benefits of buying an insulated garden office?

 

7 August 2023

 

A lot more people than ever before, have now made the switch to working from home. Or at least, are now hybrid working, so they are working from home part of the week. As you drive through most large cities, you will see that a lot of the large office blocks are now for rent, and are vacant, as even large employers are now asking their employees to work from home.

This is meant that garden offices, which are well insulated, well built, and now in more demand than ever.

However, with that said, the building has to be suitable to be used all year round. Otherwise, during the cold winter months, you may find that if you buy an uninsulated garden building, that it’s simply way too cold to work within. This simply means that the building needs to be well insulated.

 

So, what types of insulation would we recommend?

We would recommend:

• Panel insulation
• sheep’s wool insulation
• Fibreglass insulation

 

 

Why not also have underfloor heating?

For a low-cost, we can also install underfloor heating. Having underfloor heating installed will make it much more comfortable for you to work within your garden office during the winter months.
We will of course install insulation into the floor, however by having underfloor heating, the floor will be nice and warm, helping to keep your feet warm during the winter.

With rising energy prices, it’s crucial that you pick a company that can build an energy-efficient building
sometimes, the cheapest quote, to build a garden building, might not be the cheapest quote when you consider the cost of owning a garden building.

For example, if the building is poorly insulated, then all of that he to discover simply escape through the ceiling and through the walls.
And when you consider how costly electric is at the moment as well as gas, well you going to want to make your garden building as energy-efficient as possible.

We build very energy-efficient buildings, and we think the best way of doing this is to put very thick panel insulation into the ceiling, is the floor and into the walls.

We can even offer to install solar panels, which can offset the running costs of owning a garden room.

 

 

Warm in winter and cool in summer

Here in Great Britain, our seasons are very different, they could be described in terms of polar opposites terms of temperature. That simply because we can go from applying suncream, and wearing sunglasses, through to our winters where we have to wear multiple layers of clothing, and even thermal clothing because our winters can be so cold here in Britain.

However, when you’re busy working away within your garden office, and your writing numerous emails, well it’s not going to be comfortable for most people to spend the whole winter in a cold garden room wearing thermal clothing. Instead, you’re going to want to be nice and warm working in your garden office.

So, the solution is, to purchase a well-insulated garden building, which are sometimes described as fully insulated garden rooms.
However, when you hire us, to build your garden room, the whole building will be insulated, which simply means that it’s easier to keep warm in the winter and cool in summer months.

 

 

How do you ensure that your garden offices can be used all year round?

Describing a garden room that’s insulated, the word insulated can be a rather vague description, that’s because some garden room companies put insulation into the walls which is wafer thin, and sometimes the insulation, might only be as thick as a piece of cardboard!

What’s needed instead is for the building to be insulated, that’s the same quality insulation as you would use if you were to construct an extension onto your house. You want insulation that is very thick, that’s going to do good job at helping to keep the building warm within the winter.

So, we can offer you different insulation options, the options that we can offer you, we can offer you panel insulation, we would also highly recommend considering sheep’s wool insulation. We can also place rock wall into the walls for you. What’s crucial is that the building is well insulated.

 

 

Breathable

It’s really important that your garden room and garden office has a breathable design, otherwise inside the garden building moisture can quickly build up. And this can lead to the plasterboard becoming damp, and possibly showing signs of black spores, which can be damaging to your health.

It’s therefore important that your garden building, is built, so that it has a breathable design.

 

 

Triple glazing or double glazing

It’s really important, whether you choose wooden framed windows, UPVC windows or perhaps aluminium framed windows, that you choose quality double glazing.

We also can offer to install triple glazing as well, and this can really improve the energy efficiency of the garden room.

 

 

A very high-quality roof

Underneath the roof, needs to be high quality roof insulation, otherwise when you have the electric radiators on within the garden building, the heat will just simply escape through the roof. Therefore, it’s important that the roof is well insulated, and also that you pick a quality roof that will last a very long period of time, we would highly recommend picking rubber roof.

 

 

Oil filled radiators

We can install, oil filled radiators, if you have a large garden building, instructed by us then we can place many oil filled radiators in every single room.

What’s great about our oil filled radiators, is that they can be switched on remotely from your smartphone, such as your iPhone.
You can therefore switch on your heating within your garden room on your phone, so while you’re having breakfast in your house, you can simply switch on your phone, and you can switch on the heating within your garden office.

Then when you’re ready to start work, in your garden office, all you have to do walk in and start working, the room will then be nice and warm because you will have switched on the heating on say one hour before you start work.

 

 

Why rent office space?

Even renting one desk, in a shared office space, in a large city can sometimes be very expensive, for example, even renting a single desk in shared office space, can sometimes cost between £300 and £500 per month depending on location. This is expensive when you consider that all you have is a single desk, within a shared office space.

Plus, if you’re renting shared office space, and sometimes it can be a very noisy environment to work within.
So, what’s great about getting a garden office built by us, is that you never have to pay expensive prices to rent the office.

Our Prices start from a very low starting price of just £18,000, so you will only your own building, therefore you won’t have to pay expensive rent to a company to rent the office space.

 

 

Built in less than three weeks

The vast majority, the garden offices that we construct, are fully built in less than three weeks.

With prices starting from just £18,000, it’s clear to see why we are fast-growing garden room company.

If you would like a free, and no obligation quote, then why not contact us today?

Do you build garden bars?

 

 

Introduction

garden bars, are now very popular right throughout the whole of Britain. The reason why garden bars are so popular, is they make a brilliant space, to have your friends and family over to enjoy a drink, or simply just to have a bite to eat.

We can build a garden bar, so that it has a bathroom, it could also have a kitchen area, we can also build a patio at the front or a large decked area, decked with composite decking. We can also build glass balustrades around the decking as well, as well as steps made of composite leading up to the garden room.

Can you build the wooden bar for us?

Yes, as part of our team, we have joiners working for Kingsley build, our joiners can therefore build a bar for you. For example, we can build a bar out of oak for you.

Can you add soundproofing to our garden bar?

Within your garden bar, you might want a jukebox for example, and you might be having parties late into the night, therefore you might want triple glazing, as well as soundproofing, to help keep the noise contained within the garden building.

Our builders, can add soundproofing throughout the building, that in the walls floor and ceiling.

We would also highly recommend opting for triple glazing, for the windows and for the doors.

 

How much does a garden bar cost to build?

Prices start from just £18,000; we can complete the construction work in less than three weeks on the vast majority of the garden rooms we build.

Make the most of summer and winter

what’s great about our buildings, is that they are fully insulated, so whether it’s winter or its summer, you can use the building right throughout the entire year. Our electricians, can install say three oil filled electric radiators.

Our builders, can add panel insulation, the walls for you, this will help to keep the heat in the building for longer.

Our electricians, can also install air conditioning for you as well, so our buildings, can be used throughout the year. The quality insulation, which is added to the walls, helps to keep the warm air in during the winter.

We want a huge, garden room built, are you able to build massive garden rooms?

We most certainly can, we have a huge team of builders, which means that even if it’s a massive garden room, is going to span a huge garden we can build it for you.

As part of our team, we have many plasters, many electricians, many carpenters, so even if the garden room massive can still build it in a short timescale.

The vast majority, of the garden buildings we construct are built from start to finish in less than three weeks.

Can you build a patio/decking to the front of our garden bar?

When you’re having your friends over, for a nice glass of wine, you might want to be sat or a comfortable sofa within the garden room? But you might also want to be outside on the patio or the decking, if the weather is nice. This is why, for many of our customers, we often build a patio, or decking in front of the garden building.

We can build a patio using reclaimed Welsh slabs, we can build decking using composite decking, we can build high-quality patio for you.

Because we have many builders, which work for us, which can build brick walls and breezeblock walls, we can build walls for you as well as a pizza oven if you would like want built?

Do your garden bars come with a guarantee?

All of our garden buildings come with a very long guarantee, when we are writing out a quote, to build your garden building, we can write in the quote how long guarantee the building for.

Which exterior cladding will you choose for your garden building?

 

Introduction

We build a lot of garden rooms within the city of Bath, which is within South West England every single year. And our customers, can choose from a wide range cladding options. For example, our customers can choose from metal cladding, hardwood cladding, softwood cladding and also composite cladding.

We are now going to talk about, some of the more popular exterior cladding options that our customers choose when they are having a garden office or a garden room constructed.

Canadian red cedar

A lot of our customers, when they are having a garden building constructed, choose to have Canadian red cedar timber. This is a very popular, Canadian red cedar is white expensive timber to purchase, but it does look absolutely brilliant on any garden room. Often because this is quite an expensive timber to purchase, our customers may just choose to have the front of the building clad with this timber.

Then what can do is clad the other three sides with steel sheets, this will lower costs for us to build the garden room.
Alternatively, if you would like the whole building clad with Canadian red cedar, then we can clad the whole outside using this timber.

 

Oak cladding

We can also clad the outside of the garden building with oak, again this is an expensive option, but oak looks absolutely brilliant once it’s added to a garden building.

Composite cladding made with recycled plastics

We can also offer to clad the entire outside of your garden building, with composite cladding, and the composite cladding can be made from recycled plastics.

A lot of different products are now made using recycled plastics, for example, some park benches, decking even waste bins can now be made from composite.

Composite can also need to look like timber, for example the composite cladding need to look like it has a wood grain even though it’s composite, and made from recycled plastic.

If you are looking for a cladding option which is environmentally friendly, then we would recommend composite cladding, which is made with recycled plastics. There are many other benefits, to choosing composite cladding, the main benefit is it doesn’t ever need to be painted.

The other benefit is composite cladding is extremely long-lasting, if you pick a good quality brand, and we can recommend good quality brands to you.

Steel cladding

A lot of buildings, such as buildings that are built on farms and many commercial buildings, are built using steel cladding. The reason why steel cladding is used, is because it’s long-lasting, it’s low maintenance, and also its relatively low-cost. We can therefore clad the outside of your garden building using steel cladding, this type of cladding comes in a range of different colours, for example you might want steel cladding which is green, grey or black?

Softwood cladding

The lowest cost cladding which we offer, is softwood cladding, for example cladding which is made from pine. This type of cladding looks brilliant, yet it is very low-cost, therefore if you are having a large garden building constructed, which requires a lot of cladding, then why not have it clad with pine softwood. Our builders, can also varnish the cladding for you, we can then recommend varnishes which you might want to then use yourself in the future to protect the wood.

Would you like a quote for a garden office or a garden room?

We offer to build garden offices as well as garden rooms, with a starting price of just £18,000. We can offer you many different types of cladding, such as hardwood, softwood, steel cladding as well as composite cladding.

If you would like a free quote, for us to build a garden building then why not us today?

Why choose us build your garden room / office in Bath, South West England?

 

Introduction

 

Why choose Kingsley?

We have built, well hundreds of luxury garden rooms, we have a first class reputation for building high quality buildings, made to stand the test of time. We also cater for most budgets, with prices ranging from 18k upto 70k. We simply build quality, whether its hardwood cladding, air conditioning, or a luxury bathroom, we can build your garden room, so its built the way you like.

Hundreds of homeowners, not just in the city of Bath, but all over the U.K are now enjoying using our luxury garden buildings. We are chosen, because, we simply build some of the best quality garden buildings in Britain, its that simple, we pride ourselves on building quality buildings, made to last, built so that they are eco-friendly. We also employ joiners, which we know take great pride in their work, building wooden garden buildings, which are simply top quality.

Quality building materials

Whether it’s solar panels we are buying, or bi-folding doors we make sure we buy quality.

We have a very strong reputation for building garden buildings of the highest quality. We build garden buildings within in Bath, within this article, we are going to explain why hundreds of homeowners have chosen Kingsley to build their garden room.

Have you built many garden/offices within the city of Bath?

Yes, we have built many garden buildings within Bath. Often our previous customers, go on to recommend us to family friends and work colleagues, this now means that we have built hundreds of garden buildings.

 

Here is why so many people hire us

  • Super long guarantees
    A starting price of just £18,000
    Built to any dimensions you would like
    We build rectangular, hexagonal as well as circular garden rooms
    We can use reclaimed timber, make your garden room eco-friendly
    We can use composite cladding, to build a very low maintenance garden building that never needs painting.
    We have a huge team of 10 labourers, which means that we can build any sized garden building in Bath in a matter of days
    We build garden gyms
    Garden bars
    Garden offices

Why pay more?

There are some companies, which manufacture garden buildings, with a starting price of £30,000, however our starting prices substantially less, our starting price for our garden rooms start at £18,000, which offers amazing value for money.

Guaranteed to last

We are so confident in our workmanship, in our building materials in the overall quality of our garden rooms that we offer a super long guarantee on every garden room.

Eco-friendly

We can add a sedum roof, also known as a green roof, we can play solar panels in your garden, we can use composite cladding which is made from recycled plastics, we could even use reclaimed timbers to construct your garden building. Therefore if you’re looking for a company look no further than Kingsley.

A well-known company within Bath

We’ve now built so many garden buildings, we are well known company within the city of Bath. We are well known for building high-quality buildings.

 

Experience

We have over five years’ experience, building bespoke, garden rooms of exquisite quality across South-West England. We only use the finest quality timbers, plus we only appoint top quality manufacturers of roofing, doors and windows to supply us with these products.
Our garden buildings are therefore often miles apart in terms of quality, when compared to some other garden room manufacturers. We are so confident in the quality of our product, that we offer a very long guarantee on our garden rooms.

Built to last, made in Bath

Our garden rooms are not manufactured in a light industrial unit, through being stapled together with a staple gun, and then flat packed to a customer. No, instead every single building, is handmade, within Bath in your garden.

This means that the building is not flatpack, instead, we bring the timber, the nails and the roofing into your garden and construct the hall building within your garden completely from scratch.

Made to last

There are some companies, which manufacture summerhouses, which are all about profit, thinking about ways in which they can build the entire building as cheaply as possible.

However, we turned this idea totally on its head, what with thinking about instead, is how can we build the building so it is superb quality, so that we stand head and shoulders above our direct competitors. How can we engineer quality into everything we do? This is the mindset that we take when we are building a garden building.

Therefore, some companies might simply around a few door suppliers, and opt for the cheapest price, after all the bi folding door, is it bi folding door, surely?

Well, we beg to differ, a bi folding door can actually be an absolute breeze to open, with minimal effort to open and close the door. On the other hand, there’s the cheap UPVC bi folding doors, which don’t open and close easily at all, in matter-of-fact they might need a hard shove to open, and this can mean that it can be difficult to get in and out of your garden room.

However, when you hire Kingsley, you don’t have to worry about the quality of any of our building materials, because everything from the doors, to the flooring to the roof simply top quality, we have gone through great lengths to make sure that we only obtain top quality building materials.

We know our customers in Bath, in England, want top quality garden rooms, and that’s exactly what we deliver, and we partner with door suppliers, roof suppliers and also timber suppliers, that simply supply us with very high-quality doors, flooring and roof.

 

Guaranteed to last

There are some companies which manufacture log cabins, and they would like you to purchase them online and to assemble yourself as a do-it-yourself project. And yes, hey presto, over the course of the bank holiday weekend you might have built a large log cabin within your garden, it might even cost less than £7000.

Yet if the timber starts to rot, the roof starts to leak, and the building becomes damp and smelly, this is a total waste of time and money. Then you have the expensive demolishing the building, placing it in a skip for it to be taken away.
Our buildings are more expensive, they start from £18,000, however you have total peace of mind that they are guaranteed to last a long period of time.

 

Don’t pay over the top

There are some companies which charge allots to build a garden building, even though our buildings are very high quality, they start at a very low price, just £18,000. Some other companies in Bath, within South West England, can’t even come close to this price, yet we can offer low price, because we have a large team of installers.

Our installers, install hundreds garden rooms every year, so they can build any size garden room easily and very quickly.
In matter-of-fact, sometimes we are able to build a concrete base, and the entire garden building in less than two weeks. This is absolutely astonishing, when you consider the quality of the buildings we are building.

 

We buy British where we can

If we can buy British doors, British roofing British plasterboard we simply do, we buy top-quality building materials.

How much is a UK Garden Room?

 

Introduction

If your here because you’re after a slice of paradise right in your own back garden, then we can most definitely help, hundreds of homeowners within Bath and Bristol already hired us to build luxury garden room? Picture this: a cosy, fully-insulated haven for all your hobbies, a chill spot for gatherings, or maybe even a tranquil workspace away from the hustle and bustle of your home. Enter Kingsley, we have now been building quality garden rooms for over five years.

Here at Kingsley, were all about transparency. No hidden costs, some companies do entice you to contact them because they offer on their website prices starting from let’s say £10,000. However what we concentrate on is building quality, but we offer this at an affordable price.

We offer high-quality, comfortable garden rooms that feel as welcoming as your favourite spot on the sofa. If you’re looking for a way to spruce up your garden, well making some more room, that you can use is your place to enjoy a glass of gin, paint an oil painting or simply play a game of chess, then we can build a garden building for you.

 

About Our Garden Buildings – built for good old British whether

UK weather, unpredictable as ever, eh? Too hot, too cold, one moment it’s time for the deckchair, then the next it’s time for an umbrella.

We’ve been building our garden rooms for our chilly British winters and we also design them so that they are cool during sizzling summers, all while remaining dry and comfortable. What you most definitely want to cheap, summerhouses, which develop leaks, and the wood is so low quality can actually rot fairly quickly.

This is why so many people, that live in the city of Bath and also our customers which live in the city of Bristol, they contact us because they want quality, they want a garden room built at an affordable price, and that’s exactly what we can offer with prices starting from £18,000. Plus we have built many garden rooms in Bath, in less than two weeks, this is why many companies and homeowners hire us because we simply build quality at an affordable price.

We live our buildings with ultra thick insulation, incorporated breathable membrane is to regulate air and moisture, and made sure the heat knows where it should be – outside during summers and inside during winters. And of course, our electricians can also install multiple oil-filled radiators because, let’s face it, British summers sometimes feel like winters.

Will we needs to obtain Planning Permission from Bath Council?

Our garden rooms usually don’t require planning permission, however, what we offer is a free service where we can come out and meet you within your garden, and in less than five minutes we can advise you whether planning permission is likely to be needed or not.

What types of garden buildings can you build?

 

Fancy a home gym?

If you really want to improve your fitness, then we can build a home gym for £18,000.

 

Art studio?

Perhaps you enjoy painting oil paintings, while us have an art studio built in your garden?

 

Home office?

Do you run a small business, many people do within Bristol and Bath, these cities are actually full of entrepreneurs, and some of these entrepreneurs do not want to rent an office, they prefer to buy a garden room out writing use it as their place to work.

Alternatively, you might work for a company, and they may have asked you to work from home, why not have a garden office built so that you can work from home?

 

Place to unwind?

You might have a very stressful job, let’s say that you are a leading solicitor in Bath or a barrister for example, when you might want a garden room built, not for work but to be used as a place to destress and unwind. Perhaps you would like to use it as a place to watch the football, perhaps a film, or simply have a jukebox fitted and listen to your favourite music, perhaps a bit of Elvis? Why not?

 

Or perhaps a cinema room?

Cinema rooms are incredibly popular in Bristol, for example you might have somebody who is a Star Wars fan, that might dedicate the whole room to Star Wars memorabilia. That person might invest in a really high quality sound system, for example a sound system made by Bose, so that they can watch all of their Star Wars films and Science Fiction films within their cinema room.

Our builders, can also add sound insulation into the walls, so you can listen to your favourite films as loud as you like

 

Conclusion:

There you have it! Your journey to create a bespoke, insulated garden room that the Kingsley build group can offer.

Get more use out of your garden all year round

 

 

 

Your humble garden – it ain’t just a patch of greenery. It’s a blank canvas, where you could build a garden building, that could be used as your place to unwind after work. Perhaps you want to use it as a place to play a game of pool, that you like playing all arcade games like Pac man, perhaps you wanted to be used as a place where you can paint in oil painting?,

 

Ideas for an Exhilarating Game Room

From board game buffs, to those who enjoy a casual game of snooker, we’ve got just the ticket to make your garden the hub of entertainment. We have built hundreds of garden buildings in the city of Bath, many people within Bath ask us to build garden offices, garden rooms and rooms that can be used as a games room.

For example, the building could be used as a place to go and watch films, play a game of snooker, or to simply play a game of darts with your friends while enjoying a nice pint of beer, for example you might want a nice pint of the Bath ale, while playing against snooker with your friends in your garden building. With prices starting from just £18,000 it’s clear to see why our company is building so many garden buildings right throughout England

 

·        The Pool Table

·        The Arcade Machine

·        The Board Games Corner

·        The Dart Board

·        Creating Your Ideal Game Room

·        Sound System, Bar, and Gaming Chairs

·        Implementing Your Game Room Ideas

 

Unveiling the Snooker-Extraordinaire

 

First on our list, the pool table – every household’s. Would like a pool table surely? queuing at your local, and unleash your inner snooker champ, right in your garden. Instead of waiting at the local pub, your turn to play game of snooker, you could have a full-size table within your garden room, you could have your friends over to enjoy a nice pint of beer, and we can build a garden building for you in Bath, as little as £18,000 stop

 

Fun Fact: Here’s some good news! Most of the Garden rooms we build in England, often don’t need planning permission. What we can do is we can come out and meet you on the weekend, evenings or during the day, and is we can have a quick chat about the garden building that you would like constructed, and often within a few minutes, we can tell you whether planning permission is needed. We have built many garden rooms in Bath.

 

The Arcade Flashback

 

Why not have a garden bar built, and have multiple arcade games such as Pac man, so that you can enjoy playing Pac man while having a pint?

Imagine having Space Invaders or Pacman at your fingertips, best of all you haven’t got to keep putting in pound coins, because you will own Pac man all the space invaders game.

 

 

The Delightful Dart Board

 

Darts – a game of precision, skill, and a tad bit of luck. Why not have a dart board, a snooker table and gambling machines within your garden bar? You might even feel like you’re in a real pub and not your garden bar.

 

 

Sound System

 

    Don’t forget the sound system, letting you immerse in a good film such as Spiderman. Trust us, you’ll feel like you’ve stepped right into the heart of the action. So why not have a huge garden building, and fill it with cinema chairs, as a huge projector screen, and even a popcorn machine, and you will feel like you’re in the cinemas. A lot of homeowners within Bath, therefore hire us to build cinema rooms, we can build a garden building, with prices starting from £18,000, and we can build a garden building often in less than three weeks.

So are you planning to have a garden building, garden office, or a log cabin built in Bath? Well why not call us, we offer very competitive prices, often we are cheaper than a lot of other businesses, yet we build very high quality garden buildings. They come with long guarantees, they come with a high quality, long-lasting roof, and we can add bi folding doors, we can build decking, we can even add a bathroom for you.

 

  

 

   

In-Depth FAQ on Your Gaming Garden Room

 

Can I really build a gaming room without planning permission?

 

Often we can, yes! You won’t usually need planning permission for a garden room. Yet, we would need to come out and have a chat with you about the garden room you want built, and way you want it built in your garden, then we will be able to instantly tell you whether planning permission is needed in Bath or not, But rules can vary, and it’s always best to check with your local council.

 

 

How can I design the gaming room to suit my taste?

 

Customisation is the name of the game here! Add a lick of paint in your favourite colour, plaster the walls with your favourite posters, or even install a bar, full of ales, lagers and ciders that are made in south-west England, we think this would make a brilliant place to enjoy a nice pint of beer in the summer winter autumn. All of the garden rooms we build in Bath, are insulated, we can also add air conditioning, we can also add electric heaters.

We build garden offices in Bath, England

 

Introduction

 

Garden offices have become very popular, for example to build an extension on to your home, can sometimes easily cost upwards of £50,000.

We’ve built luxury summerhouses, as well as garden offices, for many homeowners within the city of Bath. Our company are specialists, are building luxury garden buildings.

Prices start from just £18,000, and we can help you to obtain your dream summerhouse. Whether you would like to use it as a place to unwind with a bottle of champagne, or perhaps you want to work within the garden building seven days a week, we can build a garden building to any size you would like.

We build circular, rectangular and triangular garden rooms. We can offer you so many different options, for example you might want solar panels, to offset the electric you will use. You might want a green roof so that you can grow plants on the roof. Alternatively, you might want air conditioning installed, so that you are as cool as a cucumber, when you are working in your garden office.

With prices starting from just £18,000, it’s clear to see why so many people, living in Bath, in South-West England of hired us to build their summerhouses, garden rooms and garden offices.

 

Why do so many people, in Bath, by their garden buildings from you?

We’ve now built a large amount of garden buildings in Bath; you may have seen one of our many vans driving around the city of Bath? This is because in Bath we have a very good reputation for building high-quality summerhouses, with prices starting from 18 K, it’s clear why so many people are hiring us to build their summerhouse.

We need finance on our summerhouse, can you offer us finance?

Currently we don’t offer finance on our summerhouses. However, for us to build a garden room, prices start from 18 K, so our summerhouses are more affordably priced, than what some of the companies offer.

We also want decking built can you build decking?

Yes, we can build what is called composite decking, this is long-lasting, very durable and we can build this in front of the summerhouse.

We live in Bath, and we would like a quote, how long will we have to wait to obtain a quote for you to build us a summerhouse?
Sometimes, we are able to offer a quote there and then in their garden, that’s if the summerhouse is relatively simple summerhouse.

However, the customer would like a large garden room, with the green roof, air-conditioning and decking, then this will take is longer to build, we will need to calculate a quote.

So, we will aim to get a quote back to you within 48 hours.

Can your garden offices be used in winter?

Most certainly, our garden offices are insulated, we can also install electric heaters, so they can be used in the winter, plus the windows and the doors have double glazing, to help keep the heat in.

How do you heat a garden office?

We can supply and install electric heaters.

What’s the lowest price that you can build a garden room for?

Prices start from just 18 K; we build our summerhouses all across the United Kingdom with a starting price of 18 K.

 

What makes you different from other UK garden room companies?

What makes is different is that we don’t overly focus on profit, instead we focus on quality, so we make sure that our summerhouses are well insulated, we use quality roof, we use rubber roofing the majority of the time, plus we also pay more for our doors and windows.
We think buying cheap doors and windows is a false economy, because often there will be problem with the locks or the bi folding doors, so we instead prefer to buy premium quality doors and windows, that we know are more durable, and will therefore offer our customers better value for money.

Instantly when you look at the summerhouse that we built in Bath, in England, you can instantly see that we use top quality doors, top-quality windows and top-quality cladding, and therefore we build quality summerhouses and this is now why we are such a large company, employing so many people, because we focus on quality and not just profit.

Some companies just focus on profit, and this means that you end up with a summerhouse that may have cheap windows and doors and cladding, and say after three years the building might start to show signs of the facts, such as the doors not opening properly, and the roof might even start leaking.

How long have you been building summerhouses?

We’ve been building summerhouses for five years.

 

Do you offer flatpack summerhouses?

We don’t build flatpack summerhouses, instead every single garden office and garden room is built in your garden.

 

Why do I see so many of your vans driving around Bath?

We’ve now got a large team of staff, we have many vans on the road, and we don’t just build garden rooms, we also offer to build attic conversions and property extensions. Kingsley build is now a large company, and this is why you may have seen as working in your street, or you may have seen one of our many Volkswagen vans driving around Bath, England?

Do you also build loft conversions and property extensions?

Yes, we now also build loft conversions, and property extensions.

However, we build garden offices, with prices starting from just £18,000, they are well built, guaranteed and built by carpenters. So, you can gain the extra room you need, to use as a Home Office, and often it costs a lot less than what it would cost to have your property is that extended.

So why hire a builder in Bath to build an extension on your home, when you hire us to build a garden room, and it might cost you less.
Why buy a garden office from us?

We’ve been building garden buildings for a long period of time, for over 10 years, we have built many of our garden buildings within Bath.
We have a very strong reputation, the building quality, we are so confident in the quality of our garden buildings that we offer a long guaranty on every single garden office that we build.

Also, we can take care of everything, from installing the electrics, installing the bathroom, installing the drainage, we can even paint and decorate the room once we finished.

Have you built many garden offices within the city of Bath?

Yes, we have now built hundreds of summerhouses right across south-west England.

Can you create 3-D drawings, to show what a garden office will look like prior to it being built?

Yes, we partner with a company which is able to create 3-D drawings, to show you what the garden room will look like prior to it being built. These drawings are created on a MacBook computer, and then we can send them to you via email.

You may spot that for example you don’t like the colour of the cladding, for example you might have opted for grey composite cladding. Because the garden room is in the design stage, you could simply example Canadian red cedar, we could have 3-D drawings altered in centre that you via email your approval.

Are your garden offices insulated?

Yes, our buildings are very well insulated, we can interlink the ceiling, the walls and also the floor.

 

Are you able to install all of the electrics?

Yes, we employ qualified electricians, which can install the lighting inside and outside the garden room, they can install the electric heaters, and also install all of the electrical sockets that you need.

Are you able to install the drainage?

Yes, we can bring an excavator into your garden, we can dig a trench, we can lay the waste pipe, and then we can connect this to your garden building, as you may want a toilet and a wash hand basin within the garden office.

 

Can you install bi-folding doors?

Yes, most of our customers in Bath, when they are having a garden office built, want as much light to come into the building as possible during the day, so they select large windows and have by folding doors.

We can also arrange for you to have blinds fitted either within the glass panels, or we can have blinds fitted to the windows at an extra cost.

 

Do you offer finance?

We don’t offer finance on our summerhouses.

What’s the cheapest price that you build a garden office for?

We can build a garden office with a price starting from £18,000, the majority of our garden offices cost between 25 and 30,000, however the more luxurious garden rooms, which are very large, they can cost up to £70,000 plus.

Have you built many garden offices?

We’ve built a large amount of garden offices, with builds a huge number of garden offices in South West England. Lots of our work now comes by way of recommendation, so we often come highly recommended from our previous customers, and this is meant that our company continues to grow, but we are also building garden buildings over a wider area, for example we travel from Exeter, to Bristol to also Bath to build our buildings.

 

Can you add a green roof to our garden office?

Yes, we can at a green roof to your garden office, some companies don’t install green roofs, because a green roof can be very heavy and therefore this means that the whole building needs to be able to support the weight of that roof.

However, we have built many garden buildings that have a green roof, so we have a huge amount of experience building garden rooms, that have a green roof.

Can you install a bathroom?

Yes, we can add a complete bathroom, or you might just want a toilet and wash hand basin? Our plumbers can install all of this for you.

Can you install air conditioning?

Yes, we can install air conditioning for you.

What type of garden rooms do you build in Bristol?

 

 

 

Introduction

Bristol, a fantastic city, a city where so many people want to live, yet this presents a problem, because Bristol is such a desirable city to live, rent and property prices are high in some areas. This means that some homeowners need extra room, but to buy a house with another bedroom, can mean for some people moving out of an area they really like.

We may have the solution?

Why go the expensive of moving, to gain an extra room, when we can build a garden building as large as you like within your garden.

You could use the room as a place to work on improving your fitness?

Perhaps your starting a business? Bristol has so many entreprenuers, and small businesses, so maybe you like a large garden office, air conditioned, so you can grow your business?

Perhaps you just want somewhere to take a cold bottle of wine, and flick through an interior design magazine that you like reading?

Well, one thing is for sure, we are a well known U.K garden room company, we’ve built so many garden rooms right across The Cotswolds, and all over Bristol, and our company continues to grow because, when our customers see the high quality workmanship, they often recommend us, this is why we have built hundreds of garden buildings across South West England.

 

So what type of garden buildings do we build?

 

We build garden offices

So, we would say,  that one of the most common reasons why garden room companies are asked to build a garden room, is so that the homeowner obtains a room where they can work during the day.

What’s so great about a garden office is, when the working day in done and dusted, you can just switch off the lights, lock-up the bi-folding doors, leave all your items, such as paperwork on the desk, and just walk back to your house. Just think of all that petrol, diesel, or electric you will save not having to drive back home anymore?

We build quality garden offices, from just 18k we travel the whole of the country building garden offices.

With prices starting from just 18k, our garden rooms offer great value for money.

 

What type of garden buildings do you build?

We can build summerhouses, garden rooms and garden offices. We build our garden buildings all over the United Kingdom.

 

Do you guarantee your garden rooms?

Yes we offer a long guarantee on every garden building we build.

 

How much does it cost to have a garden room built?

We offer some of the lowest prices to build a luxury summerhouse, with prices starting from 18k.

 

How long does it take to build a garden room?

Most of our garden buildings, can be completely built in less than 3 weeks.

Large garden rooms that have air conditioning, a full bathroom, with toilet, shower and wash hand basin, solar panels on the roof, this type of garden room, can take us longer to build.

 

Do we need planning permission to have a garden room built?

When we come to meet you, to offer you a free quote, we can see whether planning permission is needed or not.

For most of the garden rooms which we construct in Bristol, often these garden buildings do not require planning permission, yet we can offer you advice on whether planning permission is needed or not, when we offer you a quote.

 

Garden rooms

We build garden rooms, with prices starting from just 18k.

 

Garden office pods

Perhaps you have a small garden?

We can build a “garden office pod”.

A garden office pod, is simply a small garden room. You may wish to use this room as a place to work.

What’s great about hiring us is, with some companies, they may ask you to select from say 4 different size summerhouses, yet our garden buildings are different, they are bespoke, built to exact dimensions you want.

 

Garden gyms

Have you set yourself new fitness goals?

Want a 6-pack by Christmas?

Well, why waste time driving back and fore the gym?

By purchasing a garden gym from us, whenever you want to start a workout, you can just walk into your garden gym, and start your work out.

So whether you like lifting dumb-bells, running, or doing yoga, why not call us, we can build a garden gym, with prices starting from 18k.

 

Garden bars

So what’s your favourite drink?

An ale that’s made in South West England? Bath Ales produce some fantastic quality ales.

Or do you prefer whiskey?

Gin is popular at the moment.

Whatever drink you like to drink, why not have a garden room built, put in some comfortable chairs, add a juke-box, and ask your friends over for a drink, a garden bar can be a great place to unwind and enjoy a drink or two.

 

Hot tub garden rooms

So, you’ve finished a long day at work, how about a long soak in the jacuzzi?

So, why not let us build a garden room, with a huge canopy to the side, then  you can put a massive hot tub underneath, and just unwind.

Why not push the boat out, and have a set of outdoor speakers installed in the canopy of the roof?

You can unwind in your hot tub, while listening to your favourite music, why not stick on Elvis, have a drink in hand in your hot tub, what a great way to unwind after a long busy day at work.

 

Cinema rooms

Who likes action movies?

Horror films more your cup of tea?

Or perhaps you like to chuckle away at a comedy?

Why not have a cinema room built by us, you could even add seating like you would find in the cinema, then you have the true cinema experience, all without leaving the house.

 

Guest accommodation

So lets say that your family are coming to stay, and normally they stopp over in a local hotel for a few nights- but they don’t need to stay in a local hotel, if you have luxury garden room built by us, the room could be air conditioned, have heating, have a huge bathroom, so it’s a bit like staying in a luxury hotel, but the room is in your garden. So why pay £100+ per night to stay in a hotel, when you can have a garden room built, so your friends, and family can stay in your garden room.

 

Bristol garden room companies

Would you like a corner garden room built?

 

 

Introduction

For some homeowners, they might have a relatively small garden. For some other homeowners, they may not want the garden room, to be the centre of attention. They may have a large lawn, and grow a lot of flowers, and they may like the garden the way it is, and don’t want a garden room to become the focal point.

Yet, the homeowner would like a garden room, to offer a place where they can go and work during the day, so a brilliant solution, to having a garden room built, yet for is not to be the focal point of the garden, is to consider having a corner garden room, which can be fitted snugly in the corner of a garden.

We also build, something called garden pods, these are simply garden rooms which are compact, and just large enough to fit a average size desk within the building.

 

Would you like a corner garden room constructed?

Currently, the corner of your garden, might not currently be used, for example there might be a huge amount of brambles?

Alternatively, there might be a compost bin which you might no longer use, it could be a dilapidated old garden shed.

What we can do is, clear the space, by adding all of the waste into a skip for you. Once the area has been cleared, for example the old garden shed, has been thrown into the skip, then our team can start work on building your new garden room.

We have built countless garden offices, garden rooms and garden pods within the Cotswolds England, we are known as a very high quality manufacturer of garden buildings. Many homeowners, living in exclusive and desirable areas such as North Somerset, ask us to build a high quality, bespoke, well-made garden building within their garden.

We can build a corner garden room, we can build an L-shaped room, we can build a hexagonal we can build a circular room we can build a rectangular garden room. Prices vary depending on size, prices start from just £18,000, and we can offer luxurious options which increase in price up two £70,000.

 

The Cotswolds

we can come out and offer a no obligation quote to build a garden building, anywhere within the Cotswolds, within England.

 

Can you install all of the electrics?

Yes we can, once we have built your corner garden room, our electricians can install all of the electrics for you.

 

We want an eco-friendly garden room, complete with solar panels, can you build this for us?

Yes we can, we can add solar panels to the roof, our builders can build a side room, where a huge battery can be stored, then all of the electric that’s been generated, through the solar panels on the roof of the garden room, can be stored in the large batteries to the side of your garden room.

Then, this electric can be used to power the lights, and also items such as your laptop within your garden room.

We can also add, sheep’s wool, into the walls, into the floor into the roof, and because sheep’s wool is 100% natural, you will be obtaining high quality insulation, that also eco-friendly because it’s a natural product.

 

How long will it take you to build a corner garden room?

Most garden rooms, that we construct, can be fully built, and ready for use, in less than two weeks. More complicated garden rooms, will take us longer to construct, when we have met with you, and we fully understand the type of garden room, that you want constructed, then we can offer you an estimate for how long it will take us to build.

Most garden rooms, which we build in the Cotswolds, can be built in less than two weeks.

 

Can you create, 3-D plans of how the garden room will look, prior to it being built?

Yes we can, our sales team, can arrange for 3-D drawings to be created, it will show you exactly what your garden room will look like, prior to it being built. Our sales team, we need to understand, what cladding you would like, what shape garden room you would like, with you want decking, what type of doors and windows you would like, then we can arrange for a set of 3-D drawings to be created.

 

Garden pods, garden offices, garden buildings Cotswolds England

we have a huge amount of experience, in building garden rooms, we can build a garden building anywhere within the Cotswolds. We have a full-time salesperson, who will aim to get a quote back to you within 48 hours of meeting you.

 

Do you offer a long guarantee on your garden pods?

Yes we do, we offer a long guarantee on every single summerhouse that we build within the Cotswolds. This is one of the reasons, why so many people hire us to build their garden room, because we offer a long guarantee on our buildings.

 

Is it just, corner garden rooms that you build?

No, we can build any shape garden room that you would like, for example, we can build a hexagon shape garden room, we can build a circular garden room, we can build a triangular garden room.

What’s great about choosing our company, is that all of our garden rooms that we build are bespoke, so they can be built the best suit the shape of your garden.

For example, you might have a very wide garden, so why not have a large, rectangular garden room?

 

Would you like a free quote?

We can offer you a free quote, so why not give us a ring today?

Why are such a popular garden room company in Bath England?

 

 

 

Introduction

We have now built so many garden rooms in Bath and also in Somerset, we have built L-shaped garden room, hexagon, rectangular, square and even circular garden rooms. We have built so many buildings in Bath, because we have a very strong reputation for building quality every single time.

Often, we build one garden building on a street, and it may have outdoor lighting so it is illuminated at night, as soon as the neighbours see the quality of our garden buildings, how good they look, and when they have a chat to their neighbour, they see how affordable our prices are, we may build more that three garden rooms on one street in Bath, England. That’s because have a lot of work which comes from recommendations, our customers are over the moon with our garden rooms, so they often recommend us to family and to friends.

 

Many positive business reviews on Google My Business

Because we have built so many garden rooms in Bath, in England, we have accumulated many positive business reviews. Our customers are so happy with their garden rooms, that they often leave good reviews about our business on Facebook, on Google My Business. We have gained so many positive reviews, simply because we build top quality garden rooms, and if any aspect of the building is not top quality, then we fix it straight away, we also give our garden rooms a very good clean before we hand them over to the customer, any scratches, or any details with the summerhouse that are not up to scratch, we redo the work.

 

How much does a garden room cost to build in Bath?

We offer fantastic prices, for example we can build a luxury summerhouse, with prices starting from just 18k- our garden rooms are therefore very affordable and well built. Many people hire us to build their summerhouse, simply because we also offer guarantees on our buildings.

 

Do you build garden offices in Bath, England?

Yes, we do, we would say around 33% of our garden rooms we build are used as offices. We can offer to install air conditioning, under floor heating, and add extra thick quality wall insulation, to make the building even more comfortable, so during the freezing cold winters in bath, you can simply walk into a nice and warm garden office built by us. Because we put so much insulation into the building, it is an energy efficient garden room, and because our garden rooms are so well insulated, they is another reason why so many people in bath, England, hire us to build the summerhouse. Because they can used 365 days of year, whether its snowing outsides, or a very hot summers day, the insulation can help keep the garden room warm in winter, and also help keep cold air during the summer. For example, we can also install air conditioning as well.

Do you build garden bars in Bath?

It can be great after a long week at work, to have your friend over, open up the garden bar, and enjoy a nice gin or perhaps you have a row of beer pumps in your garden bar, and you might have local ales on draft. So, you could have your friends over, and it’s a bit like owning your own pub, but the best part is, you haven’t got to get a taxi to get back home, you can just walk to your house.

We can build a large garden bar for you, we can even build the bar as well, we have carpenters, which can build the bar. Our builders can also install a bathroom for you, and we can also install air conditioning, so even if it gets hot outside, you can simply close the bi-folding doors, switch on the air conditioning, and in a few minutes, you will feel cooler, and you get back to enjoying drinking your lager.

Our electricians can install all of the electrics for you, our builders can help put TV on the wall, and then when the football is on, you can ask all your friends over, and you can all have a drink in your garden bar.

 

Do you build garden gyms in Bath and Somerset in England

A lot of people who like to work out and the gym don’t like to have to drive every day to the gym. For example, let’s say at 5:30 in the evening, most roads in Britain are very busy, and there’s lot of traffic, so it might take some people a long time to get to the gym, and this is time that could be spent improving your fitness, running on treadmill, using the dumb bells, or skipping, with a skipping rope.

So, when you have a garden gym, built by us in Bath, you haven’t got to drive to the gym, that’s because you can have a garden gym built by us. We can build a garden gym, with prices starting from just 18k, we also offer free quotes anywhere in Somerset, from North Somertset through to Bath, England we offer free quotes, so if you want a garden gym in your garden, then why not call us. We can add air conditioning, we can install heating, so whatever the weather is like outside, you can heat or cool the garden gym to any temperature you like.

 

How much do garden rooms cost to build in Bath, England?

The cost for us to build a garden room in Bath, depends on the following

–        What foundations would you like?

–        Which cladding would you like?

–        How large will the garden room be?

–        Do you want air conditioning?

–        Do you want heaters installed?

–        Do you want electrics installed?

–        Which roof do you want?

–        Which doors do you want?

–        Which windows would like?

–        Do you want us to install CCTV?

–        Do you want us to build a canopy to the side of your garden room?

–        Do you want us to build decking to the front of your garden room?

–        Do you want us to paint and decorate your garden room?

–        Do you want solar panels added to the roof?

–        Do you want a bathroom installed?

–        Do you want underfloor heating installed?

–        Do you want electric heaters installed?

–        Do you want LED lights fitted to the outside of your garden room?

–        Do you want composite cladding?

–        Do you want metal cladding?

–        Do you want wooden cladding?

 

 

How long will it take you to build a garden room in Bath?

Often, we can build a garden room in Bath, in England in less than 3 weeks, this is another reason why so many people in Bath hire us, is because we build our garden rooms very quickly. For example, you could be finishing your current employment, and starting a new job, the new job requires hybrid working, or you working from home full time, so you need a builder, who can build a garden room in less than one month. We build the vast majority of our garden rooms in less than 1 month.

For some garden rooms, that’s our garden rooms that cost between 18k and 25k, we can sometimes build these in less than 2 weeks, so we can build them very quickly, that’s because we can use ground screws, which allows us to build the foundations very quickly. Plus, our garden room company, has over 10 garden room builders working us, on a full-time basis, so we have a large team, who can build your garden office or garden room in Bath in England very quickly.

 

 

We are a U.K Garden Room Company

 

Kingsley is a UK Garden Room Company

 

We are garden room company based here in Britain, we are very proud of the fact that our buildings are made to order, which means that every building is hand crafted by craftsmen and women, and are therefore bespoke.

Some companies make garden rooms a bit like cars are made on a production line, yet this makes it sometimes hard for the customer have much say over the how the building is built.

Our buildings are different, we will come and meet you, and over nice of cup of tea, we will discuss which windows you would like, what you like the exterior to look, for example, which cladding you would like, whether you want lights outside the garden room, and whether you would like decking built as well.

Then we order the building materials we need, we often get these delivered to your garden, prior to us starting work. Then our craftsmen and women will work to build a quality handmade garden room, that’s not made in a factory, but instead made in your garden. And the finished product always looks fantastic, often with your neighbours wanting a quote from us, and a lot our work now comes from recommendations.

You may have even seen one of our many Ford Transit vans on the motorway, that’s because we go up and down the country, with our teams staying in hotels, for to build luxury garden rooms all over Britain.

 

We are a U.K garden room company

We are based in the U.K and our garden rooms are not made abroad and then shipped to us, no instead we buy the timber, the concrete the doors, all from our suppliers and the whole building is built in your garden. This means that our customers can state exactly how they want the building built, for example, even in terms of the foundations, you can have ground screws or a concrete base.

We use FSC approved wood, which simply means the wood comes from forests which are sustainably managed, and we buy premium quality doors and windows. This is why from Wales, through to Scotland we receive orders from customers 365 days of the year, we are a U.K garden room company that travels throughout the U.K building luxury garden rooms.

Have you seen a garden room on social media that you would like built your garden

Often our customers, before they place an order with us, for us to build a garden bar, a garden gym, a garden office, they will often spend a lot time on Instagram, finding a garden room design that they like. If you show us the picture of the garden room you like, then we can build it for you.

 

UK Garden Room Ideas

What will you use your garden room for?

  • As a garden bar?
  • As a garden office?
  • As a garden gym?

 

We can build a garden room for you, at a low cost, for example we offer prices staring from 18k.

 

 

Do you have garden room showroom in the U.K

Currently we don’t have a showroom. We can however build the garden room any way you would like, so for example, we can build garden room to any dimensions, we can build a circular garden room, a triangular garden room, a hexagon garden room.

We also offer extras, such as heat pumps, solar panels to make the garden room more eco-friendly.

 

 

Designed and built in the UK

We can come out and meet you, over nice cup of tea, we can have a chat, about how you want the garden room built. For example, you might be worried about road noise, and we can offer many different brands of sound proofing, to help make it quieter in the garden room. You might be concerned about it being too hot in the summerhouse in the summer, and you want to do some work in the summerhouse, so you don’t want to be too hot all day working, so we can offer you various air conditioning systems. You might be worried about security, as you want to put expensive mountain bikes in the garden room, we can install CCTV cameras for you.

 

 

Do you build insulated garden rooms?

Yes, we do, really cheap summerhouses, let’s say a summerhouse being sold for 3k, it might not have any insulation, the construction of the building might be like a garden shed. And in the winter, when jack frost comes, and we all have thick jumpers on, and also our thermals, this won’t be enough to keep you warm in some summerhouses. So, what you need is U.K garden room company, that can build an insulated garden room, that’s high quality, that’s as soon as you switch on the heating, the room warms up, and when we build a garden room, because the walls, the roof and the floor have insulation, the room retains it heat for longer.

This is one of the reasons why we are asked to build garden rooms, and garden offices all across the country, because our buildings are very well insulated. With the rising energy prices, people now want a well-insulated garden room, with panel insulation or with sheep’s wool insulation, or possibly fibreglass insulation, so that they can use the garden room throughout the winter.

We build garden rooms, that are very well insulated, so in the winter you can still use the buildings, by just switching on the electric heaters.

 

 

Built for the British climate

Its all well and good buying a garden room online that seems very cheap, or going to a showroom and seeing garden rooms for sale, yet if they cant withstand heavy rain, snow, sleet, our cold weather, well, that’s garden room is going look tatty in no time.

Within one year the exterior wood might starting to rot, inside the garden room there might be damp, damp patches on the roof, a bucket in the corner of the room collecting a drip of water, and you might think, what a waste of money.

 

 

Made to withstand our British weather

Therefore, this is why our company always has such a high number of orders every week, because we build garden rooms, able to withstand heavy rain, sleet and snow. Our garden rooms are very durable and tough, and made to last, there like the Jason Statham of the garden room world, they are very strong.

So, if you would like a well-built, a tough and durable summerhouse built anywhere in the U.K, then why not call us?

Can you build an eco-friendly garden building for us?

 

 

Introduction

If you live in The Cotswolds, then you live in an area, that has a lot of countryside, fresh air, trees and is simply a great place to live. A lot of people who live in The Cotswolds, want a garden building built, but want it to have a minimal impact on the environment. Living in an area, with countryside makes us a lot of homeowners appreciate nature more, and our planet and therefore want to preserve it.

Because garden rooms use a lot of wood, a lot of building materials, such as rubber for the roof, a lot of plastics, its important that those building materials are sustainably sourced, or made from recycled plastics, or wood, and we will now explain why so many people are hiring us to build their garden buildings, because we simply can go the extra mile, to make sure your garden building is built so it’s an eco-friendly building.

 

Sheep’s wool insulation

We can add sheep’s wool insulation into the walls, into the floor and into the ceiling, sheep’s wool is brilliant at insulating a room, but its also a 100% natural product, so we would recommend it when building an eco-friendly garden room. Sheep’s wool is also quite low cost, so a large amount of it can be used, to insulate your garden building. We have already built many garden rooms in Gloucestershire, England, using sheep’s wool, and its simply brilliant at helping to keep the room warmer in the winter, plus a lot of homeowners like it, because it’s a natural product.

 

Solar panels on the roof

For a lot of homeowners, there energy bills have increased recently, with electric and gas which is now costing a lot more than what it done say not that long back. So, when people are having a garden room built, they often want solar panels added to the roof, and sometimes some homeowners then sell the electric generated to the grid to make an income. Yet, different brand solar panels, generate different amount of electric, if you are going to have solar panels fitted to your garden room, then we would recommend making sure they are very high quality and guaranteed to last.

 

Green roof

We can build a green roof onto your garden building, this most definitely helps the building to be much more eco-friendly, the reason for this is, you could grow a lot of flowers on the roof, and therefore the garden room is great for helping the bees and also insects as well. Its important to know, that if you want a green roof added to your garden room, this will significantly increase the weight of the roof, because so much soil will be added to the roof, so a lot more structural timbers, and steels will be used, so the cost for us to build a garden room, with a green roof will be more. However, we think you can’t put a price on helping the bees!

 

Very thick insulation

We can add very thick insulation into the side walls and ceiling, we can use panel insulation, which does a brilliant job at helping a building to keep heat inside. However, if you do opt for thick insulation, then this can eat into internal space, so do keep this in mind, however, if you use extra thick wall insulation, and in the ceiling, then combine this with very good quality double glazing, then the room can be very well insulated, and it might only take a small electric heater, to heat the room, and keep it warm. Extra thick insulation does cost more, but is most definitely worth the extra expense, when you consider how expensive electric is at the moment.

 

Position the garden room where it obtains the most sunlight

Having a lot of sunlight coming into the garden room, can reduce the need for the lights to be on so much, which is good for the environment. But also, if the room is well insulated, with extra thick insulation, then that sunlight coming through the windows and doors can help to warm the garden room as well. We would recommend adding blinds into the doors and windows, so if it gets too bright in the room the blinds can be adjusted.

 

Long life building materials

To get the best value for money from your garden room, its important that only good quality building materials are used. For example, if a low-quality roof is added, leaks may occur. So, it’s important that good quality building materials are used, that the whole garden building is made to last, we make sure that our buildings are made to last, by only fitting quality cladding, windows and roofs.

We are so confident that our garden buildings will last, that we offer long guarantee on every building that we build. The reason why we can offer a long guarantee is because we buy quality windows and doors, and the roofs are also high quality. Also, we employ carpenters which build our summerhouses, our carpenters make sure that our garden buildings are well built. We also have electricians that work for us, that can install of the electrics for you as well. Our garden buildings come with a long guarantee.

 

Composite decking

What’s great about composite decking and also composite cladding, is that composite cladding and decking can be made from recycled plastics. Plus, good quality composite lasts a long period of time.

Because the composite can be made using recycled plastics, composite cladding and decking is very good for environment.

 

FSC wood

We can build your garden building using fsc wood, which means the wood is sourced sustainably.

 

The Cotswolds

If you would like garden office or a garden room, built within the Cotswolds in England, then why not give us a ring?

What the benefits of choosing an L-shaped garden room?

 

 

Introduction

When we are thinking of buying a garden room, often a lot of people look on Facebook and also Instagram to see the many garden offices and rooms which are being built by garden room companies all across the United Kingdom. And this provides food for thought, that is, before looking on Instagram you may not have known that it was possible to have a green roof added to a garden building, and to have a lot of wild flowers growing on the roof, completely different types of grass and plants.

So, having a look on Instagram can show you hundreds of different garden rooms, so you can start to pick the design garden room that you like. For example, you may spot Canadian red cedar cladding added to one building, and you really like the colour the wood, and you want this for your garden office. On another you may notice, that someone has many solar panels on the roof, and you like idea, on another garden room you might see and air-conditioning unit, and you may also want air conditioning.

However most garden rooms built in Britain normally are rectangular, and therefore you might think that this is the only shape garden room that you can buy. However, we think there many benefits to buying an L shaped garden room, because it allows more space, so you add say a toilet and wash hand basin, so for example, if you’re going to use the room as a garden office, you haven’t got to walk back to house to use the toilet, you can use the toilet within your garden office.

Here are the main benefits of having an L-shaped garden room built.

 

L-shaped garden room with side storage room

Sometimes, we are asked by our customers to demolish an old shed and then in the same place where the old shed stood, we are asked to build a garden room.

However, where do the mountain bikes, the collapsible ladders, and the inflatable swimming pool go, if the shed has been demolished?

Well, the answer is we can build a garden room which also has storage as well.

And this why we would recommend an L-shaped garden building, because you can use part of the L-shaped garden building, to use as storage, so all the items you had in your old garage you might be able to fit into the storage room on the side of your garden room. We can build two doors, one to enter the main room, and another to enter the side storage room, so if you are demolishing and wooden garden shed, or a garage to make way for a new garden room, then why not opt for a L-shaped garden room with side storage.

 

Add a toilet and a wash hand basin or even a complete bathroom

If you are having a garden office built, its likely that you will spend a lot of time in the garden office working, therefore when you need the toilet, you may want to walk back the main house, you may want a toilet, and a wash hand basin fitted inside the garden room.

With a rectangular garden office, if you add an internal wall, and add a toilet and a wash hand basin, or bathroom, then this can eat into the main room, and the main room may feel too small, so why not have l-shaped garden room, this way you have more space, and you have more space to add a toilet and wash hand basin, or if the garden room very big, perhaps you would like a complete bathroom added.

 

Great for storing all your gym equipment

A lot of people in the Cotswolds ask us to build a garden gym, and the garden gym can be full of a lot of fitness equipment, such as dumbbells, yoga mats, and also kettle bells, when you combine this with the other equipment such as the treadmill, the cycle bike, the rowing machine, there will be a lot of equipment and the room might feel a bit cluttered.

So, you need is a room to store the gym equipment, such as the dumbbells, and we can build a garden gym for you in the Cotswold’s, England is an L-shaped building. And this can have a separate room, for you to put all your gym equipment in that room, so you can take out the gym equipment you need, and put it back when you’re finished. For example, in the morning you might like to do yoga, and like the room to be empty of other gym equipment, so all the gym equipment can be put into the storage room.

Then the afternoon you might like to workout and use kettlebells, so you can just take the kettlebells you want and start your workout.

 

Would you like an L-shaped garden room built?

What’s great about a l-shaped garden room is, you can use part of the building for storing items you need to use in your garden. For example, you put your electric lawn mower, the football goals, or simply the clay flower pots, so you don’t need a garden shed anymore, we build an l-shape garden building, and the side room can be used to store items.

We have many builders that work for us, so we can demolish your old garden shed, and put into a skip for you.

Which area’s do you build L-shaped garden rooms in?

We build garden buildings all across The Cotswolds, we have a full-time sales person, who can come out and offer you a free quote. If the building is simple construction, then sometimes we can offer you a quote there and then, sometimes, if you for example, air conditioning, a bathroom added and composite decking, then we would need to go back to the office to work out a quote. We always aim to get you a quote within 3 working days.

We have sales staff, that come out and meet you in the evening, if you don’t get home until say 6pm this is no problem because we can come out and meet you and offer you a free quote.

How much does an L-shape garden room cost to build?

We can build an L-shape garden room with prices starting from just 25k.

we can build a rectangular garden room, with prices for rectangular garden room starting from 18k.

 

what foundations do you use when building a garden building?

We can offer two different types of foundations, the quicker and the cheaper option is opt for the foundations are to opt for ground screws. You might not have heard of ground screws, they are giant screws, and we use a tool to drive them into the ground, we use many ground screws to hold up one garden room, from that we lay down the wooden joists which hold up the floor. The alternative option is opt for, a concrete base, concrete foundations are more expensive, because we have to wait for the concrete to set, but also the concrete needs to be either pumped by a lorry into garden, or if the concrete pump cant reach the garden, then we will have to either wheel barrow the concrete, so we will need a huge amount of labourers, or will need to mix it the garden, either way there much more work that’s needs to build a concrete base, than using ground screws.

 

Have you built many garden offices in the Cotswolds England

We have built a large number of garden offices and garden rooms right throughout the Cotswolds.

In the Cotswolds, which is in England, United Kingdom, there are many business owners who need a garden office built, so they can run their business from the garden office.

Yet there are many homeowners who are surrounded by countryside, and rivers and forests, and they want a large luxury summerhouse built, so they can go down to the summerhouse, and enjoy nice bottle wine in the Cotswolds, while unwinding in their summerhouse, well sitting on comfortable sofa, well looking out over the countryside.

How much do your garden offices / pods cost?

 

 

Introduction

Garden offices can offer a great place to work, a quiet room, that’s situated away from your main house. And when the working day is over with, no need to get in your car, and say get stuck in traffic for close to an hour sometimes, for some people- no you can just walk back to your house a few steps away.

However, what might be putting some people off buying a garden office is cost, yet what if we told you that we can build a garden office for just 18k- that’s right, you can have a quality, insulated, well built garden office, built in less that 3 weeks in your garden, for just 18k- we are sure you will agree this offers amazing value for money.

 

How long does it take you to build a garden office pod?

On average it takes us 3 weeks to build a garden office from start to finish.

 

Do you offer a guarantee on each garden office you build?

Yes we do, we offer guarantee on every garden room we build.

 

We want a bathroom within the garden office, do you offer this?

Yes, we can add a complete bathroom, or just a toilet and wash hand basin.

 

Can you install the air conditioning for us?

Yes, we can offer you many different brands of air conditioning units to pick from.

 

Can you install all of the electrics for us?

Yes we can, we can install all of the electrics because we have electricians working for us

 

We want composite decking built can you build this?

Yes we can build wooden, or composite decking for you.

 

If we want the garden room moved at a later date, can the garden room be moved?

No, our garden rooms cannot be moved once built.

 

What’s the lowest cost that you can build a garden office for?

We can build a garden room for 18k.

 

Are all your garden offices the same prices?

 No, we offer garden offices, which start from just 18k, yet, we can build larger garden offices, plus we can offer a large range of optional extras, such as adding air-conditioning, which will increase the cost. Prices therefore vary between 18k and 70k depending on how large you want the building to be, and which extras you select.

 

I will start working from home soon, how long will it take you to build the garden office?

We can build a garden office, from start to finish in less than 3 weeks, sometimes it can take us even less than this.

We can therefore build a garden office very quickly, plus unlike some other companies, we don’t have a long waiting list, that’s because, we have a huge team, which means, we can build more garden rooms than some other companies. Some companies may have say just 3 staff, yet we have a large team of builders, which means that we can build a lot of garden offices every year. And our garden room company builds our garden rooms right throughout the whole year.

 

Are the garden offices you build insulated?

Yes, they are, we can offer you many different types of insulation, we can offer you panel insulation, we can offer you sheep’s wool insulation, we can offer fibreglass insulation, we will make sure we build garden room for you, that has insulation in the walls, ceiling and floor. And this is important, because if you want to work in the room, during autumn and winter, then there needs to be insulation added to the walls, floor and ceiling. Plus, our electricians can install electric heaters for you.

 

Concrete slab or ground screws?

We offer two different types of foundations for your garden room to be built on, that is a concrete base and ground screws. The cheaper option is ground screws, and the more expensive option is to have a concrete base, the concrete base is more expensive, because we have to wait for the concrete to set, before our builders can start to build the garden room on top of it. We use ground screws for the vast majority of garden buildings we build, when we come out to offer you a quote, we can state whether the ground in your garden is suitable for ground screws.

 

Which type of exterior cladding would you like?

Here at Kingsley, we offer a range of different cladding options. The most expensive cladding option that we offer is hardwood, yet we also offer composite and metal sheet cladding. If you want our lowest cost option, then we can fit metal sheet cladding, which comes in a range of different colours, is very easy to clean, and because the metal sheets are powder coated, they will last a very long period of time. We can clad the back and the sides of the garden room with metal sheets, and use a hardwood cladding on the front. Many of our customers opt to have metal cladding on the back and sides, because often these are the sides of the garden room that often not visible from the garden.

The front of the garden room, can be clad in hardwood, because often its only the front of the garden room which can be seen from the garden. So, to keep costs down, we clad the rest of the garden room using metal sheet cladding.

 

Would you like solar panels added?

It will increase the cost for us to build a garden office, if we add solar panels to the roof. However, with that said, you do have to think of how much you will save on electric, so we can add solar panels to the roof for you. Sometimes, some garden offices are built in a part of the garden, which doesn’t receive much sunlight at all, therefore some garden offices wouldn’t benefit from having solar panels added to the roof.

 

High quality roof

We guarantee our roofs, we a high quality roof onto every garden office we build. This means we add quality rubber roofing, facia boards and guttering, so you will have a high quality roof added to your garden room.

 

Do you build garden offices in Bristol?

The vast majority the garden offices we build are in Bristol, however our garden room company also builds garden offices across the Cotswolds.

 

Do you know that also build garden gyms?

 

Introduction

Lets face it, after a long day at work, its all too easy to jump car, and drive past the gym and actually go inside. So many people have gym memberships, taking out a direct debit every month, but skip going, and might not visit the gym that often. Yet you have a garden gym built by us, well there’s no excuses, it makes it a piece of cake to get the gym, because the gym is at the end of your garden. So  Achieving optimal health requires consistency and convenience- and having an air conditioned gym at the end of your garden, full of dumbbells, running machine, rowing machine, well it makes so easy to start your work out.

 

A garden gym can be more than just a space to flex your muscles, a home gym can serve as your sanctuary of self-improvement, to do yoga, to mediation, to spend some time warming up and warming down after workout.

This article delves into the numerous benefits of owning a home gym, and prices starting from 18k you can see why we are building so garden rooms across the United Kingdom. So with our super low prices on our garden rooms, we are dispelling the myth that garden rooms merely a luxury for the affluent.

 

Owning a garden gym so easy workout whenever you want

In our super lives, juggling commitments, at work, at home, so many of us haven’t got time to  get to the gym, so we might go lets twice week, yet if you own your garden gym, you could go as often as you want, perhaps just for 30 mins blast on the rowing machine.

Owning a garden gym eliminates the commute times, so no more being stuck in traffic trying to get to the gym, because now your gym is at home.  . With 24/7 access to your very own gym well you can set your schedule as per your convenience, perhaps a nice run in the morning and some weight lifting in the evening say at 7pm? According to a study from the Journal of Public Health (2012), people who exercise at home are more likely to stick to their fitness regimen than those who visit commercial gyms.

Yoga, cardio or weight lifting, which one do you like to do?

Whichever you prefer, running, lifting weights, or yoga, why not  have a garden room built, so it becomes your place to improve your fitness.

When you workout in your home gym, you have the ability to tailor your workout routine to your specific needs. Whether it’s yoga, strength training, or cardio, you can focus on what suits you best. Th

e American Council on Exercise affirms that personalising your fitness routine leads to improved results and satisfaction [^3^].

No more expensive gym memberships

A home gym is indeed an investment, one of our garden gyms can cost anywhere between 18k and 70k to build in Gloucestershire, but you wont have to pay gym memberships, and owning your gym equipment makes it so easy to start a workout whenever you want, so you might be more inclined to workout more often, and this may improve your fitness, and you cant put a price on that.

So say goodbye to recurring gym membership fees and the cost of diesel or petrol having to drive all the way to the gym.

 

Maintaining privacy and comfort

For many people working out in a local gym is not the best, sometimes the gym equipment is not cleaned that well, and for example the treadmill might be covered in sweat, sometimes during busy times, also it can be hard to get the equipment you want,   and self-consciousness people may not like working out in a room full of people. Having a home gym allows for privacy and a personal space to focus solely on your fitness goals, plus the gym is likely to be much cleaner because it not being used by hundreds of other people. A study from the Health Education Journal shows that individuals who are self-conscious about their bodies often feel more comfortable exercising at home.

F.A.Q. Section

Q1: What are the basic pieces of equipment I need for my home gym?

 

The basics depend on your fitness goals, and we would recommend having a chat to a fitness instructor to recommend equipment for you,  typically include a yoga mat, resistance bands, a set of dumbbells is needed, and a stability ball. Depending on your fitness goals, you might also consider cardio equipment like a stationary bike or a treadmill, these are not expensive, you can buy them at a low cost.

 

Q2: How much space do I need for a home gym?

This depends on your workout routine, if you use a lot of equipment then you need us to build a very big garden room,   However, if you just like doing yoga, well we could build a summerhouse for you for just 18k.

 

Why do so many people buy garden buildings from Kingsley?

 

 

Why do so many people buy garden buildings from us?

We have built hundreds of garden buildings, the reason why so many people purchase a Kingsley garden room, is because they are top quality. We use high quality building materials. We also offer a guarantee on every garden room we build.

 

How much do your garden buildings cost?

Prices start from just 17k for our garden rooms, so they are very affordable.

How long will it take you to build a garden building?

This does depend on the size of the building, often we build a garden building from start to finish in less 3 weeks. However with that, sometimes it can take longer, for example, if need to bring a excavator to level the ground, and lay a concrete slab, this will take us longer to build the summerhouse.

Do you offer a guarantee?

Yes, we do, all our garden buildings are guaranteed.

 

Do you also offer landscaping services?

Yes, we do, we can replace your fence, we offer to build decking, we build pizza ovens, we build summerhouses, garden rooms, garden offices, composite decking, wooden decking, property extensions. We can improve your whole garden, we can also lay new grass.

Do you ever gaze out at your garden, over the lawn, or the trees and surrounding fields, and imagine what it could be like to have a nice cosy place to unwind in after a long day at work?

There’s no limit to the possibilities when you own a garden room built by us, perhaps its used as place for a glass of whiskey, to read a book, or simply your friends over for a game of cards. Picture a serene sanctuary for meditation, or you could use the room as a workspace, or a cosy corner for family gatherings to enjoy a nice meal with your family.

Welcome to Kingsley, where build quality garden buildings – we build a bespoke summerhouse for you. Garden buildings are becoming increasingly popular all over the United Kingdom, and with good reason as they offer more living room, at a very affordable price.

They offer an attractive, practical solution to enhance any garden, blurring the line between indoors and outdoors- for example you could have decked built, and eat outdoors, on the decking when the weather is nice. Then during the winter, you could dine indoors, and eat nice bowl of pasta.

This comprehensive guide will delve into the numerous benefits of owning a garden building built by us and why they might be the perfect addition to your home.

 

Multifunctional Spaces- would you like to use the room as yoga room? As place to dine in the evening after work, or possible as your main place to work?

Garden buildings are incredibly versatile, you can them as home gym to improve your fitness, or use them to simply enjoy a bottle of wine and listen to some music, so garden rooms can be used a huge range of different purposes. Whether you need a home office so you can work from home, a gym built so you can improve your fitness, an artist’s studio to make a nice oil painting, or a peaceful retreat, these structures provide the perfect solution. The 2022 Housing Report which was published by the Office for National Statistics (ONS) revealed that 35% of homeowners in the UK have transformed their garden building into a workspace. Source ever since Covid more people are now working from home, or run a company from home, so need a garden office.

We have build many garden offices and garden rooms, and with prices starting from just 17k they are very affordable.

We can build you an Eco-Friendly garden room for you, built with a green roof, solar panels and composite cladding

Its important whichever garden room company you hire, they offer wood is FSC approved wood, or better still why not buy reclaimed wood. For example in Bristol, there are many yards which sell reclaimed wood, so rather the wood being burnt or turned biomass, it can be reused to build your summerhouse. As reported by the Sustainable Buildings and Construction Programme, they utilise materials that are often recyclable and also renewable, reducing harmful emissions. A garden building not only enhances your space but it can also be built using eco-friendly building materials, such as composite cladding, which can be made from recycled plastics sometimes.. Source

 

Having a luxury garden building built, could make your home more saleable

Lets say you want to sell your house, if you have a luxury building built in your garden, then of course this only be advantage when it comes to selling your house.. According to Rightmove, properties with a garden building saw an average price increase of 5% in 2022. Not to mention, they are an attractive feature for potential buyers. Source

What are the benefits of owning an insulated garden office?

 

Introduction  

If you’re thinking of improving your garden, so you can spend more time within your garden, then you’re most likely thinking about purchasing a garden room. However what we would say, it’s so important that you an insulated garden room.

Its important that your summerhouse is equipped with thermal insulation, whether that be rockwool, panel insulation or perhaps sheep’s wool insulation. An insulated garden room can serve multiple purposes- for example you could use one half to work in, and the other half to do yoga or exercise in.

In this blog post, we will talk about why so many people are buying our insulated garden rooms, we will explore the various advantages of owning one of our summerhouses, and how they can effectively improve your property and quality of life.

From providing a unique solution for space-related challenges, for example, you might not have the room in your house, to have your gym. Yet when you have a garden room built by us, you could use it as your own gym. This can make it very easy for you do a workout whenever you like, so you can improve your fitness.

Why buy an insulated garden room from us?

The primary benefit of an insulated garden room is undoubtedly the level of comfort it provides all year round- for example in winter its much easier to keep warm, in summer you can switch on the air conditioning and therefore the cold air will stay in the room for longer because its insulated. Unlike conventional garden rooms, such summerhouses are not insulated can be very expensive to keep warm in winter, because will need the heating on for longer. According to a report by Energy.gov, insulation can reduce the cost of heating and cooling by over 40%. This is why its so important that the summerhouse is insulated, with rockwool, or with insulation panels, or with sheep’s wool. We would likely recommend sheep’s wool, it’s a very affordable type of insulation, and very good at insulating summerhouse.

Increased energy efficiency

Insulated garden rooms are inherently energy-efficient, because they can be kept warm much easier. If the summerhouse has no insulation at all, the heat is just going escape in a matter of seconds. So with good quality panel insulation, it can help to keep the warm air in the room for longer.  Insulation acts as a barrier, preventing heat from escaping in winter and keeping the space cooler in summer. The Environmental and Energy Study Institute suggests that well-insulated homes and summerhouses can save up to 15% on heating and cooling costs. This statistic reinforces the environmental and financial benefits of investing in a well-insulated garden room.

Could garden room increase the value of my house?

Garden rooms, especially insulated ones, are increasingly seen as a valuable addition to any property. Put yourself in the buyers’ shoes for a minute, if you walk out to the garden, and you see a well built garden room as the end of garden, this is likely to make you like the house even more. Because often buyers know that a garden room can cost say for example 25k so, this has already been built, and the buyer is likely to like the garden more. They might think, I can use the summerhouse, for yoga, or playing the drums, or just sitting enjoying nice bottle of wine in the summerhouse, so it might help the buyer to like your house even more.

According to a study by Barclays Mortgages, a garden room can potentially increase a property’s value by 5%.

 

You can use your garden room for wide range of different uses

An insulated garden room can be used as multifunctional space, for example, as a gym, as an office, or just somewhere to go dine and enjoy good food in the evening. It can serve as a tranquil workspace, somewhere you can for example have video call with your clients.

Or the room could be used a serene yoga studio, it could be used as a guest room. A study by Cushman & Wakefield found that 73% of workers want a dedicated home office space post-pandemic, highlighting the growing demand for garden offices.

 

Noise reduction we can also install sound proofing

Thanks to quality insulation, such as sheep’s wool, and also sound insulation in the walls, the garden room can be used to minimise noise coming from the outside, such as from passing lorries, creating a quiet environment ideal for work, meditation, or just to enjoy nice bottle of wine.

 

Low Maintenance- we can add composite cladding, and a rubber roof,

Unlike traditional home extensions, our garden rooms require minimal maintenance, especially when well-insulated. A report by Nationwide Building Society revealed that homeowners prefer low-maintenance home improvement projects, favouring convenience and time efficiency. So we can add composite cladding, which never needs painting helping you to save time, plus a rubber roof, which is very long lasting.

Here at Kingsley, we build top quality garden office pods   

 

Introduction

The amount of people now working from home has substantially increased, especially in the recent years.

As a result, the need for quiet room work has also increased, and this why we so busy building garden offices right throughout The Cotswolds, which is in England.

Within article we will talk about the benefits of owning a garden office pods,- plus we will talk about some of the eco-friendly building materials that we can use when building your garden office. In this blog post, we will talk about how Kingsley is paving the way in providing high-quality, modern garden offices.

 

Turn that unused space within your garden, to a place where you work throughout the day

When you step inside a garden office pod, built by Kingsley – the garden building is a fusion of design ingenuity and environmental mindfulness- that’s because we can add a green roof, we add composite cladding, made from recycled materials, we can also add solar panels to the roof also.

Our garden buildings are built to last a long period of time, offering you good value for money, and we will build a building that will look great in any garden. Our garden offices harmoniously blending with the aesthetics of your garden (source). In 2022, the UK home office market was reported to have grown by 20% (source), further cementing the demand for such innovative solutions.

Why choose Kingsley to build your garden office pod?

At Kingsley, we understand that you will need a garden office, which can be heated in winter easily,  this is why we add insulation, and install electric heaters for our customers. Our garden office pods come with fully customisable options, allowing you to have the building built the way you want. A 2018 study revealed that an office design tailored to individual needs can boost productivity by up to 32%.

Crafted with care, and all our garden rooms are built to last

Our garden office pods aren’t just built; they are crafted by hand by our joiners. This why when homeowners in Gloucestershire, homeowners that live Wiltshire, homeowners live in Somertset, they want a quality garden room, they call us. Many people call Kingsley every single week, because we have a very strong reputation for building quality garden buildings, and we offer low prices, for example our garden offices start from just 18k. Therefore it is clear to see why we build so many summerhouses in The Cotswolds.

Every garden room that we construct, is constructed to be the highest quality, we use sustainable materials, such wood which comes from FSC forests. We also top quality windows and doors, to ensure longevity and low maintenance of our garden rooms. A well-built garden office built by us can last a very long period of time, as proven by a 2020 report on the average lifespan of home extensions.

An Eco-Friendly Solution (We add solar panels, we add a green roof, we add composite cladding)

We can build a garden office for you that has solar panels on the roof. Here at Kingsley, we build bespoke garden rooms, this means we can build the garden room the way you want it to be built. Some companies just build summerhouses, like they are built on a production line, this means, you often cant get the exact size summerhouse you want. However, when you hire our business, to build a garden room for you, we can build it to any length and any width that you would like it to be built. The garden office hasn’t got to be rectangular it could be square, it be l-shaped, it could be in hexagon shape.

Our garden office pods are built with eco-friendly materials, such as wood which is sourced from FSC forests.

Built very quickly

We pride ourselves on offering a hassle-free installation process- most of the garden rooms we build are built in summer, and we know that you and your neighbours are going to want to here power tools, such as drills, such as saws, such as nail guns, making a lot of noise. So to minimise disturbance to you when we are building our summerhouses, we can build them quickly, sometimes we can build a new garden office in less than one month.

Our skilled team of builders, carpenters and roofers handles everything from ground preparation, of building the concrete slab to installation of roof. Everything is built fast, and the reason why can build our buildings so fast, is because we have built hundreds of summerhouses.

Frequently Asked Questions

  1. What is the lifespan of a garden office pod?  A garden office pod built by us can last a long period of time, and this is because we fit a high quality rubber roof to the summerhouse.
  2. How eco-friendly are these pods? Our garden rooms are eco friendly because all of the timber is sourced from FSC forests. However, our customers have the option of making their summerhouses even more eco-friendly by opting for a green roof, they have the roof if they want covered with solar panels, and if you an eco friendly garden room, then we would recommend also opting for composite cladding, and composite decking because the composite cladding and composite decking can be made from recycled plastics.

 

  1. How long does it take to build a garden office in The Cotswolds? Installation times vary, because some garden rooms can be huge, some can be very small garden rooms, and can be built in less than 1 week sometimes. It therefore depends on the pod’s size and complexity, such as are you having solar panels added to the roof? If so it will take us longer to build the summerhouse, because we have to add solar panels to the roof.
  2. Can the interior of the garden office pod be customised? Absolutely! We can even paint and decorate the room for you. Many people who live in Gloucestershire, that want us to build a Gloucestershire garden room, and the rest of our customers in The Cotswolds, often they want us to paint and decorate the entire the room. We build a garden room, so that all you have to do is move your furniture in.

.

Backlinks:

  1. How to add a backyard shed for storage or living
  2. Home office in the UK
  3. The impact of office design on employees’ productivity and satisfaction: Towards a sustainable workplace
  4. How long will your new home last
  5. Prefabrication
  6. ScienceDirect

Which cladding should I choose for my garden office?

Introduction

 

The appearance of your garden room greatly depend on the materials you use, particularly the cladding as this can totally alter the appearance of  the building. Some cladding options can make the building look modern, such as grey composite cladding, yet there’s also red cedar which makes the building look traditional. Cladding is not just a facade; it also protects your building from the elements such as rain, sleet and hail, provides insulation as well, as it’s the first line of defence when the wind is thrashing the sides, it’s the cladding that can help to keep the elements outside.   In this article, we delve into several cladding ideas for your garden room, such as composite cladding, wooden cladding and steel cladding, focusing on how to select and install them, and the luxurious appearance they can add to your space.

 

  •     Understanding the importance of garden room cladding.
  •    Exploring cedar, uPVC, metal, Siberian larch, and thermowood cladding.
  •     Unveiling luxurious garden room concepts.
  •     Learning how to clad your garden room.
  •     Appreciating the value of aluminium and steel as popular metal cladding choices.
  •     Delving into the unique qualities of Siberian larch cladding.
  •     Exploring the benefits of thermowood cladding.
  •     Answering frequently asked questions about garden room cladding.
  •     Offering useful tips for selecting and maintaining your cladding.
  •     Summarising the key takeaways and recommendations for garden room cladding.

 

Garden room cladding: Adding Personality and Protection

 

Red cedar cladding: A Touch of Warmth and Sustainability

 

Red cedar cladding is very popular with our customers in The Cotswolds England, specifically Western Red Cedar, which is expensive, but it looks brilliant on any garden room its added to. Red cedar has a rich colour, warmth, its got a very distinctive red colour to the wood. It ages beautifully, gaining a silver-grey patina over time that blends well with natural surroundings. Studies show that cedar is also an eco-friendly choice; it has a lower environmental impact than other materials due to its long lifespan and biodegradability (source: Western Red Cedar Lumber Association).

 

UPVC Cladding: Durable and Low Maintenance

 

UPVC (Unplasticized Polyvinyl Chloride) cladding offers excellent durability, and we would recommend it for any garden room, it lasts a very long period of time, and requires minimal maintenance often just a simple wash down with the right soapy water is all that is needed. It is resistant to weather, rot, and corrosion, making it a practical choice for garden rooms.

Furthermore, uPVC is available in a range of colours, so would you like a green upvc cladding?

 Would you like white upvc cladding?

Would you like blue upvc cladding? And also you can have upvc cladding and imitation wood colour, so it mimics the grain of real wood.   

 

Metal Cladding: Robust and Contemporary

 

Metal cladding, and as some garden room companies call it “powder coated metal sheet cladding” brings a modern, industrial aesthetic to garden rooms.  For example lets say you live in Gloucestershire which in England, and your on Google or Bing, and your looking for “local garden room companies”- you might want a garden office built, and you want it to be low maintenance you don’t have the time to be painting the building every year. So why not opt for metal cladding, the metal cladding could be made from steel, or it could made from aluminium which is more expensive yet it doesn’t rust. Aluminium cladding is lightweight, corrosion-resistant, and recyclable, while steel cladding is renowned for its strength and longevity.

 

Siberian Larch Cladding

 

Siberian larch is a high-density softwood with a striking grain pattern.   Timber Focus).  

 

Thermowood Cladding: Thermally Enhanced Durability

 

Thermowood cladding undergoes a heat treatment process that enhances its durability, dimensional stability, and insulation properties. typically made from Scandinavian softwood, and offers a beautifully deep, rich colour.

 

How to Clad Your Garden Room

 

Cladding your garden room involves several stages. First, you need to select the right type of cladding that suits your budget, and the level of maintenance you’re willing to provide. Afterward, prepare your garden room’s exterior by removing any existing cladding, cleaning the surface, and making necessary repairs.

 

Once the surface is ready, you can start installing your chosen cladding. For materials like cedar or Siberian larch, this generally involves attaching the cladding to the exterior of your garden room using nails or screws, ensuring each plank overlaps with the next to create a watertight seal. For metal cladding, a framework may need to be created first to attach the metal sheets.

 

Keep in mind that the process may vary slightly depending on the type of cladding you select. Therefore, it’s recommended to consult with a professional or follow the specific instructions provided by the cladding manufacturer.

We want a garden room built plus landscaping works completed

 

 

Introduction

Sometimes, a homeowner will want to completely landscaped, to have a pizza oven built, new lawn, new fencing, new garden room, to have raised planted built as well as decking. And what’s great about hiring our company, is that we can complete all of this work for you, we don’t just build summerhouse, we also complete landscaping work as well. In this blog post, we will explain the services we offer.

 

Garden offices / Rooms / Bars

The majority of work we complete, is to build garden bars, offices and rooms throughout The Cotswolds areas of England. Therefore, a lot of the time, our customers just want us to build these buildings, and don’t want any landscaping work. However, some customers, especially if they have bought the house, in an area such as Oxfordshire, or Gloucestershire or anywhere in Somerset, sometimes want the garden landscaped and we can also offer to carry out this work.

 

Can you build decking?

Yes, often when we build a garden room, the customer will also want composite decking built infront of the garden room. this offers a place to sit, enjoy sunshine, and perhaps to dine outdoors. We also build timber decking, however we would recommend paying more for composite decking boards- that’s because composite decking often lasts longer, and save you time, because you don’t ever have to paint composite decking.

So if your looking for a company to build a garden building, plus build decking, then we can complete this work for you.

 

Do you build composite decking?

Yes we can build composite decking.

 

Do you build patios?

Yes, you might want timber or composite decking Infront of your garden room, we can build a patio instead. We can build the patio using reclaimed Welsh slabs.

 

Do build summerhouses?

Yes we do, prices for our summerhouses start from just 18k, our summerhouses are very well built, and we can complete building a summerhouse, in less than 3 weeks.

 

Do you build garden rooms?

 

Yes we do, we build garden rooms in The Cotwolds.

We offer free quotes in the following areas:

  • Wiltshire
  • Oxfordshire
  • Gloucestershire

 

Do you build garden offices?

Yes we do, we build garden offices, we can install air conditioning and heaters for you.

 

Do build composite fencing?

Yes, we also build composite fencing.

 

Do install solar panels?

Yes, we can install solar panels, onto the roof of your garden room.

 

Do you build raised planters?

Yes, we can build raised planters.

 

We want a garden bar, new patio, new decking can you build all of this for us?

You might have bought a brand-new house in The Cotswolds, you like the house, yet the garden just has feather edge fencing and freshly laid grass. Therefore, you now want to landscape the garden, you want new grey composite cladding, for this to be built at back of the house, and Infront of the summerhouse. You want a garden bar built, complete with bathroom, you also want a patio built, and we can complete all of this landscaping work in The Cotswolds England for you.

We have a huge team of landscape gardeners who can complete this work, we can complete all of this landscaping work in a short amount of time. We have equipment such as excavators, cement mixers and dumper that can be used to quickly landscape your garden. We have many landscape gardeners which work us, we can therefore any landscaping work quickly, plus we offer very competitive prices. This is why you may see one of our vans on your street, because we offer our landscaping services in areas such as North Somerset, Wiltshire and Gloucestershire.

 

We don’t want to hire many different companies, we want a company that can offer all of the landscaping work we require, can you complete all of the landscaping work?

Yes, from building the pizza oven, through to building a Cotswolds Garden room, we can complete all of the work. Here at Kingsley, we can build patios, decking, fencing, summerhouses, laying new lawn, building sheds, we can complete all of the work for you?

 

 

New lawn, decking and fencing

We can build a new summerhouse for you, yet you might want to make more improvements to your garden? Therefore, we can build new fencing, we can lay a new lawn for you, as well as building decking.

Our garden is not level, can you level it for us and lay a new lawn?

Yes, we can use excavators, with a grading bucket and we can level your garden. We can use the excavators to load a wheeled dumper, and that can tip the soil into a skip, when this work is complete, we can lay a new lawn for you.

 

Do you build luxury summerhouses?

Yes, we do, we can build a luxury summerhouse, with a canopy to the side, which can extend over a jacuzzi.

Can you build a path way to our garden room?

Yes, we can build a path way that leads to your garden room, we could make the pathway out of concrete, out of tarmac or you may want slabs used, such as reclaimed Welsh slabs.

 

How much do your Cotswolds garden rooms cost?

Here at Kingsley the starting price for our garden rooms, starts from 18k. This offers fantastic value for money, plus, all of the construction work will be completed in a short period of time, so whether you’re going to use the room to exercise in, to work in, or simply to enjoy a glass of whiskey- we can build the garden room quickly for you. Most of the luxury summerhouses, which we construct, are built in less than 3 weeks.

Larger garden rooms, which may have solar panels on the roof, bi-folding doors, and a bathroom, these might take us a bit longer to build. The reason being, items such as the bi-folding doors are made by another company, sometimes we have to wait a period of time before they manufacturer the doors for us. However, we do complete building most of our garden rooms in a short period of time.

We want a garden building built, but for it to be made from brick and breeze block, can you build this for us?

Yes, sometimes a homeowner will want a garden building built, but for the side walls not to be made from wood, but to be made from bricks and breeze blocks, we can build a garden room using bricks and breeze blocks. The cost for us to build this garden room will cost more, yet, it will last longer, that’s because wood can rot over time, were bricks and breeze blocks last much longer.

 

We also want a wooden gazebo built- do you build gazebos in the Cotswolds?

Yes, we do, we can build a gazebo out of French oak, we can also build a gazebo out of English oak.

We offer competitive prices to build our gazebos, plus we have joiners which can build the gazebo for you.

You may want a garden room built, also a patio, then on the patio to have a wooden gazebo built, we can complete all of this work for you. this can help to improve your garden, and you may want to spend a lot more time in your garden during the summer, plus because the garden building will be insulated, this means that you can use it all year around. We can install the electric heaters, so when its cold outside, and the garden is covered in frost, you can walk into your garden building, and it will be nice and warm.

 

Would like a garden room built within Gloucestershire?

In Gloucestershire there are some amazing homes, some have views over meadows, and woodland, and rivers. If there is a spot within your garden, which has really good views, let’s say of the Gloucestershire countryside, well why not have a Gloucestershire garden room built, so you can sit it, on a summers evening, enjoy a pint of English Ale and admire the views of the countryside out of the window.

We can install a large aluminium frame window, then, while you are sat on a comfortable sofa, you can enjoy the views of the English countryside, from the comfort of your garden room. Plus, we can instal quality air conditioning, electric heaters, wall insulation, and underfloor heating, so whatever the weather is like outside, you can use your garden room.

 

Do you like in Oxfordshire?

In Oxfordshire, there is a lot of countryside, rivers, trees and therefore a lot of people will want a garden building so its some to unwind in. why not have a garden room built, with huge windows or bi-folding doors in Oxfordshire, so you can sit, enjoy a bottle of wine, and unwind in your garden room. We build garden buildings anywhere with Oxfordshire, plus, with prices starting from 18k its clear to see why so many Oxfordshire residents ask us to build their garden rooms.

 

Perhaps you live in Wiltshire, England, and you want a summerhouse built?

We have a large team of summerhouse builders, our team travels all over the Cotwolds, constructing our garden buildings. One of the areas we build summerhouses in is Wiltshire in England, we can come out and meet you, and offer you a free quote. Many homeowners that live in Wiltshire have hired us to build their summerhouse, because we can build a summerhouse for 18k, which is a much lower price than what some other companies offer. Yet, our summerhouses, are very high quality, insulated, with a rubber roof, and good quality cladding, so even though the price is low, our buildings are still quality.

 

 

 

Garden decking

You may want a large area covered with timber of composite decking, you may want a large table and chairs added, this is so you can have your friends over, to enjoy a nice meal outside. Or to open a bottle of champagne, and enjoy a glass or two on a summers evening. We build quality decking anywhere in The Cotswolds in England, we can build decking which has glass surround, and stainless-steel handrail. We would highly recommend choosing “composite decking” we can supply high quality composite decking, made by manufacturers such as Millboard, which make very high-quality decking.

This high-quality decking, offers a great place to sit out, to read a book, or to eat a meal outside during the summer.

 

Landscaping + Garden Room

If you want a bespoke garden room built, plus also for us to landscape your garden then we can complete all of this work for you. For example, you may have bought a house, but the garden is not level, is overgrown with weeds, brambles, bushes, and you want all of this cleared, and the waste taken away.

At the end of the garden, you want an air-conditioned garden room built, and we can complete this work for you.

We can bring in excavators into your garden, to level the soil, we can cut down any brambles, bushes and weeds, we can get rid of this waste for you.

 

New patio

Perhaps you want a summerhouse built, and to have a patio built around it. You may want to use your garden room as a bar, and also have a patio where you can sit out and dine. You may also want us to build a pizza oven, and we can build a pizza oven for you.

We can offer you many different types of patio slabs, for example, would you like, reclaimed Welsh slabs? Would you like concrete patio slabs, or perhaps sandstone patio slabs, we can build a patio right Infront of your garden room, so you have an area to sit out enjoy a cup of coffee or wine.

 

 

 

Have built many garden rooms in the Cotswolds?

We have built many garden rooms, every building that we have constructed, is very high quality. Whether it’s a summerhouse, a huge log cabin, or a garden room, when you hire Kingsley to build a garden room, its always very high quality.

We build garden offices and rooms, in areas such as Oxfordshire, also we build summerhouses in Gloucestershire, and log cabins in Somerset. Each building we build, can have a “rubber roof” – our roofs last a long period of time, we are so confident that our roofs are high quality that we offer a guarantee on our roofs.

Plus, when you hire us, we can offer you many different exterior cladding options, for example, you might want grey composite cladding? You may want one of more expensive options, such as hardwood cladding? Such as oak cladding? You might want plastic cladding? Or some customers want metal sheet cladding. If you were to pick wooden cladding its important to know that this will require some maintenance, such as special oil applied, to help protect the wood. If you want an exterior cladding that’s less maintenance doesn’t require painting, then we would recommend opting for composite cladding. When you pick composite cladding, it can be made to look like real wood, so you can have the benefit of it looking like real wood, but it never needs to be painted.

 

We need an old garage demolished, to make way for our garden room, can you demolish our old garage and get rid of the waste for us?

At the end of your garden, might be an old garage, yet the roof may be leaking water, the windows frames are made from wood, and are rotten, plus the concrete slab may be cracked and broken, so now you want the whole garage demolished, slab broken up, and in its place a garden room built.

With some garden room companies in The Cotswolds, they may ask you to hire your own demolition company to demolish the old garage. However, when you hire Kingsley, we have worked with a demolition company for a long time, so they can offer you a competitive price, to demolish the garage and then once its demolished and removed, we can build the garden room.

 

Which areas of the Cotswolds do you build garden rooms?

We can build our luxury summerhouses, log cabins as well as gardens rooms, anywhere in The Cotswolds. We offer free quotes, so why not give us a ring?

How much there is a garden office cost in the Cotswolds?

 

 

Introduction

A lot of people who run a business, work from home or are studying towards a qualification, want a garden office built. When the building has a lot of installation, soundproofing good quality doors, it can often offer quiet place, to complete your work. Plus, construction companies, such as our company, can adds optional extras, to make the room even more comfortable for you, such as underfloor heating or triple glazing, and triple glazing can make the room very quiet and a peaceful place.

 

Eco-friendly

We can make your summerhouse eco-friendly, for example our builders can use quality sheep’s wool insulation, we can also fit solar panels onto the roof of your summerhouse. This can help you to generate electric. We can also install windows and doors which are very energy efficient, we can also put fibreglass or panel insulation into your garden room to better insulate the building.

Also, we can put panels onto your roof, which heat the water, then our plumbers can install a kitchen into your summerhouse, so that you can have hot water that is generated from sunlight.

We can therefore build a summerhouse for you that eco-friendly.

 

What do we think is essential when having a garden room built?

When having a garden room constructed, it’s important that you can use the building in any weather. The weather here in Britain can change from freezing cold winters, to boiling hot summers, so it’s so important that you have a garden room, that can be heated and also cooled. Therefore, we would recommend picking a company that can build a summerhouse, which has air conditioning, which as underfloor heating, which has top quality insulation, such as sheep’s wall insulation, and also pick a company that can install electric heaters. Our company can install electric heaters, that can be switched on from your smartphone, so before you even step foot in your summerhouse, it can be nice and warm in the winter for you, because you could switch on from your smartphone in your kitchen for example.

We think it’s essential to have a high-quality roof, that’s why we can install a rubber roof, and we can offer a long guarantee on the rubber roof. Some companies as a roof to a summerhouse, but they don’t guarantee it, for example the roof could be made from tar felt, however the felt could come away from the board, which holds up the roof, and you could incur a leak in your summerhouse, that’s the say a small leak can often cause a huge amount of damage, it can water stained the plasterboard, it could mean that the building becomes an safety use, because you might have life electrics in the building, it might also mean that the wood starts to rot which holds up the side walls of the garden room.

This is why it’s so important that when you pick a company to build your summerhouse, that they offer a guarantee on the roof. We can add a fibreglass roof, we could add a rubber roof, we can also add pitched roof and add a quality roof tile, such as well slate, we also offer a guarantee on our roofs.

 

With rising energy costs, why not have solar panels fitted to the roof?

For many households across the United Kingdom, they might have a shock, when they open their energy bill, that’s to say, it might be a lot more than they anticipated if they haven’t got a smart meter, therefore they might have a bill that might be particularly high.

So therefore, when a homeowner is adding a new room, that is a garden room, a lot of people will be concerned over how much it will cost to heat the room and called the room in the winter. We can add solar panels to the roof for you, we can also add panels to your roof which can seat the water as well, to have hot water which is generated through sunlight, this can make your garden room much more eco-friendly.

Therefore, if you’re worried about energy costs, and how much it would cost to heat your garden room or to cool your garden room, then why not have solar panels and also panels added to the roof which can seat the water?

A green roof can help with the bees

Let’s say that you live in a large Victorian house in Gloucestershire, you might not want your garden room to be the centre of attention in your garden, you might want it to blend in more with the surroundings, so why not have a green roof added?

Therefore, you could have a garden office constructed, green roof on the roof, and you can grow just grass, grow plants to grow flowers on the roof. This can help your garden room to blend more into the greenery which surrounds your garden room.

You could also if you wanted to, grow wildflowers on the roof, so this is good for the insects and bees, because the bees can collect nectar from flowers, so we can build a green roof where you can grow a large amount of wildflowers.

 

If you live near busy roads why not have soundproofing

if your house and garden is situated next to a busy road, then you might want us to add soundproofing to the walls and ceiling of your garden office. If the road is particularly loud, that’s because you want a garden office close the road, and soundproofing won’t totally eliminate the road noise, but what soundproofing can do this to help reduce some of the noise. So if you’re planning on working within your garden office, and you want it to be quieter within the building, then we would recommend soundproofing. Our builders can add soundproofing behind the plasterboard, adding soundproofing doesn’t drastically increase the cost of the garden room, so we would highly recommend opting for soundproofing.

 

We can offer you hundreds of different types of cladding

we can offer you hundreds of different types of cladding, these can change the hall appearance of the garden building. For example, you might want a dark wood cladding such as mahogany, you might want the whole building to be olive-green and made from metal sheets? Alternatively, you might want composite cladding, which means that you can save a large amount of time, that’s because composite doesn’t need to be painted, so you won’t have to buy varnishes, oils or paints and you can save a huge amount of time because the composite cladding never need painting.

 

Make sure that the garden room company offer you a guarantee on the roof

it’s really important, that whichever garden room company that you hire in the Cotswolds to build your summerhouse, that the offer a guarantee on the roof. We can offer a long guarantee all our roofs, because we install quality rubber roofs.

 

Would you like decking built at the same time

Perhaps she wants to use the inside of the garden room as a place to work, but perhaps you want decking built around the garden room, so that afterwork you have somewhere to sit on your patio table and chairs and enjoy a nice bottle of champagne?

Perhaps therefore you want to hire us to also build composite decking in front of your garden room, we can build decking in front of your summerhouse, which makes is a great place to eat outdoors, to enjoy a bottle of wine or simply to eat some nice cheese and crackers in the sunshine. You might want to puts a parasol on your decking, you might want table and chairs so that you have somewhere where you can sit out and enjoy the summer weather. We can build composite or timber decking in front of your summerhouse for affordable price. We have already built a lot of decking right throughout the Cotswolds, we build decking in Gloucestershire, Somerset and in Bath.

 

Built fast

We have a hard-working team of electricians; we also have many joiners which work for us and we also have painters and decorators as well as managers and carpenters. Because we have built a large number of summerhouses, we can build our summerhouses fast, yet even though our summerhouses are built fast they are still very high quality.

So, for example, you might be about to start a new business, and therefore you need a place where you can work, and we can build a garden office for you.

Whether we are constructing your garden room using ground screws, or we are building a concrete base for your summerhouse, we will aim to build your summerhouse in a short period of time. Most of our summerhouses can be constructed in under three weeks. We also offer free quotes right throughout the Cotswolds, so whether you want a summerhouse built in Gloucestershire, or perhaps you live in Wiltshire? We can build a summerhouse for you, with prices starting from just £18,000, it’s clear to see why so many people within the Cotswolds hire us to build their summerhouses.

 

We have many joiners which work for us

because we have so many joiners, which work Kingsley, we are able to build summerhouses quickly. So even though our summerhouses are bespoke, there are not flatpack, we are still able to build them quickly because we have so many joiners that work for us. Our joiners can build the structural timbers, they can build a wooden doors and wooden windows, they can also build the frame also which holds your decking. Therefore, we are able to build our summerhouses quickly because we have so many joiners which works for us.

 

Quality

From the concrete foundations, through to laying rubber roof, our summerhouses, are simply built to last. We may not offer the cheapest prices in the Cotswolds, however what our company can guarantee, is that every summerhouse which we build is built to last. We employ joiners to complete all of the woodwork. Also, we purchase quality windows and doors, also we purchase quality roofing, and we can also supply quality solar panels and air-conditioning units. Every single one of our summerhouses is very high quality, prices vary between 18,000 and 70,000, we can come out and offer you a quote. We build our summerhouses anywhere the Cotswolds, we always aim to build your summerhouse as fast as we can. Most summerhouses are built in less than three weeks, we therefore build quality summerhouses but we build them fast.

 

What is a garden office?

A garden office, is simply a garden building, that use as a place to work, therefore the homeowner often needs a lot of electrical power sockets, two power printers’ laptops and scanners. Often the room also needs to be designed so that it can be used 365 days of the year if necessary, so it needs to be built so that it can be used in any weather. So even when the building is covered in frost outside, you need the ability to be able to work in the room so it is nice and warm. Equally in the summer, these buildings can get very warm, you do need air conditioning as well. Therefore, there needs to be an emphasis on the customer being able to control the temperature within the room to make you comfortable to work in. We therefore recommend quality air conditioning quality heaters.

 

So how much does a garden office cost?

The cost does vary very much on which company you hire, some businesses focus on building low-cost summerhouses, however businesses such as ours, focus on building bespoke garden rooms, where we come in make the customer and discuss all the options, to make sure that they get a garden room that they really want. Therefore, they pick the exterior cladding, the brand of air conditioning unit and whether they want decking and also other optional extras as well. Prices start from as low as £18,000, however the more expensive garden offices can be up to £70,000. We build these right across the Cotswolds, for example we are frequently building these buildings in Gloucestershire, we are building them for homeowners in Somerset, as well as also in Bath.

 

The cost of one of our garden office is therefore dependent on the following

The size of the garden office

we can build a garden office to any dimensions that you would like, for example we can build one just large enough to fit a desk in, or we can build a huge garden office, which is so large it could fit seven desks within it. We don’t just build our garden buildings for residential customers, we can also build them the businesses, so for example a person in the Cotswolds might the business that restores and sells classic cars, you might therefore need a wooden building constructed as where you meet your customers, we can build wooden buildings for businesses as well.

The cost of the garden office is therefore very much dependent on how large the building is, also whether landscaping work is required before we can start building. For example, in some gardens we might need to level the ground using a large excavator, we might need to remove soil, we might need to have a company come into grind a tree stump, so in its place we can then start to build a garden office.

The cost is therefore dependent on the size of the building.

 

Which cladding would you like your garden office?

As you probably already know hardwood’s are very expensive, for example you could oak, mahogany, cladding, hardwood cladding is very expensive, yet it can make a garden room look brilliant. For example, within the roof, we can put say 10 spotlights, that is LED spotlights, when these are switched on during the evening or night, it can illuminate the garden room, they can make it look brilliant. However, hardwood is very expensive, so if you want your garden office to be built at a lower cost, we would recommend thinking about composite cladding, or to have steel sheet cladding. Steel sheet cladding comes in different colours, you could even have the metal sheets a green colour.

 

Air conditioning

Air conditioning units vary in price depending on how powerful they are and also the manufacturer, however if you are using your garden office, as a place to work during the peak of summer, we would recommend getting a conditioning installed. You haven’t got to go ringing around, air conditioning installers within the Cotswolds, to install a conditioning in your garden room, because we can offer you a quote to install the air conditioning ourselves. We work with a company, which installs our air-conditioning into the garden rooms that we build in the Cotswolds. Therefore even when it’s boiling hot outside, and people are putting on suncream because it is so warm outside, you can still be in your garden office completing your work, in a cool room, because it’s cool because you have purchased a quality air conditioning unit from us.

 

Underfloor heating

It seems like here in Britain, that our summers are very short, therefore we are back into winter and it’s freezing cold, everything is covered in ice, and it can be so-called that you might not even feel your fingertips if you spent too long outside. However, if you want a garden office built with underfloor heating, sheep’s wall insulation, electric heaters, then we can build this for you. We can build an insulated garden room for you, with prices starting from just £18,000

 

Insulated garden rooms

We can offer you different types of insulation, for example we can offer you fibreglass insulation, insulation made from sheep’s wool, we can also offer panel insulation. It’s really important, that whichever company builds your summerhouse, that they properly insulated the room.

The problem that some people have is, they purchase a summerhouse in the summer and it’s built let’s say in July when normally the weather is nice and warm here in Britain. However, come the winter, the owner of the summerhouse, might quickly learn that, the summerhouses freezing inside, and as soon as the heaters are switched off, the room just gets too cold to be in. This is why it’s so important to make sure that the garden office is insulated, we would recommend adding sheep’s wool into the walls to better insulated the summerhouse.

We work from home- how could a garden office help us?

 

 

Introduction

Millions more people now work from home, and a lot of people prefer to work from home, yet sometimes there’s a slight problem, that is the person may not have a large enough home to work comfortably. They be resting the laptop on their lap while working from the sofa, which is often uncomfortable.

Or they get into their work, they may have a super-productive morning, yet then the kitchen table has to be cleared, laptop, paperwork and stationery all cleared away to make way for dinner- does this sound familiar?

Well, if so, why not purchase a garden office from us? What’s at the end of your garden right now? Perhaps an old shed, that’s falling apart?

 

Perhaps a greenhouse that hasn’t grown anything for years?

Perhaps just a lot of overgrown brambles, and a compost bin? Well, why not make much better use out of that space, why not bring in our builders, in next to no time, they will be busy bees, they will clear the area, dragging that old garden shed, and throwing it into a skip, they can level the area, by bringing in a micro-digger, they will make the area ready for a garden room to be built.

 

Often doesn’t cost as much as say a property extension

If you were to call various builders in Bristol, to obtain a quote for a loft conversion or a property extension, often the quotes that come back from the builders will be far higher than what we would quote to build a garden office for you. Then you have to think about all the inconvenience that loft conversion can cause, all that noise, from the builders while they convert your loft.

What’s great about a garden office is that it be built very quickly our team, plus, its often much less, often thousands of pounds less than what a loft conversion would cost.

Our team of builders can build the whole building in a short space of time

 

We can build our garden offices very quickly- how can we do this?

We have built so many garden offices, that we can now build the concrete base, the structural timbers, the roof, then we install the doors and the windows in a very short space of time. We also have a team of carpenters, which means that we can build a garden office sometimes quicker than other local garden room companies. Our team travel the entire country building garden rooms, when we offer you a free quote, what we can also do, is estimate how long it will take us to build the garden office.

Sometimes we have to take longer to build the garden office, this is sometimes due to us having to wait for the bi-folding doors to be made by our suppliers. However, most of the time, we build a garden office from start to finish in under 3 weeks, therefore build our garden offices very quickly. With that we never compromise at all on quality, so every part the building is high quality.

 

Our builders use top quality building materials

From the concrete we mix for the concrete foundations, to the timbers we use to hold the doors, and windows in place, every part of the building is quality. We buy our building materials, from Travis Perkins, which supply us with top quality building materials. We can offer to install quality Velux roof windows, we can also install composite cladding, made by quality manufacturers.

 

How much does it cost to have a garden office built?

There are so many garden room companies to pick from, there’s literally hundreds of businesses in the city of Bristol that specialise in building garden rooms- so how does the customer know which one to pick.

Well, we think its crucial that the building is insulated, otherwise its going be freezing inside the building in the winter. Then there’s the roof, you really do need a long-lasting roof, if the roof doesn’t last that long, and the tar felt starts to peel away from the boarding, well the whole building will get damp, start to leak, timbers will rot, and the whole building will seem a waste of money- so our best advice is make sure whichever company you hire, that the building is well built, and that the roofs top quality with a guarantee.

As we all know, it rains all the time here in Bristol, well, not literally but it can feel that way, so because the majority of the building will be constructed from timber, its so crucial that the inside timbers are not wet, or they will rot in next to no time, the plasterboard will get wet, the room will start to smell damp.

So, this is why we build roofs, which are made from EPDM, this is one big sheet of rubber, with plastic facia boards, we support the whole roof then using top quality timbers. This means that whether we are building a log cabin, that’s used as a holiday home, or a large air-conditioned garden office, we always build a quality roof onto our garden offices, with prices starting from just 18k, its clear to see why so many homeowners, when they want a garden office built in Bristol, England call us.

 

We want the garden office to be eco-friendly, do you build eco-friendly garden offices?

Yes, we most definitely do, we can build an eco-friendly garden office, which has solar panels on the roof, which can collect rain water, also, we can add sheep’s wool to the walls for insulation, we can also use reclaimed timbers, such as reclaimed wooden joists, we have bought from a local reclamation yard.

We can also build garden rooms, which have composite cladding, some manufacturers which manufacturer composite cladding here in the United Kingdom, use recycled plastics in the construction of the composite cladding, this means that composite cladding can be very eco friendly because recycled plastics are used to construct the cladding.

I start working from home soon, how long will it take to get a garden office built from start to finish?

This does depend on how large the garden office is, yet we can normally build a garden office from start to finish in under one month, however sometimes it might take a bit longer, sometimes if we have to wait for suppliers to supply us with the bi-folding doors, air conditioning unit, or solar panels which are being made for a garden room. Sometimes therefore there are delays due to our suppliers, yet with that said, the vast majority of the garden offices we construct, are built from start to finish, in less than 4 weeks.

 

How durable are your garden rooms?

Our garden rooms are very durable, this is because, we use top quality wood, cladding, doors, windows and roofs.

How secure are these garden offices can they be locked up?

Yes, the bi-folding doors are the same quality and type of bi-folding doors that are used within your home. This means the doors will have locks and the building can be locked up easily. The windows also have security locks.

We need a shed / garage demolished to make way for the garden room, can you take care of getting the garage demolished?

Yes, often in Bristol, the homeowner will have a garage / shed demolished, and sometimes reuse the concrete foundations to build the garden room on. The homeowner then sometimes asks us to make 25% of the garden room as a storage room, where folding ladders, paint tins, and bikes can be stored.

What this allows is for the homeowner to obtain a garden room, yet also have a room for storing items. For example, you may have a garage, yet it might not be storing that much, perhaps a few mountain bikes?

Well, why not make much better use out of that space, have us demolish your garage, then we can inspect the concrete foundations, sometimes the concrete foundations can be reused, and on those foundations, we can build the garden room.

We can dispose of your old garage or shed and we can place the waste into skips for you.

 

Our garden is quite boggy can you raise the whole building off the floor?

Sometimes a homeowner will have a garden that’s quite boggy, this means that that section of the garden may well be saturated with water for the majority of the time, so we can raise the garden room off the ground, putting the building on stilts, then we can build steps using composite up to the garden room.

We can build different types of foundations for your garden room, we can offer ground screws, to build a concrete base, or to elevate the whole building off the ground. We can visit your garden, in Bristol, and we can recommend whether its best to have concrete base, ground screws or whether we can elevate the building off the ground using posts.

We want a durable and long-lasting roof, which type of roof do you add to your garden offices?

Most of the garden offices we build, we would say over 70% have what’s called at “EPDM” roof, this is a durable type of roof, which our roofers can add to your summerhouse quickly.

 

We live by a noisy and busy road, are you able to add sound proofing?

Yes, we can, our builders can not only insulate your garden office, but we also offer to add sound proofing as well. You may want sound proofing added if you live near a busy road, or perhaps you plan on playing a musical instrument within the room, such as the drums?

Its important to know that sound proofing although it can help to dampen the noise heard within the room, or help to reduce the amount of noise leaving the room, it doesn’t completely eliminate the sound either coming in or leaving the garden room. So, you do have to keep this in mind, that’s because if you do live near a busy road, say where a lot of buses, heavy trucks, and vans pass all day, then even with sound proofing you may still hear road noise.

Therefore, this is why its crucial to think for sometime as to where you want your garden office built in your garden, you should pick a quiet place, where there is a lot of sunlight, and also away from trees, as falling tree branches will severely damage the building.

 

What type of doors do you offer, we want as much light to come into the garden room as possible?

We can add good quality aluminium frame bi-folding doors, we can offer triple glazing or double glazing. Perhaps you have a south facing garden? If you have a south facing garden, then with bi-folding doors, this can let a lot of light into the summerhouse, but what we would recommend is that there is blinds added to the doors, we can offer bi-folding doors, that is aluminium frame bi-folding doors, that have blinds within the glass, this brilliant at allowing you to select how much light you want to come into your garden office.

If you want a garden office, which is offered at a lower price, we can install upvc French doors, this can reduce the cost of the summerhouse by a lot.

 

Peace and quiet

What are you working on today, an Excel document, or are you designing something in Adobe Photoshop, or are you simply writing an e-mail, well, if so, often workers like somewhere quiet to work, somewhere they can concentrate on their work, without the distractions like “turn that television down, can’t you see, I am trying to work here!”- so the solution is to hire us to build a garden office, and as we are a well known garden room company, you be obtaining a well-built, a quality, garden office that can be built very quickly.

Each day as you look out of your kitchen window, you will see our builders working hard, they work fast and they build our garden rooms in a short period of time, so each day you will see your garden office becoming closer to completion, and in a short period of time, you will have a great place to go and work.

 

Meet your clients

Perhaps you are a hairdresser? Or maybe a self-employed accountant, or you may well be a mortgage advisor, yet you fed up with paying rent for a commercial building, and now you a large garden office, complete with nice kitchen and also a bathroom. We can build such a garden office for you, you could have comfortable chairs, sofa, a meeting table, a good place to meet your customers, and then you haven’t got meet your customers in your house, and you haven’t got to drive to a office to meet your customers. This is why so self-employed people all Bristol, are hiring our builders to build a garden office.

 

How will I keep the garden office warm in the winter?

We can offer you many different types of insulations, for example, would you like fibreglass insulation? Sheep’s wools insulation? Spray foam insulation? Would you like panel insulation? When we build your garden office we can offer you different types of insulation, if you want a quality insulation, that’s also eco-friendly, then we would recommend opting for sheep’s wools insulation.

We can place the sheep’s wool insulation behind the plasterboard walls, its offers insulation, the vast majority of the garden offices we build, the customers want panel insulation, this is a very good high-quality insulation, it’s a sandwich, in the centre is good quality insulating foam, then on the out layer, you have a thin reflective coating, which looks like kitchen foil, it is very good at insulating the room.

But what is really important, whichever company you hire, is that you get good quality windows and doors, and no gaps left between the door frame,

 

Are you thinking about purchasing a summer house this summer? | Here’s some things to think about prior to purchasing a summerhouse

 

Introduction:

Summer is a time for relaxation, to dust off those old deck chairs, and enjoy the sunshine.

Summer is all about outdoor fun, and enjoying quality time with friends and family. One way to make the most of this season, because lets be frank, before we know it, we’re put back into cold winter, with short days, and cold weather.

So why not hire our highly experienced team to build a summerhouse for you this summer? A summer house is not only an attractive feature but also a versatile and functional space that can be built to any size that you like, and built to suit your needs and preferences. In this blog post, we will discuss various summer house ideas, their benefits, and also why so many people hire Kingsley to build their log cabin. So, let’s dive in and explore the exciting world of summer houses!

 

10 Key Points:

 

  •     Summer houses can be customized to suit your needs and preferences.
  •     Outdoor dining spaces offer a fresh, enjoyable dining experience.
  •     Insulated summer houses can be used all year round.
  •     A reading room in a summer house is the perfect escape for book lovers.
  •     Adding a hot tub to a summer house creates a luxurious spa experience.
  •     Transform your summer house into a garden bar/pub for entertaining guests.
  •     Consult our Sales & Design team for expert guidance on your summer house project.
  •     Summer houses are an investment that can add value to your property.
  •     A well-designed summer house can enhance your home’s aesthetic appeal.
  •     We will provide a comprehensive FAQ section to answer all your summer house questions.

 

Summer House Ideas

 

 Outdoor dining

Why not use your summer house into an outdoor dining space, a place to enjoy everything from Sunday lunch, through to bowl of pasta and bottle of wine on a summers evening. A place where you can enjoy meals with family and friends. According to a study by the National Association of Home Builders (NAHB), outdoor living spaces are one of the top features that so many homebuyers look for in a new home. That is, a lot of homeowners want somewhere to sit in their garden, and enjoy a nice mean. (source: NAHB).

So why not have a summerhouse / log cabin built by us, a place where you can set up a wooden table and chairs, and add some lighting and make it a comfortable place where you can go and enjoy a nice bottle of wine on a summers evening. For a touch of elegance, consider a pergola or gazebo as well, as we build these also, they can provide shade and create a great place to dine or just enjoy a beer or two.

 

Insulated Summer House

Its important that your summerhouse is well Insulated, we can insulate your summer house so that it can be used all year round. According to the U.S. Department of Energy, properly insulating your home can save you up to 20% on your heating and cooling costs (source: DOE). Choose insulation materials like fiberglass, or mineral wool, a great option is sheep’s wool, or spray foam, or panel insulation, to keep your summer house warm during the winter and cool in the summer. This allows you to enjoy the space for various activities, such as a home office, as an art studio, or workout room.

That’s to say, sure you could use the room as a place to dine, and drink wine on a summers evening, but why not use your summerhouse during the day as a home gym, as a place to enjoy oil painting, as a place to practice playing a musical instrument?

How much do your summerhouses cost?

Prices for a summerhouse / log cabin to be built by us our company in the following areas start from just 18k.

Bath Garden Offices and Garden Rooms

Somerset Garden Rooms

Garden Rooms Oxfordshire

The Cotswolds

Garden Rooms and Garden Offices South Gloucestershire

Luxurious Garden Offices and Rooms Cheltenham

Luxurious and high-quality Garden Rooms Worcestershire England

 

We build a summer house for you so that you could use as a reading room

We can build a summerhouse for you, that you could use as a reading room.

You might want to add comfortable seating perhaps a good quality 3 piece sofa, ample lighting, perhaps a roof light, to let more natural light into the garden room? and shelves or bookcases to display your book collection.

 

 We can build a hot tub summer house

Turn your summer house into a luxurious spa retreat, that’s because you could have a quality jacuzzi added to the side of your summerhouse, so when you want to unwind in the bubbling hot tub, you just can switch it on, and enjoy nice glass of champagne.

Adding a hot tub not only provides relaxation and stress relief.

 

  We can build a garden bar/summer house/garden pub for you

We build a summer house for you, that you use as a garden bar, as if you own your very own pub, perfect for entertaining guests and hosting parties. Why que at the bar at your local pub, when you have our UK garden room company, built a garden bar for you, where you can stock it with all favourite champagnes, sprits and beers.

According to a survey conducted by Houzz, 51% of homeowners who have outdoor spaces use them for entertaining (source: Houzz).

We can build a wooden bar for you, you can some bar stools, and a small refrigerator to store your drinks, like beer cans.

 

 

Are you thinking about having a summerhouse built in The Cotswolds in England?

 

We have a experienced sales and design team that is ready to help you bring your summer house ideas to life.

They can offer expert advice on materials, such as which wood cladding you might want, such as oak, beech, or red cedar. We can help you to design your summerhouse so it is a perfect addition to your property.

Contact our team today to schedule a consultation and discuss your project in detail.

 

 

 

FAQ Section

  Q: What materials are best for building a summer house?

A: Common materials for summer houses include wood, yet the exterior cladding can be made of different types of wood, such red cedar, or oak, or beech. We can also clad the outside of the summerhouse with metal, or composite, which is a great, because composite never needs painting.

Each material has its pros and its cons, so consider factors like durability, maintenance, and insulation when making your decision.

 

 Q: How can I maximise the use of my summer house?

A: why not use your Cotswolds summerhouse for two different purposes, for example why not have one half the room where you can use it to run your business, or work from home, the other half could be your home gym, or somewhere where you do yoga.

To maximize the use of your summer house, make sure it is insulated, has heating has air conditioning, and is very well built, this means whatever the weather is like, you can use your summerhouse 365 days of year if you so wish.

 

Q: How can I make my summer house eco-friendly?

A: we can use sheep’s wood insulation, which good quality, helps to use less heating because you have insulation added into the summerhouse, plus sheep’s wool is a very eco-friendly product, and can be bought at a low cost. To create an eco-friendly summer house, use sustainable building materials, install energy-efficient lighting as well, for example why not use LED lighting? and consider incorporating green features like solar panels or a rainwater harvesting system?

Eco Garden Rooms: Sustainable Living for a Greener Future

 

Introduction:

Eco garden rooms are revolutionizing the way we approach sustainable living, providing comfortable and functional spaces that are environmentally friendly. In this blog post, we will delve into the benefits of an eco garden room, explore the sustainable materials used, and discuss the positive impacts these innovative structures have on our environment and lifestyles.

10 Bullet Points:

Eco garden rooms promote sustainable living
Made with 100% sustainable materials
Excellent insulation with ethical sheep’s wool
Cut the commute and improve work-life balance
Versatile spaces that cater to various needs
Low energy consumption and reduced carbon footprint
Easy to maintain and long-lasting
Customizable designs to suit personal preferences
Increase property value
Supports local businesses and promotes eco-friendly practices
5 Benefits of an Eco Garden Room
The eco garden room movement is gaining popularity due to its numerous benefits, which include:

 

Promotes Sustainable Living Eco garden rooms are designed with sustainability in mind, encouraging a more environmentally conscious lifestyle. As Mahatma Gandhi said in 1936, “The earth provides enough to satisfy every man’s need, but not every man’s greed.” Choosing an eco garden room reflects our commitment to reducing our ecological impact on the planet.

 

Made with 100% Sustainable Materials Sustainable materials such as wood from FSC-certified sources and recycled metal components are used in the construction of eco garden rooms. This ensures that the materials are responsibly sourced and environmentally friendly.

 

Excellent Insulation Eco garden rooms utilize 100% ethical sheep’s wool insulation, which provides excellent thermal performance, ensuring that the room stays warm in winter and cool in summer. As a renewable and biodegradable resource, sheep’s wool is a perfect choice for sustainable insulation.

 

Cut the Commute By providing a dedicated workspace in your garden, you can eliminate the need for daily commuting. This not only saves time and money but also reduces your carbon footprint. As Henry David Thoreau famously stated in 1854, “What is the use of a house if you haven’t got a tolerable planet to put it on?”

 

Versatile Spaces Eco garden rooms can be used as offices, art studios, gyms, or even guest rooms. Their versatility allows for personalization and adaptation to suit your specific needs.

Environmentally Friendly and Sustainable

Eco garden rooms prioritize environmental sustainability, with the use of eco-friendly materials and construction techniques that minimize waste and energy consumption. According to a report by the World Green Building Council (2019), sustainable buildings consume 20% less energy and produce 30% fewer greenhouse gas emissions than conventional buildings.

Insulation and Energy Efficiency

The use of ethical sheep’s wool insulation in eco garden rooms provides excellent thermal performance, ensuring that these spaces are comfortable and energy-efficient. In fact, sheep’s wool insulation has been proven to be 15% more effective than traditional insulators (University of Cambridge, 2018).

Work-Life Balance and Productivity

By cutting the commute, eco garden rooms offer the opportunity for a better work-life balance, leading to increased productivity and overall well-being. Studies have shown that remote workers are 13% more productive than their in-office counterparts (Stanford University, 2020).

Garden Office Gloucestershire: Create Your Perfect Workspace

 

Introduction

Garden offices have become increasingly popular in recent years, and for good reason. They provide a perfect escape from the chaos of everyday life, allowing you to work in peace and tranquility. In this blog post, we will delve into the world of garden offices and wooden garden rooms, exploring their benefits and how they can enhance your life. Discover the highest quality garden rooms in Gloucester and learn why you need a garden office of your own.

 

10 Key Points

  • Garden offices in Gloucestershire offer a peaceful workspace.
    Large wooden garden rooms provide ample space and versatility.
    High-quality garden rooms in Gloucester offer exceptional craftsmanship and design.
    A garden office enhances work-life balance and productivity.
    Gloucestershire builders are passionate about crafting the finest garden rooms and offices.
    Insulated garden offices allow for year-round use.
    Garden offices are a great investment for your property.
    A well-designed garden office can blend seamlessly into your garden.
    Working from a garden office reduces your carbon footprint.
    An FAQ section provides valuable information about garden offices.
    Garden Office Gloucestershire: A Tranquil Workspace
    Garden offices have become a popular solution for those working from home, offering a dedicated space away from the distractions of the main house. Gloucestershire, with its stunning countryside and picturesque villages, is the ideal setting for a garden office, providing a serene and inspiring environment in which to work. According to a study by the University of Exeter, exposure to natural environments can increase productivity by up to 15% [1].

Large Wooden Garden Rooms: Versatility and Space

Large wooden garden rooms provide ample space and versatility, allowing you to customize the interior to suit your needs. Whether you require a home office, art studio, or a place to relax, wooden garden rooms offer the perfect solution. In addition, the use of natural materials like wood adds a sense of warmth and coziness to the space, creating a welcoming atmosphere [2].

Quality Garden Rooms In Gloucester: Exceptional Craftsmanship

When it comes to garden rooms, quality is paramount. Gloucester is home to some of the finest garden room builders, who are passionate about creating bespoke spaces tailored to your requirements. These craftsmen employ high-quality materials and impeccable design to create garden rooms that are not only functional but also aesthetically pleasing, blending seamlessly into your garden.

Reasons why you need a Garden Office

Enhance work-life balance: Having a separate workspace allows you to create a clear distinction between work and personal life. As the famous author Virginia Woolf once said, “A room of one’s own is essential to the creative process” (1929).
Increase productivity: A dedicated workspace free from distractions can improve focus and efficiency.
Improve mental wellbeing: A garden office allows you to enjoy nature and the outdoors while working, which can have a positive impact on your mental health.

Add value to your property: A well-designed garden office can increase the value of your home, making it an excellent investment.
Eco-friendly: Garden offices often have a smaller carbon footprint than traditional office buildings, helping you reduce your environmental impact.

Insulation: year-round comfort

An insulated garden office ensures that you can work comfortably all year round. High-quality insulation keeps the space warm during the winter months and cool during the summer, reducing energy costs and contributing to a more sustainable workspace [5].

 Conclusion

In conclusion, garden offices and wooden garden rooms offer an array of benefits, from enhanced work-life balance and increased productivity to improved mental wellbeing and eco-friendliness. Gloucestershire is an idyllic location for a garden office, providing a peaceful and inspiring environment in which to work. High-quality garden rooms in Gloucester, built by passionate craftsmen, ensure that you receive an exceptional space tailored to your needs. Insulated garden offices enable year-round use, making them a valuable addition to any home. With the increasing trend of remote work, investing in a garden office is not only a practical decision but also a wise investment for the future.

Q: How much does a garden office typically cost?

A: The cost of a garden office can vary depending on factors such as size, materials, and customization options. On average, you can expect to pay between £10,000 and £30,000 for a high-quality garden office [6].

 

Q: How long does it take to build a garden office?

A: The construction time for a garden office can vary depending on the size and complexity of the project. Typically, it takes between 4 to 8 weeks from the start of the project to completion [8].

 

Q: What types of insulation are commonly used in garden offices?

A: Common types of insulation used in garden offices include rigid foam boards, mineral wool, and natural insulations like sheep’s wool or wood fiber. Each type of insulation has its own advantages and disadvantages, so it’s essential to consult with a professional to determine the best option for your specific needs.

 

Q: Can I use my garden office as a guest room or additional living space?

A: Yes, garden offices can be designed to serve multiple purposes, such as a guest room, additional living space, or even a home gym. It’s essential to communicate your requirements to your garden room builder so that they can design a space that meets your needs [10].

 

Q: How do I maintain my wooden garden room?

A: To maintain the longevity and appearance of your wooden garden room, it’s essential to carry out regular maintenance tasks such as cleaning, treating the wood, and checking for signs of damage. A well-maintained wooden garden room can last for decades [11].

 

Q: Are garden offices secure?

A: High-quality garden offices are built with security in mind, incorporating features such as robust doors, secure locks, and double-glazed windows. You can also consider installing additional security measures, such as CCTV or alarm systems, for added peace of mind

 

Q: Are garden offices energy-efficient?

A: Modern garden offices are designed with energy efficiency in mind, incorporating features such as high-quality insulation

What do most of your customers in The Cotswolds, use their summerhouse for?

 

 

Introduction:

Summer is the perfect time to relax and enjoy your garden, whether its just to read good book, or crack open a bottle luxurious champagne. To make the most of your outdoor space in The Cotswolds, why not consider adding a summer house to your property- this can be built by our company, with prices starting from just 18 thousand pounds.

Not only will it provide a place for relaxation and entertainment, for example, you could make a tasty evening dinner to enjoy with your friends, but it can also enhance the overall aesthetic of your garden. That’s because we could use really good Canadian red cedar, which looks excellent in any garden.

We can also add lights, to help illuminate the building at night, so the summerhouse not just becomes a place you to spend time, but also it looks fantastic in your garden at night, because the led lights illuminate the whole building, and looks fantastic.

In this blog post, we’ll explore ten different summer house ideas, to give you some food for thought, on how you might want your summerhouse to look, we will discuss their benefits of ownership. From traditional designs to modern garden bars, we’ll cover a variety of styles that will inspire you to create your own garden retreat.

 

 

    Summer house ideas for outdoor living

 

Perhaps you like to dine alfresco style? And enjoy nice bowl of pasta with your family? What’s great about our summerhouses is if the weather is not fantastic, you can simply go inside and enjoy a meal with your family, or you could have decking by us, Infront of your summerhouse, and you dine outside, with the sunshine shining on your face, while you dine with a big bowl of pasta.

We have built so many summerhouses all over The Cotswolds in England, we are regularly building our luxurious summerhouses, in Wiltshire, we are also regularly in Gloucestershire, and we are are always in Worcestershire building large summerhouses, because we often recommended by so many past customers, that want us to build a summerhouse for their friends or for their family, because they know our garden rooms, are fantastic quality.

 

    Traditional summer house designs

Perhaps you want a summerhouse that looks traditional, not modern, but traditional, so we can recommend different exterior timbers, for example we not opt for top quality oak cladding?

We built so many summerhouses with oak cladding.

 

    Outdoor dining spaces

 

    The benefits of a garden room

 

    Insulated summer houses for year-round use

Make sure that whichever UK garden room company you hire, ask them about insulation, if its good quality insulation, because you will want to keep the cold air out during the winter, but during the summer you will want to keep the warm air out as well.

 

    Garden bar and entertainment spaces

Do you like to drink a nice cocktail on a summers evening?

What’s your favourite?

Ours we like nice Mojito with fresh spearmint, crushed into the glass, very refreshing!

And what’s great about having a garden room built, is you could use it as your own bar, stock it wines, with beers, with sprits, and then ask your friends over, so we can build a garden bar for you.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Summer House Ideas

 

Summer houses come in various styles for example, contemporary with composite cladding, and traditional with oak cladding, sizes, and materials. Whether you’re looking for a cosy hideaway or an elegant outdoor dining space, we built it for you, with prices starting from just 18k, there’s a summer house design to suit your needs.

Some popular ideas include:

 

    Traditional wooden summer houses

We build top quality summerhouses, with prices starting from just 18k

    Contemporary garden rooms with floor-to-ceiling windows

In the Cotswolds, in England, and in areas, Worcestershire, or perhaps you live in Gloucestershire, or perhaps you have house in North Somerset, like in Radstock, we can build a garden room for you, and we can install a large aluminium frame window, with double glazing, and you can sit back with nice bottle of wine, and enjoy the scenery which surrounds your house, perhaps you look out over miles and miles of fields?

You could therefore have a summerhouse built by us, so it becomes your places to enjoy the scenery that surrounds your house.

    Rustic log cabins

    Luxury pool houses

    Eco-friendly, sustainable designs

 

    Traditional summer house

 

Traditional summer houses typically feature classic designs, such as oak cladding or Canadian red cedar cladding, or beech cladding.  . Made from high-quality timber, these structures offer a timeless charm that when built will improve your garden.  

 

    Outdoor dining space / summer house

 

A lot of our customers, want to have an outdoor dining room, where they can open nice bottle of red wine, and eat some nice pasta, and chat to their friends and family while eating outdoors. And a garden room make a brilliant place to dine, because the weather gets cold, you can go inside the room, or if its nice and warm, you can sit on the decking and eat.

 

 

    Why choose our Garden Room Company in the Cotswolds

Our team is also busy building summerhouses in areas like Bath, which is in England, and in other brilliant places like Gloucestershire, and in Radstock and in Bath, and in Somerset and also in other fantastic areas like Worcestershire and we build the following garden rooms:

 

 

A garden room is a versatile addition to your property. It can serve as an office, studio, guest room, or simply a space to unwind. Garden rooms offer several benefits, including:

 

  •     Additional living space
  •     Increased property value
  •     Enhanced garden aesthetic
  •     Reduced energy costs with insulation and energy-efficient designs
  •     Customization options to suit your needs and style preferences

 

    Insulated Summer House

 

Insulated summer houses are designed to provide comfort and energy efficiency throughout the year. With high-quality insulation materials and double-glazed windows, you can maintain a comfortable temperature inside the summer house, regardless of the weather. This makes it a practical choice for those who want to use their garden room all year round, whether as an office or a cosy retreat.

 

    Garden Bar / Summer House

 

A garden bar is a popular choice for those who love to entertain. It can be as simple or elaborate as you like, with options ranging from a basic bar setup to a fully-equipped outdoor kitchen. A garden bar offers a unique and fun space for hosting friends and family, making it a great addition to any garden.

 

Conclusion:

 

In conclusion, a summer house is an excellent way to enhance your garden and create a versatile space that can be enjoyed throughout the year. With so many styles and designs to choose from, you’re sure to find the perfect summer house to suit your needs and preferences. Remember to consider factors like insulation, size, and functionality when planning your project, and don’t forget to personalize your space with stylish furnishings, lighting, and accessories. From traditional summer houses to modern garden bars, the possibilities are endless for creating your dream garden retreat.

 

FAQ Section:

 

    What materials are best for a summer house?

    Some popular materials for summer houses include wood, metal, and uPVC. Each has its own benefits and drawbacks. Wood offers a classic, natural look but requires regular maintenance, while metal and uPVC are more durable and low-maintenance but may not have the same aesthetic appeal.

 

 

 

 

 

    Can I use my summer house all year round?

    If your summer house is well-insulated and equipped with heating and/or cooling systems, you can comfortably use it throughout the year.

 

    How can I make my summer house eco-friendly?

    To create an eco-friendly summer house, consider using sustainable materials, such as reclaimed wood or recycled materials. Additionally, you can install energy-efficient windows, doors, and insulation to reduce energy consumption.

 

    How do I maintain a wooden summer house?

    To keep your wooden summer house looking its best, apply a wood preservative or paint every few years to protect it from moisture and UV damage. Regularly check for signs of rot or insect infestations and address any issues as soon as possible.

 

    What are some good lighting options for a summer house?

    Some popular lighting options for summer houses include solar-powered lights, LED string lights, and outdoor lanterns. Choose lighting that complements the style of your summer house and creates a warm, inviting atmosphere.

 

    Can I install a bathroom in my summer house?

    Yes, it’s possible to install a bathroom in your summer house, but you’ll need to consider factors like plumbing, drainage, and ventilation. It may also be subject to local building regulations and planning permissions.

 

    What are some popular summer house styles?

    Some popular summer house styles include traditional, contemporary, rustic, and pool houses. The best style for you will depend on your personal preferences and the overall aesthetic of your garden.

 

    How can I maximize the space inside my summer house?

    To make the most of your summer house’s interior, consider using multi-functional furniture, built-in storage solutions, and clever layouts. opt for lighter colours to create the illusion of a larger space and use mirrors to reflect light and enhance the feeling of openness.

Garden Bar Sheds: More Than Just a Summer Sanctuary

 

 

Introduction 

Welcome, budding landlords, to your ultimate guide to garden bar sheds! Today, we’ll explore the magic of these backyard sanctuaries and how they can transform your outdoor space, regardless of the season. From fully insulated options to year-round designs, our guide will provide you with a wealth of information to make the most of your garden bar. So, grab a drink, put your feet up, and let’s dive into the world of garden bar sheds!

 

In this comprehensive article, you’ll discover:

  • A Garden Bar Shed Guide: Everything you need to know about garden bar sheds.
    Garden Bar Sheds Aren’t Just for Summer: The year-round appeal of these backyard havens.
    Fully Insulated Garden Bar Sheds: The benefits of insulation and how it improves your garden bar experience.
    Being the Landlord of Your Garden Pub: The perks of owning a private garden bar.
    Year-Round Garden Buildings: The perfect solution for all-weather enjoyment.
    FAQs: Common questions and answers about garden bar sheds.
    Quotations from Famous People: Inspirational and entertaining quotes to spice up your reading experience.
    Related Topic: An additional 1,000 words exploring a fascinating aspect of garden bar sheds.
    Conclusion: A 700-word summary of the key takeaways from this article.
    Backlinks and Sources: Trustworthy resources to back up our statistics and facts.

Garden Bar Shed Guide

Garden bar sheds are becoming increasingly popular for homeowners who want to create a unique and welcoming space in their backyards. These multi-purpose structures provide the perfect setting for entertaining friends, hosting family gatherings, or simply relaxing with a cold drink on a warm day. 

One reason for their rising popularity is the wide range of styles, sizes, and materials available to suit any garden or personal preference. From rustic wooden designs to sleek, modern metal constructions, there’s a garden bar shed for everyone. According to a recent study, the global garden shed market is expected to grow at a CAGR of 5.1% between 2021 and 2026, highlighting the growing demand for these versatile outdoor buildings.

Garden Bar Sheds Aren’t Just for Summer 

While many people associate garden bar sheds with summer BBQs and pool parties, these versatile structures can be enjoyed all year round.

During the colder months, a well-designed garden bar shed can become a cozy retreat, complete with heating options such as wood-burning stoves or electric heaters. You could even host a winter-themed party or watch your favorite sports in the comfort of your garden bar. A recent survey found that 67% of respondents spent more time in their garden bar sheds during the winter months compared to the summer 

Fully Insulated Garden Bar Sheds

The key to enjoying your garden bar shed year-round is insulation. A well-insulated garden bar shed will keep you warm during winter and cool during summer, providing the ideal environment for relaxation and entertainment. Insulation also helps to reduce noise, creating a more peaceful and private space.

There are various insulation materials available, such as fiberglass, mineral wool, and spray foam. Each material has its pros and cons, but all are effective in ensuring your garden bar shed remains comfortable throughout the year. In a recent study, it was found that 85% of garden bar shed owners opted for some form of insulation, with fiberglass being the most popular choice (Source: [Insulation Study Link]).

With a Private Garden Bar, You’re the Landlord of Your Own Garden Pub 

Owning a private garden bar offers numerous benefits, chief among them being that you are in complete control. As the landlord of your garden pub, you can experiment with different themes, drinks, and entertainment options without the restrictions of a traditional pub.

Additionally, owning a garden bar shed allows you to save money by avoiding the often-inflated prices of drinks at commercial establishments. According to a report, the average cost of a pint of beer in the UK is £3.94, with prices continuing to rise (Source: [Beer Price Report Link]). By hosting your events and gatherings at your garden pub, you and your guests can enjoy a more affordable and personalized experience.

Our Year-Round Garden Buildings Mean They Are Perfect No Matter the Weather

Year-round garden buildings are designed with durability and versatility in mind. These structures are typically constructed using robust materials and include features such as double-glazed windows, reinforced doors, and weather-resistant finishes. This ensures that your garden bar shed can withstand the elements and provide a comfortable space in any season.

Investing in a year-round garden building also adds value to your property, as potential buyers will appreciate the additional living and entertainment space. In a recent survey, 76% of real estate agents reported that garden buildings had a positive impact on property value (Source: [Real Estate Survey Link]).

 How to Design and Decorate Your Garden Bar Shed

Creating the perfect garden bar shed involves more than just choosing the right structure. Design and decoration play a significant role in setting the tone and atmosphere of your backyard sanctuary. From selecting the ideal lighting and seating options to incorporating personalized decor and accessories, there are countless ways to make your garden bar shed truly unique.

When designing and decorating your garden bar shed, consider the following tips:

Choose a theme:

Whether you prefer a traditional pub atmosphere or a tropical tiki bar, selecting a theme will help guide your design and decoration choices.
Opt for comfortable seating: Provide a variety of seating options, such as stools, benches, and lounge chairs, to accommodate different preferences and activities.

Install proper lighting:

Use a combination of ambient, task, and accent lighting to create the desired mood and ensure optimal visibility.

Incorporate storage:

Include shelves, cabinets, and storage solutions to keep your garden bar shed organized and clutter-free.
Personalize your space: Add personal touches, such as artwork, photographs, and memorabilia, to make your garden bar shed feel truly unique.

 

 

FAQ Section 

 

Q: Can I build my own garden bar shed?

A: Yes, if you’re handy and enjoy DIY projects, you can build your own garden bar shed. There are numerous plans and kits available to help guide you through the process. However, if you’re not confident in your construction skills, hiring a professional might be a safer and more efficient option.

Q: How do I maintain my garden bar shed?

A: Regular maintenance will help extend the lifespan of your garden bar shed. This includes cleaning, treating or painting the exterior, checking and repairing any damages, and winterizing the shed if necessary.

 

In conclusion, garden bar sheds offer a versatile and enjoyable way to make the most of your outdoor space. From their year-round appeal to the benefits of being your own garden pub landlord, these structures are more than just a summer sanctuary.

As we’ve explored in this guide, the keys to maximizing your garden bar shed experience include proper insulation, durable construction, and personalized design and decoration. Whether you’re hosting a summer BBQ, a cozy winter gathering, or simply enjoying a quiet drink after a long day, your garden bar shed provides the perfect setting.

Remember, as the landlord of your garden pub, you’re in control. This means you have the freedom to create a space that reflects your style and meets your needs. So, why not join the growing number of homeowners who are discovering the joy of owning a garden bar shed?

 

 

Garden Room built by us in Wiltshire

 

 

Introduction

 

Garden rooms have been increasing in popularity in over years, with our company building more and more garden rooms in Wiltshire in England.  Our garden rooms, start from 18k and they offer a versatile and practical solution for those looking to create additional living or working space- so whether you want to use the room to enjoy nice glass of wine, or perhaps to complete work 5 days a week, we think garden rooms, offer you the opportunity to obtain living room, at a low cost.

This blog post delves into the reasons why you should consider buying a garden room from us in Wiltshire, the services and designs available, and answers some frequently asked questions.

 

10 Key Points

 

Benefits of owning a garden room in Wiltshire

We build garden rooms and offices in Swindon & Wiltshire

Exciting range of designs available

We offer a complete design, manufacture, and installation service- with prices starting from 18k for a new summerhouse

Customisable garden room options, for example  you may want air conditioning?

Ideal for home offices, studios, and more

Eco-friendly and energy-efficient construction

 

Why buy a garden room / summerhouse from us in Wiltshire England?

 

Wiltshire, is great part of the country to live, its located in South West England, is known for its picturesque countryside, and really nice pubs, restaurants and bars as well many historic sites which people come all over the country to visit. Perhaps you own a cottage in Wiltshire which overlooks this scenery? A garden room in Wiltshire provides the perfect opportunity to enjoy this beautiful scenery while adding functional space to your property. Here are some reasons why you should consider buying a luxury garden room from us in Wiltshire, in England, in United Kingdom.

 

Versatility: Garden rooms can be used as home offices, for example are you self employed in Wiltshire? Perhaps you are a plumber? And you want somewhere to go in the evenings to send out your invoices, respond to emails, somewhere you can buy your plumbing supplies? We also build studios, used as place to do yoga, or even guest accommodations.

Cost-effective, we offer great prices on our Garden rooms, with prices starting from 18k, so our summerhouses are very affordable and often much cheaper than traditional home extensions, offering a budget-friendly alternative for those seeking additional living room.

 

Quick Installation: our builders can build a summerhouse / log cabin in Wiltshire, which is in England, very quickly.

Wiltshire Garden Rooms: here at Kingsley, we can Design, Build, and Install your summerhouse, and with prices starting from 18k its clear to see why so many people hire us to build summerhouse for them in Wiltshire.

 

Kingsley is a well known provider of high-quality garden rooms in united kingdom, we also build garden offices, and other wooden buildings throughout Swindon & Wiltshire. We offer a wide range of designs and styles to suit your specific needs and preferences.

 

Manufacturing: All garden rooms are manufactured always using the highest quality building materials, such as good quality wood, and construction techniques, ensuring durability and longevity.

 

We build garden rooms & offices: Exciting Range of Designs

 

We offer an extensive selection of different summerhouse designs and styles to suit any taste or budget. Some popular design options include:

 

F.A.Q Section (1,000 words)

 

Q: What is the average cost of a garden room in Wiltshire?

 

A: The cost of a garden room in Wiltshire can vary depending on the size, design, and materials used. On average, prices range from £18,000 for a basic model to over £50,000 for a bespoke, high-end design.

 

Q: How long does it take to build and install a garden room?

 

A: The installation time for a garden room can vary depending on factors such as size of the summerhouse, design complexity, and also whether we are using ground screws as the foundation, or would you like a concrete base? However, most garden rooms can be installed within 2-4 weeks from the start of the project.

Why you should us to build your garden office is Gloucestershire

 

 

Introduction

There are now so many companies based all over the United Kingdom that can build garden rooms and also garden offices. With that said, we always have many customers that want us to build the garden rooms for them, because we have built a solid reputation for building quality garden buildings.

Our garden buildings are well built, they are constructed using quality timber, plus, they are offered at affordable prices. This why you may have seen one of our many company vans either in Gloucestershire or perhaps one the surrounding cities, because we are a very popular business, because we build quality summerhouses, starting from just 18k.

 

Gloucestershire

One of our friendly sales team, can come and meet you during the working week, or on the weekend to offer you a free quote. We build log cabins, we build summerhouses, we build garden rooms.

Within this article, we shall explain why so many people hire us to build there garden offices, we shall explain why we are such a well-known garden room business, plus we shall we explain how we go the extra mile to make sure that the buildings are well built, plus we offer great customer service.

 

Built to last

Sure there will be companies which offer cheaper quotes, sometimes these quotes are much cheaper what we offer, but we don’t aim ever to be the company offering the lowest quotes, instead our business focuses on building quality. And we use quality wood, quality roof, quality doors, this means our quotes will need to be more expensive than some other companies, but by building quality, our customers will very happy with the workmanship, and we believe will get much better value for money than what some garden room companies can offer.

And because we pride ourselves on the fact that our customers are very happy with quality of our summerhouses, what happens is that we get many recommendations from our customers.

We build many garden bars, garden rooms, garden offices, and our customers will be so happy with the quality of the building, that we have many recommendations.

 

Quality wood

Wood can vary massively in terms of quality, some wood can be not good quality, however whether its to build the decking in front of your summerhouse, the wood that’s used to clad the outside of the summerhouse, the wood that’s used to make the structural timbers, to hold up the walls, the roof, we always use quality wood, and in the walls, we use always put quality insulation, whether be fibreglass, or panel insulation. This is why so many of our customers in Gloucestershire, which is in England in the united kingdom, hire our company to build summerhouse, is because our buildings are always insulated, which so important, because in united kingdom, our winters can get so cold, everything can become frozen, and some of our customers want to work in the building during the winter, and they want a room which warms up easily, and our buildings warm up easily because we can put a lot of insulation into the roof, we can also put a lot of insulation into the walls, plus, we have electricians which work for us, and they can install electric radiators for you.

Gloucestershire garden offices

You may be about to start self-employment, and therefore may need a garden office built in Gloucestershire so you can run your business from your garden room?

You may well be, say a lawyer, who works part from home, and you want a garden office built, so you can work from home.

Alternatively, you may want a garden office built, so you can meet your customers, for example you may run a beauty business, like applying eye lashes, you may therefore want a garden room built so you can meet your customers, have a place you can add the eye lashes, where you can make a cup of tea, and also have a bathroom as well.

We can build a garden office anywhere in Gloucestershire, prices vary depending on the size of the garden room, for example, prices vary between 18k and also 75k for a wooden summerhouse, built by our company. We have sales staff, they can come out and meet you, and offer you advice.

 

Nice and warm

What’s really important if you are working your garden office is that its insulated. Some companies offer to build summerhouse, at a really cheap price, but if the walls have no insulation, no fibreglass, no panel insulation, then the room will be very cold, and it will be extremely expensive to keep the electric heater on constantly, the electric bill be very high, so you really need an insulated garden room, you need it insulated to help keep the heat in, but also for environmental reasons, because if its no insulated, they you simply have use so much electric to try and warm the room, and all that heat will be escaping through the walls and the ceiling, and the electric at the end of the month will be higher, because the room is not insulated, and will mean the electric heater need to be on for much longer.

So what is needed, is a insulated garden room, a company that can put fibreglass into walls, or panel insulation, and also add electric heaters for you.

Garden Bar Ideas | No more waiting at the bar to get served!

 

Introduction

Up and down the country homeowners are having garden bars built, whether you call them your “gin bar”, “sports bar”, or perhaps you call it your very own “English boozer”- we think, that a garden bar just simply offers a fantastic place to go and unwind, and if your not an alcohol drinker, no worries, have a mocktail, or use the room as your space to watch live sporting events.

 

Outdoor entertaining

“Have you booked the table for 7pm- Karen and friends want to meet at the local pub”- booking tables, taxis, queuing at the bar- the bell rings, last orders everyone, its all a bit of a hassle, what if there’s an easier way, a more fun way to have your friends over, enjoy a nice pint of English Ale- well, there is an easier way, a better way, you simply just have to have a short walk through your garden, switch the lights on, and there you have it, the rather majestic sight of your own bar, illuminated, glowing, stocked with your favourite beers, it’s a sight to behold- and we are the garden room company to make that a reality.

 

Outdoor Entertaining

Our summers here in Great Britain, well there short, too short, and this is why we need to make the most out of every single second we can, basking in the sunshine, and sipping on a nice refreshing pint of cider- and having a garden room built by us, well it can help to spend more time outdoors, okay so technically if your in your garden bar, your still indoors, but why not have decking built?

This way you could have huge, massive, decking built, complete with a parasol, chairs, table, your favourite beer brand printed on the parasol, and then, when the weathers, nice, you can enjoy your cider on the decking, if it starts to drizzle, no worries, a simple push of the bi-folding doors, and your back in the dry in your garden bar.

Then you could watch the rugby, the boxing the football on a huge television with all your friends, and when its nice and dry, during half time, its time to step back outside and enjoy that glorious British weather.

 

Large Garden Bar

So, when a think of a garden room, we might start to have thoughts of a building not much bigger than a standard sized one car garage, but when you hire our company to build the garden room, you can really push the boat out, really go to town, and have massive garden bar, why not have a lounge area, large l shaped sofas. Why not have a complete bathroom suite, also a long bar, why not have all your favourite beers, on draft, so you can have all your friends around, and enjoy nice refreshing, cold pint of English Ale.

 

About Garden Bars

 

So what is a garden bar?

Well, it’s a garden room, where with the help of our joiners, we can build a large bar, we can make the bar out of solid hardwood. It can look a real bar, then we could put mirrors behind the bar, and build a cabinet for all your whiskeys, vodkas and gins.

 

Are garden bars popular in Gloucestershire?  

Yes, it doesn’t matter if you have a 2 bedroom house, or a country mansion and you own fields as far as the eye can see, most homeowners want a garden bar, somewhere to watch the football on the weekends, or just simply go into a nice reclining chair, and enjoying sipping on Irish whiskey on the rocks.

 

So how much does a garden room pub cost to build?

Prices start from as low as 18k, and then our prices rise depending on the size of the garden room, and what features you would like added, such as air conditioning, a panoramic glass roof, or perhaps huge decked area, made out of composite decking?

 

Fully insulated for year-round use

So, you might want to enjoy a pint or two with your friends in the peak of summer, when the weather is nice, the sun’s beaming down, the smell of fresh cut grass is in the air, and a friend might be busy watching over the barbeque, and making sure the burgers don’t burn too much.

And you and the rest of friends, may be at the bar, in your garden bar, watching the football highlights.

So a garden bar, that’s a great place to spend time in, during the summer, but what about the winter, when the weathers not too good.

Well some cheap garden rooms, made by some garden room companies, well they would have you shivering, and icicle’s forming on your friends noses, if you spend too much time in them, in matter of fact, you might need full ski-gear, just to sit and have a pint, and that’s because some garden rooms, well there uninsulated.

 

Are our garden rooms uninsulated?

Yes, they most definitely are insulated, we always use top quality insulation in the walls, so when you switch on your electric heater(s), the room will be so nice and warm, you will want spend hours in the room.

So, we put quality insulation in the roof, and walls, this makes our garden rooms a piece of cake to heat up, and because they are so well built, once the heating is on, you will be nice and warm. This is why in The Cotswolds, you will see so many of vans driving around areas like North Somerset, because our customers know, when we build a garden room, we make sure that there correctly insulated.

So you might live in lets say Bath, in England, and your home may well be in location, that’s open country side, and the winds get strong, and it gets very cold in winter, but when you hire us, to build your garden room, because its so well insulated, all you have to do, is switch the heating on, in minutes the rooms warm.

 

And you might be thinking, well surely that’s the same for all garden bars and rooms?

Well, no, some garden rooms, are like garden sheds, there cold, there draftee and they get damp, not somewhere you want enjoy drinking a nice bottle of wine.

 

Are garden bars warm enough to use in winter?

Yes, most definitely, and where some landscaping companies, they only build garden rooms during the summer, when the weathers nice, but you may have seen our VW  vans driving around the Cotswolds, in England, in say December and that’s because, we build garden rooms, log cabins, summerhouses, throughout the winter as well.

 

How much would it cost for your company to build a garden office/garden office pod?

 

 

Introduction

Garden offices are now hugely popular right across the United Kingdom, and its clear to see why, they  offer a quiet place, to complete your work away without having the distractions of working at home.

For example, for a lot of people when they are working from home, they often have a lot of calls, or video calls, so you may therefore want a place where you can take your calls, without any distractions.

For example, if your on a video call with your boss, your not going to want someone shouting through the door, what do you fancy for dinner tonight? So, sometimes its nice to keep work separate from your home.

A garden office is often cheaper than say a property extension

When you do sit down to compare the quotes, for example to add a property extension onto your home, let’s say a dormer loft conversion, often the quotes for this construction work will be higher than what it would cost us to build a garden room for you.

Therefore we believe a well made garden room, built by us, offers good value for money.

Less inconvenience during the construction

Then there is less inconvenience as well to the homeowners who purchase a garden room from us, as all of the noise and dust of cutting wood and banging of hammers, well that will take place at the end of a garden.

This is when compared to the construction work that takes place when building a loft conversion, the dust, the noise, vibration are all incurred directly in the house. So a garden room can offer less inconvenience to the homeowner.

So many advantages to purchasing a garden room from us

Therefore a garden room offers many advantages, yet you may already be set on the idea that you want a garden office for a garden office pod constructed, the only thing you may need to know now is the cost, and this article will explain how much it would cost to build the garden office.

Of course costs to build a garden office can differ greatly depending on which company you contact the quote, however we are now going to look at what we can offer as a business.

And because we specialise in building garden rooms, we can build a garden room for you in the Cotswolds, that’s high quality, built fast, plus, our quotes are very competitive.

 

 

What is a garden office pod?

A garden office pod is a description that’s often given to a garden office that is smaller in size than an average garden room. The room might only be large enough for one person to work in, and have a small desk. The building might be a similar size to say a garden shed, yet if it is well constructed, and well insulate,  it can simply offer a brilliant place to go and work.

 

A garden office pod can be built for £18k by our company

You can have the benefits of a garden office, with a garden office pod, such as the place to go and work that is separated from your house, the room might also be quiet as it could for example be built in a quiet location within your garden. Plus, our garden offices can be used right throughout the entire year, because they are insulated.

By simply switching on the electric heater, a garden office pod, can heat up very quickly, that’s because the room is quite small, so heating it is very easy, especially because we will add either fibreglass or panel insulation into the walls, which helps to retain the heat within the building for longer.

Yet the obvious advantage of choosing a garden office pod, is the cost, for example for us to build a garden office pod, prices start from just £18,000. These buildings are affordable to a lot of homeowners.

 

 

Can you help us to connect the electricity to a garden office?

Yes, we certainly can, as you might’ve seen on some garden room websites, some companies leave the plumbing, electrics and also the painting and decorating up to the customer to find different companies to complete this work. Yet, we can offer to complete this work for you, and this means it can save you a lot of time, as you don’t have to get quotes from different contractors, instead, we can complete all of this work for you.

 

We can complete all of the work for you, from start to finish

We can take care of the whole building from start to finish, therefore, you don’t have to worry about finding a plumber, a electrician what a painter and decorator, because we have the team, that can complete all of the work.

Of course, if you want to complete, say the painting and decorating work yourself, then we can just plaster the garden room, and then sometimes our customers paint the interior themselves.

 

We would also like other areas of our garden improved, are you also able to offer landscaping services as well?

Sometimes customers want their whole garden transformed, they may have just bought a brand-new property for example, let’s say in Gloucestershire, the garden might be rather bland at the moment example they might just be a lawn and not much else.

So, here’s some ways we could improve your garden:

 

Garden room incorporating a canopy

We can build a garden room, and to the side, we can build a large canopy, the canopy can have lights fitted into the roof, so you can use your hot tub day or night.

Our electricians can install all of the electrics needed to power your hot tub.

 

Gazebo

Would you like a gazebo built? We can build quality gazebo, perhaps you would like the building made using English Oak?

 

Garden decking

You may wish to have decking built to the front of the summerhouse, or completely all the way around the garden room.

 

Can you build garden offices within the Cotswolds, in England?

Yes, most certainly, our sales staff can travel and meet you anywhere within The Cotswolds, to offer you a free quotation.

We build garden offices in:

–        Gloucestershire, England

–        Bath

–        Worcestershire

Would you like a free quote?

Our sales staff can meet you during the day, in an evening or even on weekends, and answer any questions that you might have. We can also create a set of 3D drawings, so you can see what the garden room will look like, before its built.

 

 

We want quality doors fitted to our garden office, are the bi-folding doors that supply guaranteed?

Some garden room companies sometimes fit really low quote build doors, which might for example be difficult to open and close. This means, that for example, drafts may come through the frames, and sometimes the rollers, that are used to slide the bi-folding doors can stick, and be difficult to push back. This can mean, that even getting in and out of the garden room, can need some effort. This is why here at Kingsley, we don’t compromise on quality, all the doors that we buy, are top quality.

 

 

Would you like a garden building constructed so that you can better enjoy your hobbies?

Introduction

 

For a lot of us, we may have very stressful jobs, therefore what a lot of us look forward to is to simply play a musical instrument or, perhaps do some oil painting, or even craft a clay pot on the weekends.

Therefore for a lot of people, they want a garden room constructed, so that it becomes their place to enjoy their hobby.

So whether you want a room to play the drums in, to paint an oil painting, or somewhere just to open a bottle of wine and sit back and unwind, why not call us to get a luxury summerhouse built?

Would you like a garden room built, so that you can use it for your hobby?

 Often what is needed is a dedicated place to go and simply enjoy our hobby, to unwind, we think what better place than to have a luxurious well-made, garden building that’s put together by our expert craftsmen.

The beautiful Cotswolds

Within the Cotswolds whether you live in fantastic Gloucestershire countryside, or perhaps you live in an area like Bath in a large Victorian house?

You might have some outdoor space that you are not using that much at all? For example you might have small garden that currently consists of just a small patio area, and perhaps out your garden you have a shed that is falling apart that is not used any more. So, why not get much more use from your garden, why not have a luxury, well built garden room built?

 

Which area’s do you build your garden rooms in?

–        Glocestershire

–        Bath

–        Bristol

–        Wiltshire

–        Worcestershire

–        Exeter

 

A room to enjoy your hobbies, or simply spending time with friends

What’s great about having  a garden room built is, you could use it for a hobby such as playing the guitar in during the week, on weekends you could have your friends over to watch the football, and you could also, say play arcade games, or pool, or table tennis as well.

So it becomes quite simply a great place to spend time with your family and friends

 

Cotwolds garden room companies

So we have been building garden rooms now for a long time, here’s why so many homeowners hire Kingsley to build their summerhouses:

 

  • Well built
  • Competitively prices
  • Can be built to any dimensions

 

We have a team, that travel the whole of The Cotswolds, plus The South West of England, building our garden buildings. With prices starting as low as 18k its clear why Kingsley we well known company for building garden rooms.

 

 

A music room

Perhaps you like to listen to rock ‘n’ roll, perhaps you enjoy listening to Elvis? Or perhaps that’s not your cup of tea at all, and perhaps you like to play the piano, and therefore you need a well-constructed insulated and soundproofed garden room, where you can play your musical instrument in?

Here’s why should hire Kingsley to build your music room:

–        We can add sound insulation into the walls

–        We can fully insulate the garden room for all year around use

–        We can add a long lasting, high durable rubber roof

–        We have electricians that can install a power supply for you

 

We make sure that every garden building we build, is constructed so that is well built, and offers excellent value for money

 

It’s important to know the not all wooden summerhouses are built the same in terms of quality.

Therefore it’s not simply a matter of selecting a size garden room you want, say off a garden room companies website, as some can be super high quality, and some are simply not. Some can simply have ultra thin exterior walls, so come winter, the whole building, could be quite literally freezing instead.

 

Where you live within the Cotswolds?

Whenever you live within the Cotswolds, our friendly and extremely helpful estimators can drive and  meet you in an evening, on the weekends or during the day and offer you a free quotation.

What type of wooden buildings do you build?

We build:

–        Log cabins

–        Summerhouses

–        Garden rooms

 

A garden bar

For a lot of us, to unwind after a busy day at work, you might  enjoy sipping a nice glass of cold wine, so what better way than in a well insulated garden room built, with huge windows, so you look out onto the surrounding countryside that surrounds your property in the Cotswolds?

 

Perhaps you enjoy writing?

Perhaps you enjoy writing poems, books, or perhaps you are a journalist, so why not have a well-made garden room that becomes your place to enjoy writing?

 

Do you work from home within the Cotswolds?

There are many people who work from home in the Cotswolds, perhaps you a freelance architect within Gloucestershire? Perhaps your accountant within Bath, or perhaps you are a solicitor works within Wiltshire? And you therefore want a well-made garden office, that is insulated, its large, that has a large bathroom, that you can use all year round to work within,  also you could even invite clients in to the garden office, and offer them a nice espresso.

And with prices starting from £18,000 it’s clear to see why we are such a popular company throughout the Cotswolds, and why you are likely to have seen many of one of our many Kingsley vans driving around the Cotswolds, that’s simply because we have built so many garden rooms in the Cotswolds, and we build our summerhouses all year around.

 

Does your garden room company build garden rooms in Gloucestershire?

Introduction

 

 

Here within Gloucestershire, garden rooms have become very popular, that’s because homeowners want to use them as a home office, as a bar, or perhaps as a gym? The homeowner might already have extended their house, for example they may already have a loft conversion, so they now want a summerhouse built in the garden, it insulated, so that they can use it all year round, and they therefore will have extra room.

Best of all, our garden rooms, staff in just £18,000, this is why we are such popular garden room company within Gloucestershire.

Plus we have a full-time estimator, who can travel to any area within Gloucestershire in the evenings, in the daytime on the weekends and they can offer you free quotation.

 

 

Does your company build flatpack or bespoke garden rooms?

All of the garden rooms that we construct are always bespoke, what this simply means is that you can design the whole summerhouse the way you want it built, then our joiners, can start to build wooden building for you. So for example you choose the dimensions of the building, then you can choose different roof options and different door options.

Then there’s the cladding, there’s a huge amount of choice in terms of which exterior cladding would like, would you like a less expensive option, example metal sheet cladding?

 

Would you like a much more expensive option such as Canadian red cedar?

We therefore build garden rooms in the city of Gloucestershire, with prices ranging from £18,000 for our cheapest option, right through to in excess of £70,000.

Our garden rooms are very high quality, all of the timber work will be constructed by our carpenters and our joiners, so all of the structural timbers will be built so that they are strong, we shall also build a very high-quality roof, which is often referred to as a rubber roof. Then we purchase our windows and doors from a supplier of very high-quality windows and doors, for example you might wish to opt for aluminium powder coated windows, which will last a very long period of time and will not rust.

So whether in Gloucestershire you want let’s say a garden gym built, or perhaps an area where you can enjoy a gin and tonic in the summer, or perhaps you want somewhere where you can watch the football? We can build this building for you.

 

Do you build garden rooms within Gloucestershire?

Yes, we can build log cabins, garden buildings as well as summerhouses anywhere within Gloucestershire. Prices range from between 18,000, and in excess of £70,000, for a free quote why not call us, our estimator can come and meet you in an evening, on weekends and during the day, we can offer you a free quote.

Perhaps you have a massive garden, and you would like a large log cabin built, complete with bathroom, perhaps you don’t want to spend that much, and they just want a small room, somewhere where you could go and read a book, and we can also build this as well. We offer prices ranging from 18,000 to 70,000+, so we can cater to most budgets.

 

There are many garden room companies to pick from, why should we pick you?

It’s true, there are thousands of garden room companies based up and down the United Kingdom, however here at Kingsley, many homeowners choose us, because we have a rock-solid reputation for building quality. Perhaps you seen work on Facebook? Where you will have seen our garden rooms which are exceptionally high quality, there are also built by joiners, so they are well built and they are fully reconstructed in your garden rather than being put together a factory.

Some of the cheaper summerhouses that you can purchase online, for example with prices starting from let’s say £3000, are sometimes assembled in a factory, when a summerhouse is assembled in a factory, sometimes you can’t state which windows you want, which type of doors you want or even which type of roof, therefore you don’t have any control over design the summerhouse.

However, when you pick us, things are totally different you design the summerhouse completely from top to bottom how you want it built, so you specify which roof you specify which doors you want, you specify which cladding you also specify which flooring you want you also specify what colours you want the walls painted.

This is why our company is so popular in Gloucestershire, simply because when we build a wooden summerhouse, we can offer you so many different options to choose from, from which roof you want, through to which flooring you want, as well as different options in terms of insulation.

 

 

Do you build garden bars?

Yes, we do we build garden bars, for example you might want a garden building constructed so that you can use it as a place to enjoy a nice gin and tonic?

Or perhaps you prefer an English ale, we can build a bar for you, so that you could put multiple draft beer pumps on top of the bar.

Instead, you might enjoy drinking let’s say a nice bottle of champagne? Will why not have a garden bar built, so that in the summer when the weather is really nice, you could have your friends and family over and you could serve refreshing alcoholic and non-alcoholic drinks.

You could simply fallback the bi folding doors, and the whole room could be used as a place to simply enjoy spending time your friends and family.

Also, when the football is on or the rugby, you might want, your friends over to watch the match within your garden?

This is why garden rooms are so popular right throughout Gloucestershire, when many residents within Gloucestershire want a garden building built, so that they can use it as a space to socialise with friends and family.

You may want us to completely landscape your garden is well, for example to build the pizza oven, or perhaps an area where you can have barbecues, you might also want us to build a wooden gazebo?

 

Underneath the wooden gazebo that we have built, you might want to put your hot tub underneath?

Therefore here at Kingsley, we can help to really improve your garden, whether that’s to having a summerhouse built, or perhaps you would like a pizza oven, new patio or perhaps raised planters built by us?

 

Can you build us a garden gym?

We also build garden gyms, that is we can build a large garden room, which can be fully air-conditioned, it can also have a bathroom, so that once you’ve finished working out let’s say on the exercise bike, you could simply walk to the bathroom and use the shower.

We therefore build garden gyms, and with prices from £18,000 you can see why we are such a popular garden room company.

 

Do you offer free quotations within Gloucestershire?

Yes, we offer free quotes within Gloucestershire, so if you’re thinking about having a log cabin built, or perhaps a summerhouse or perhaps a garden room, why not call us? You haven’t got to wait until the summer, for us to start building your new garden building, that’s because he with this company we build our garden buildings right throughout the entire year, whether it’s in winter, spring, summer or autumn, we can build a brand-new summerhouse for you.

We can travel anywhere within Gloucestershire and offer you a free quote, prices for a summerhouse range between 18,000 and 70,000.

 

Have you been building garden buildings for a long period of time?

Yes, we have been building luxurious summerhouses now for over 10 years, we are therefore established company during this time we have built a rock-solid reputation, for building well-made summerhouses.

We can also offer guarantees on the summerhouses that we build, this is another reason why so many people ask us to build the summerhouse.

The building will be well-made, but it also comes with a long guarantee.

 

How do you ensure that every summerhouses is very high quality?

We have hugely experienced team, so whether it’s our estimators, which you meet right at the start, to offer you a quote to build the summerhouse, who will be able to offer you a quote quickly. Sometimes our estimators are able to offer you a quote there and then in your garden, however for more complex garden rooms, for example a garden room with decking, air-conditioning and perhaps a roof where you can grow plants, we would need to go back to the office and calculate the costs and then sent them over to you via email at a later date.

However because our estimators are highly experienced, they will aim to get a quote to you as soon as possible.

Then we have our joiners, we employ very highly skilled joiners, our joiners can build everything from adding the cladding to the outside of the summerhouse, through to making you bespoke furniture, for example you might want a bookcase built, you might want a bar built so that you can pull a pint of English ale on your wooden bar, alternatively you might want a hardwood floor, and our joiners can build the floor for you.

Would you like a garden bar built this summer?

 

 

Introduction

Here in Great Britain, our summers are very short, so we need to make the most of them, we need to have friends and family around, whether that be for a barbecue, a catch up and perhaps to enjoy a drink or two on the weekend.

Perhaps you like to drink whiskey, a nice glass of wine, perhaps you like gin?

Whenever you like to drink, why not have a garden room built, so it becomes a place to socialise, have your friends over and enjoy a drink or two?

Bespoke garden bar

The great thing about hiring Kingsley, to build your garden bar, is you can design it anyway you like, and then we can build it for you in a short space of time.

So perhaps you want a really large decking area of the front, of the garden room, then we can build this for you.

Perhaps you want the room to be air conditioned, so during the summer, you can watch the football, and you could switch the air conditioning on, and  the room will be nice and cool.

Perhaps you want bi folding doors, so that when the weather is really warm, you could simply fold back the doors, and let the fresh air come into the room.

Perhaps you want the room soundproofed, so that you can play music within the room?

We build garden rooms in the Cotswolds

Right throughout the whole of the Cotswolds, garden rooms are very popular, perhaps they used to run a business from, sometimes they use as a room to watch the football, or perhaps you want a garden room built so that you have a place to play a musical instrument?

One thing is for sure, that is when people in the Cotswolds want a really top quality garden room built, the contact Kingsley. With over 10 years experience building luxury summerhouses, we can build your summerhouse quickly, we can build your summerhouse so it’s high quality, and we can offer very competitive prices.

So perhaps you live in Gloucester, or possibly Somerset? Or perhaps you might live in Worcestershire? We can build a garden room for you, it will be top quality, and built using the very best building materials.

Why go to the pub?

You might like to watch the football, boxing or rugby at the local pub, however when you visit your local pub when a large sporting event is on, the pub might be full, it might take a long time to get served at the bar, and you might even struggle to see the large screen TV, so you might have made the decision that you want to have a garden room built, that becomes your place, and a place for your friends to go to watch the football.

Best of all, our joiners can build a bar for you, then you could have draft beer on pump, so instead of having to wait at the bar, in your local pub, to get served, you could just pull this off a pint in you very own garden bar.

Also you could have a huge television, to watch the rugby, boxing and football on. And you could have really top-quality speakers, within your garden room, so that the sound quality is brilliant.

Gloucestershire

We build garden rooms right throughout Gloucestershire, with prices starting from just £18,000, it’s clear to see why so many people in Gloucestershire call our garden room company, when they want a garden room built.

Bath England

Bath simply has some brilliant architecture, it has some really nice Victorian buildings, and a lot of people in Bath once a luxurious garden room built. They want a company that is capable of building a very high quality bespoke garden room, that’s why they call us. We have a team of joiners, we have a electricians and we have roofers which can build a garden room for you.

Worcestershire

Many people within Worcestershire want a luxury summerhouse constructed, and we can build a luxury summerhouse for you.

What is a Garden Room?

What is a Garden Room?

 

 

So, to some well, they might well, a garden room, is just a building built in your garden, but here’s the thing, the quality of the buildings can vary massively. Some can be superbly built, a room that’s easy to heat up in winter, and basically a room where you will want to spend a lot of time.

However, on the other end of the scale, there’s the garden rooms, which no matter how much you try to heat them, they are always cold, the roof may be rubbish quality, and the inside of the garden room may become water stained, because of the water that may well be dripping in, and then there’s the fact that the glass may well be single pane, and frames may not fit the building, so cold gusts of air just blow in.

So, as you can see, garden rooms vary massively in terms of quality.

So, let us explain in this blog post, what we think a quality garden room is.

First things first, what are garden rooms also referred to as?

 

Well, when people call Kingsley, they often refer to the building as a summerhouse, as as garden office, posh shed, garden workshop, log cabins, garden studio, as well as garden gym, garden bar so there are so many ways that you could describe these garden buildings.

However, we would say that often, the vast majority of people call these buildings, “summerhouses” or “garden rooms”.

 

What is a garden room?

Our garden rooms, can be used all year around, and this is really important to ask any garden room company, can their garden rooms be used all year around?

Because, if the building is not insulated, well, in winter, the room might be quite literally freezing inside, and if the glass is single pane, and there’s no insulation, such as fibreglass, or panel insulation in the walls, and ceiling, you may find the building totally unusable in winter, so do make sure your purchasing an “insulated garden room”.

 

What is a garden room used for?

Often most of the garden rooms that we build, are mostly used as a room to work in, also our customers often use the room to exercise in, perhaps play a musical instrument in.

Other common uses include, as a place to watch the football on the weekends.

 

What are garden rooms a great alternative for?

 

 

If your thinking of having your loft converted, to use as a home office, why not think about having an insulated garden office built instead?

That’s because with a dormer loft conversion, you often have to go through planning permission, which may take a while, then there’s the cost, and a dormer loft conversion could cost more than a large garden room built by us. Then there’s the dust to consider, no matter how clean and tidy your builders are, if your having your loft converted, this creates a lot of dust.

And with a garden room, because all of the construction work will be in your garden you don’t have to worry about the dust created from building the summerhouse.

 

How much does a garden room cost?

Our garden rooms might cost a lot less than you might first think, prices for us to build a garden room start from just 18k, so when you hire us, they offer fantastic value for money.

Plus, we have a very large team, we have experienced roofers, experienced joiners, experienced electricians, and we all work to  build the garden room as quick as we can.

 

How long will we have to wait for you to start building our garden room?

Often we can start work straightaway, the reason for that is we have a large team, with some companies there can be a 3 month wait in the summer, however, we always aim to start work as soon as we can. Because we have so many labourers working for us, we can often start building the summerhouse shortly after you call us.

Sometimes, in the peak of summer, is our busiest time, there might be a slight wait, however, when we come and see you, and offer you a quote, we can tell you the lead-time, sometimes, we can even start as soon as the following week.

Which exterior cladding option will you choose for your garden room?

It doesn’t matter if you have a small garden, or your garden is over an acre of land, often the garden room will be a focal point of your whole garden, so you will want the building to look amazing. And what can drastically change the appearance of a garden room is the exterior cladding you choose.

For example, powder coated steel sheets on the outside, can give our really modern appearance, yet if you were to opt for something like Canadian red cedar, than the building could look more traditional, and may blend more into a garden and be suited for a garden, where there’s a period property.

If you want your garden room to really stand out, you might wish to opt for composite cladding which comes in a huge range of colours, for example olive green. We are now going to talk you through some of the different exterior cladding options that our business offers to our customers when they are having a luxury summerhouse built by us.

Canadian red cedar

By a country mile, the most popular type of cladding that we offer is called Canadian red cedar, the reason for this is that this type of wood is very popular for garden rooms is simply because it looks quite different from other types of wood such as pine, or lets oak.

For example we are all used to what pine looks like, what a dark wood looks like such as mahogany, looks like as well, but red Canadian cedar has a distinctive bright reddish colour, which makes this type of wood look very different, and stand out  from other types of wood options.

However, there are some disadvantages to picking this type of wood, one is that this type of cladding is very expensive, so if you were to clad the whole garden room with red cedar wood, it can sometimes significantly increase the cost of the build.

The other problem with Canadian red cedar wood is that it does require some maintenance, a specialist wood preservative is needed to help protect the wood, this is the same for all types of wood which are applied to the exterior of a garden room.

However, if you want a much more low maintenance type of garden room, why not opt for powder coated steel sheets? Yet if this looks a bit too industrial, then you might wish to pick composite cladding?

 

Why we highly recommend composite cladding

Composite cladding is most definitely not cheap, it’s quite expensive to purchase, however there are a huge number of benefits, in that composite cladding never rots, and comes in a range of colours and this also it requires next to no maintenance.

 

 

What you might find is that when you first purchase your garden room from us, you may want to diligently look after the exterior wood, so you varnish it on a regular basis, and you protect it with the recommended would preservative that we can recommend. Its worth noting, that different woods, such as red cedar, oak, and pine will need different wood preservative products, so depending on which exterior cladding option you select, we will be able to recommend different quality products.

Yet we all lead busy lives, so you might start off as a busy bee, and want to protect the wood, by coating it with varnish, yet after a while what you might find is that you haven’t got the time to keep preserving the wood, say every summer.

So  if you don’t think the you have time to keep applying lacquers of would preservative say every summer to the exterior of your garden room, then why not go for a composite cladding instead? It requires no maintenance.

 .

Metal sheets

Some people don’t like metal sheets applied to the outside of their garden room, and that’s because it makes them think that the building looks like it’s a steel cabin, that are used on some construction sites.

However some people do like metal sheets on the outside of the garden room, and that’s because they give a very contemporary look, metal sheets are inexpensive compared to the other cladding options as well, plus metal sheets do allow the garden room to be built more quickly, that’s because the sheets are very wide so it doesn’t take long to complete the cladding of the building.

The best thing about metal sheeting they can be easily cleaned easily as well, and they are low maintenance and last for very long time.

Different types of wood

We can clad the exterior of your garden room any wood that you would like.

 

Plastic

There are options to clad the outside of the garden room with plastic strips, that overlap and interlock, we can therefore use plastic as your exterior of your garden room.

 

Do you live in the Cotswolds?

Perhaps you live in Gloucestershire, and you would like a very high-quality garden room constructed then why not call us?

 

Is one of your New Year’s resolutions to improve your fitness? If so, why not have a garden gym built by us?

Introduction

Here in the United Kingdom, many people visit a local gym on a regular basis, whether this is to improve your strength, lose weight or just to do 30 minutes of cardio per day to improve your fitness, visiting the gym is great for improving our health and fitness.

 

However, for some people, they can lose the motivation to go to the gym a regular basis, perhaps for example, on a cold January evening when they have just finished work, it’s all too easy just to drive home straight after work, rather than driving to the gym and start working out.

But what if there was an easier way to go to the gym, a way that could actually save you time?

Well thankfully there is, because you could have a garden gym built, that way, you don’t have to drive to the gym, because the gym will be within your garden.

 

Here are seven benefits of having a garden gym built by us

Less time commuting

For some people, which live in a busy city, they may have to drive over 30 minutes in heavy traffic, to get the gym. The gym might not be that far away from where you work, yet because of congestion on the roads when you finish work, this could mean that you lose say half an hour having to drive to the gym every week day.

However, if you were to have a garden gym built, there’s then no need to drive to your local gym, instead you could simply drive straight home after work, because all of the gym equipment would be within your own gym, within your garden.

 

Workout whenever you want, day or night

You may find that when you own your own gym equipment, you might be more inclined to work out much more often? That’s because, instead of having to drive to the gym, you can simply walk to it because it in your garden.

For example, when you have a gym membership, at the local gym, you may have never have visited it on weekends, instead you may have had the weekends off, and only visited the gym, say after work during work days?

However, because it’s simply so convenient, to walk the end of your garden, open the door and started work out if you own your own gym, you might be inclined to work out much more often, perhaps even seven days a week?

 

Regulate the temperature

When you visit your local gym, there might be in excess of over 50 people working out at the gym at any one time, therefore let’s say during the winter, the heating might be on as well, and you might find it way to warm within the gym, and also the a might not be that fresh air within the gym.

If the gym is therefore to warm, or simply to cold, you might not want to spend much time at the gym.

However, when you own your own gym equipment, you can simply regulate the temperature within the garden gym, to what temperature you find comfortable.

Plus, you can also let fresh air flow into the room because you could have large windows and doors, so you can control how much fresh air comes into the building.

Because you can regulate the temperature, plus let fresh air in, you might find that you prefer working out in your garden gym, rather than visiting a local gym.

 

Purchase the gym equipment that you want

In some gyms, there might be hundreds of pieces of different gym equipment, ranging from dumbbells, which can be of all various weights, there is also likely to be a lot of different machines, which can help you to strengthen your biceps, back and your legs.

There is also likely to be many different machines to help you improve your cardio, yet when you visit your gym you might find that you use the same gym equipment every single day? So, do you really need to pay for that expensive gym membership, when you could own your own garden gym, and fill it with the equipment that you want to use.

 

Large screen television

In some gyms they might not even play any music at all, because it’s hard to find a type of music that every single person at the gym will want to listen to.

Therefore, often a lot of people when they visit the gym, they often need to use their headphones, to play music, or to watch the television.

However, you might not like wearing headphones when you are working out, and running on the treadmill, instead you might want to play music quite loud, and you can do this when you own your own garden gym, because you can play what music you like.

You might even want to have a really high quality sound system installed within your garden gym, so whether you like listening to jazz, or  perhaps rock music, you can play the tracks you like within your garden gym.

 

We can build a garden gym anywhere within the Cotswolds, England.

Perhaps you live in Gloucester, or you may live in Bath, or perhaps you live in Worcestershire?

If one of your New Year’s resolutions is to improve your fitness, then why not think about getting a garden gym constructed by our company.

Our team can build the whole building for you in a very short period of time.

Therefore, in a matter of just a few weeks you could have a garden gym built by our company, then you will simply have a great place to go and work out, at whatever time you would like.

Would you like a garden bar built complete with a gazebo made from oak wood?

 

Introduction

Here at Kingsley, we build very high quality garden rooms right throughout the Cotswolds within England. Within this article we are going to explain the many benefits of owning a well-built wooden gazebo, complete with a large garden room that could be used as a bar, as well as having the option to also have a Jacuzzi installed as well.

A place to unwind after a busy day at work

Perhaps you really enjoy watching say the football, the boxing or perhaps rugby on the weekend with your friends at the local pub in The Cotswolds, England? Well, why not have a garden bar built in your garden, which offers a fantastic place to have all your friends over, to watch your favourite live sporting events on a large screen within the garden bar.

 

Would you like a garden bar, garden room or garden office built in the Cotswolds? In England?

Within the Cotswolds within England there are many garden room companies that you could hire to build a garden bar for you. However, with that said many homeowners choose Kingsley to build their garden building, because they know that every single one of our garden buildings is built to a very high standard, and are constructed using excellent quality building materials.

 

Insulated garden rooms

All of our garden rooms, are built using high quality building materials. So whether it’s the panel insulation that is put into the walls to help improve the energy efficiency of the room, or it simply the very high-quality cladding which we can put on the outside of the room for you, this is why Kingsley is often hired because we build very high quality summerhouses.

 

Built quickly

Our tradesmen will build your garden quickly, we have a large team of labourers, which means that they can work on constructing your garden building quickly for you.

So, you might be looking for a garden room company within the Cotswolds, that can build a summerhouse for you in a short period of time, and because we have so many carpenters, labourers and electricians which work for us, this means that we can build the building for you in a short period of time.

 

A place to unwind after a long day at work

Many people want a garden room built, so that becomes a place to simply unwind after a long day at work.

For example, you might want room built, where you have a long wooden bar built inside the room, which can then be stocked with all your favourite alcoholic beverages.

So, when you simply want to unwind, you can walk into your very own bar, and perhaps pull a pint of English ale?

Therefore, there is no need to walk all the way to your local pub, you can simply have your own bar within your own garden. Just think of all the money you will save not having to pay for a taxi.

 

Wooden gazebo

You may also want a wooden gazebo built as well, that’s built to the side garden bar, which is perhaps made from a quality wood such as oak? We can build this for you.

You may want underneath the gazebo you may want to place your Jacuzzi, so both the garden bar and your Jacuzzi offer a a place for you to unwind after work.

 

Would you like a garden bar built in the Cotswolds?

Perhaps you live in Bath, in South-West England?

And perhaps you are looking for a way you can use your garden more right throughout the entire year?

You could hire us for example to build a long pathway all the way down to the end of the garden to where a garden room is built.

We could then put LED lights along the garden path to illuminate the pathway and the outside of the garden bar.

So  even if it’s dark winter’s night, you might want to walk down to your garden bar and enjoy a drink.

 

Interior décor

You might want to decorate the inside if you garden bar so that it looks like a real English pub?

You might want for example two large chesterfield sofas, you might want a long wooden bar complete with quality lagers on draft, you might want a darts board on one wall, you may even want to add a full size snooker table within the room?

Wherever you live within the Cotswolds, whether it be in Bath in England, or perhaps you live in Gloucestershire, we can build a very high quality garden room for you at a very competitive price.

We are now going to explain the many benefits of owning a garden bar that’s built by Kingsley.

 

A place to watch the football, rugby or the boxing

You might want to have a garden bar built, so you can have all your friends over on the weekend, and you can watch say the football, the rugby or the boxing on a large screen in your garden bar?

You might also want a have wide selection of English ales on draft? With the beer pumps on your wooden bar, so it looks like a real pub, that you can pour a pint for your friends, you might also want to have large leather reclining chairs, so when you are watch the football in absolute comfort.

You might want to us install air conditioning for you, so even if a really hot summers day outside, you can simply close the bi-folding doors and switch on the air conditioning and start to watch the football in comfort, because it will be nice and cool within your garden room.

 

Which areas you build garden bars in?

Wiltshire garden rooms

 

Perhaps you would like a garden room built in Wiltshire, England?

Why not give us a call,  we can come out and see you, and offer you a totally free quote to build a garden room or summerhouse for you.

Would you like a garden room built in Worcestershire?

 

As we are a garden room company that builds our garden rooms and summerhouses right across The Cotswolds in England, we can build a garden bar offer you in Worcestershire.

Would you like a Gloucestershire garden room built?

 

Perhaps you own a house in Gloucestershire England? and you are looking for a garden room company to build a garden bar for you. Perhaps you also looking for a company that can build your wooden gazebo made from oak as well, and we can build this for you at a very competitive price.

 

Would you like a garden bar  built within the Cotswolds?

 

 

Introduction

Garden bars can make brilliant place to have your friends or family over and to enjoy a drink together within your very own garden bar. You might never want to go to the pub again because you will own your own bar, where you can make all your favourite drinks- what’s your favourite real ales, cider or a whiskey on the rocks?

For example, perhaps you and your friends enjoy drinking cider, so why not get quality ciders on tap, that’s installed on a wooden bar, so it actually looks like you are in real pub.

Our joiners can build a wooden bar for you, plus you can use the room to enjoy watching sporting events such as the rugby for example.

Or if your garden bar is quite large, you could simply move the furniture around and it can be used for other purposes such as when guests stay  over and using it as a spare bedroom room for example.

We can build a garden bar anywhere within the Cotswolds areas.

 

What is a garden bar?

A garden bar is quite simply a garden room, yet it is made with the intention of using it as a bar, for example, you might decorate the room, so that when you walk in it feels like you are walking into a real British pub.

For example, you might really like drinking gins, as you might create your own gin bar, on the shelves you may be a huge selection of different various flavoured gins.

You might also want our joiners to build you a long wooden bar, so that you can step behind it and prepare drinks for your friends and family.

So what will your bar be? A real ale bar? Vodka bar? Or do you enjoy quality wines instead?

Why it’s important to purchase an insulated garden bar if you want to use the room all year around

It’s important to purchase an insulated garden bar, that’s because a lot of people when they purchase a garden room want to use it right throughout the entire seasons, come rain or shine. However sometimes a homeowner might purchase a really cheap wooden summerhouse online, the problem with that is, sometimes the walls can be wafer thin, so there no more thicker than the wood used to construct a cheap garden shed, which means that when the really cold  weather does come, you might not be able to use the garden room,  simply because it was way too cold.

You may therefore want an insulated garden bar built by us, so even in the winter and you can just walk inside the garden room and switch the heating on and you can start enjoying a drink with your friends even if its really cold outside.

We can build a garden bar to any dimensions that you want

Sometimes when you’re looking for a garden room company here within the UK, sometimes the websites only sell garden rooms which are flat pack. Therefore the dimensions are already set and  you may be limited from choosing from just a few options. This may mean that for some customers, they don’t get the garden room built to the exact dimensions that they want.

However, this is why so many people hire Kingsley to build their Cotswolds garden room, simply because we can build a garden room in your garden, to any dimensions that you would like.

 

We can build the windows to any size that you want

There might be one side of the garden building which has a lot of sun beaming down on it throughout the daytime? So you might want that natural light to flood into your garden room on that side of the building, so we can build a really large window so that side of the building, so it feels light and airy inside

Why it’s important that a quality rubber roof is added

It’s important that whichever garden room that you purchase, this you have a really high quality roof added, that’s because you want the garden room to offer you good value for money. The problem with some cheap low quality summerhouses is that the roof might not last that long, that’s before you start to develop leaks, this is why it’s worth paying more for quality with a rubber roof which has being properly installed by our roofers.

 

We can also build decking

When you are using your garden room for socialising with your friends, some of your friends may want to step outside into have a chat and eat and drink on the decking, this is why we can build a large wooden or composite deck in front of you garden room.

 

How much is a garden bar cost?

We build garden rooms all over the Cotswolds with prices starting from just £17,000.

 

Which areas do build garden bars in?

 

Worcestershire

We can build a Worcestershire garden room  for you, we offer very competitive prices, for example our summerhouses start from just £17,000.

If you would like a garden bar built within Worcestershire, England then why not give us a ring?

Wiltshire

You might live in Wiltshire, in England? If you are looking for a company to build a garden office, garden room a garden bar then why not give our business a ring?

 

Bath

You might live in the city of Bath, and you might be currently looking for a garden room company to build a garden bar so you can  enjoy wine with your friends within the room during the weekends.

Why not give us a ring, because we build quality garden bars in Bath England.

 

Somerset

We can build a garden bar anywhere within Somerset, England.

 

Gloucestershire

We can offer you a free quote to build a garden room anywhere Gloucestershire.

We build quality garden bars

We build high-quality garden rooms, if you want to no obligation quote then why not give us a ring?

Does your company build insulated summerhouses?

 

 

Introduction

During the summer time here in Britain, we often make good use out of are gardens, that’s the say a lot of us use the space to dine outdoors, to unwind in a swinging hammock, and also to simply read a good book on the composite decking for example.

Yet, when the weather turns bad, and everything is covered in thick ice, often a lot of us here in Britain don’t step out into our gardens until the spring returns once again.

However, this means that a large part of our properties are not used for a great deal of time, for example not using the garden for the whole of winter we think is not making best use out of the room that you have available to you within your property.

That’s because you can have a high quality insulated summerhouse built say at the end of your garden, where you can use that room while throughout the entire year, that’s even if it absolutely freezing outside.

 

Not all summerhouses are built the same

It’s worth stating that not all wooden summerhouses are built the same, some which are offered at incredibly low prices may sometimes have side walls which are no thicker than a garden fence made from say feather edge.

Which means that when Jack Frost does cover everything with a blanket of ice, the room might be totally unusable, because it is simply way to cold to sit in, due to the lack of wall insulation.

Therefore, some summerhouses are just garden sheds, just with larger windows and doors, so they are totally unusable in our British winters, because they will be very difficult to heat due to the lack of insulation.

What’s therefore needed is a building that is very well insulated, thats if you want to use it in our British winters.

 

Insulated summerhouses

Our summerhouses are insulated, for example we can put panel installation into the walls, panel installation has two reflective sides, and the inside there is a sandwiched layer of insulating foam between the reflective outer layers, which can help to keep the heat retained in the summerhouse for longer.

With some really cheap summerhouses you might actually have warping in the outer wooden panels, which means that sometimes strong drafts can actually flow through the summerhouse making it incredibly cold in the winter to be within.

This is why you need a well insulated summerhouse, these typically cost a lot more than uninsulated garden rooms, but if you want to use the building right throughout the entire year and it’s important that it is well insulated.

 

Underfloor heating

As an optional extra, our electricians can install underfloor heating for you within the wooden summerhouse, which can keep your feet nice and warm even on the coldest of autumn days.

 

Electric heaters

Our electricians can add as many electric heaters as you want within your garden room.

 

How much to your insulated summerhouses cost to build in the Cotswolds?

We do offer free quotations in the following areas:

-Worcestershire garden rooms

-Wiltshire summerhouses

– Bath garden offices and rooms

– Somerset garden rooms

– Radstock garden buildings

– Gloucestershire garden offices and rooms

–  Bristol garden buildings

 

We would need to travel to meet you to understand exactly how you want your summerhouse built so that we can offer you an exact quote.

However prices do start from £17,000 for us to build a garden room within the Cotswolds, prices then do increase depending on which options you choose.

 

We want a summerhouse which blends into our garden, can you offer this?

Yes, some homeowners don’t want their summerhouse to be the focal point of the garden, they wish instead for the summerhouse for it to blend in more to the surroundings and the garden. In this case we would recommend opting for composite cladding in a green colour to the matches a similar colour to the lawn.

If you want the roof to blend into the surroundings as well, then we would recommend opting for a roof where natural grass can be grown.

Also you could add wildflowers onto the roof as well.

 

How about the windows, are these energy-efficient as well?

Yes, we can offer aluminium double glazed windows, which will help to improve the energy efficiency of the summerhouse.

Some really cheap summerhouses sometimes have a single pane of glass, and this is not energy-efficient and it is will make the heat escape from the summerhouse more quickly.

We would therefore recommend that you opt for double glazing either in UPVC frames or aluminium frames.

 

What door options do you offer when building a insulated summerhouse?

We can offer you aluminium bi folding doors, these are double glazed to help improve the energy efficiency of the  garden room.

To save money there is the option of opting for UPVC double glazed bi folding doors, these are a cheaper option when compared to aluminium.

The cheapest option we offer which is still energy-efficient, is to have French doors made from UPVC frames and these are double glazed as well.

 

How long will it take you to build a garden room within the Cotswolds?

We can build a garden room in anywhere in the Cotswolds, we can build our summerhouses in a short amount of time.

Typically an insulated summerhouse takes us anywhere between three and seven weeks to build depending on the options that you choose, for example if it’s a really large insulated summerhouse and this can take is longer to build.

Would you like a garden room built so that you have a dedicated room do yoga in or to meditate?

Introduction

We think that a garden room offers a fantastic place to go do yoga, or to simply to use as a room to meditate within, because you can have a lot of natural light entering the building, so if you were to opt for example for large bi-folding doors, you can have a light and airy room.

 As you look out of the windows also, you can also look out over your garden all of the surrounding scenery, which might be countryside example. This can help you to unwind after a busy day at work while you do yoga.

Yoga room

Yoga is now very popular here in Britain, that’s because a lot of people like the fact that they can unwind after a long day at working doing this type of exercise. But you can also improve their strength and fitness at the same time, well you’re also unwinding.

However, with that said, after a busy day at work, you might not want to commute all the way to the local gym for say your weekly yoga session.

And commuting in dense traffic at peak teams after work, well that might take up a lot of time for some people. So, you may have made the decision that you want to do yoga at home, and on a much more frequent basis. This means that you don’t have to abide by a schedule at the gym, for example meeting at a weekly yoga session at 7 pm, instead you can do yoga whenever you want.

Yoga studio

Instead, you might want your own garden room, that you can do yoga whenever you feel like. You could for example if you wanted use the room to meditate in, or enjoy doing yoga whenever you like, such as before you go to work.

Why do we think a garden room is a good place to do yoga?

During the warmer weather, you may want to fold back the aluminium bi folding doors completely, so that the whole front of your garden room is then letting the fresh air blow into the room. As you meditate or do yoga, and you can look out over your garden while you mediate, and this can offer a great place to unwind.

Do you live near a road?

When you are meditating or doing yoga, you most likely won’t want to hear cars passing by you in the background, that’s on a road that might back onto your garden?

We can therefore add soundproofing into the walls, which can help to eliminate some of the noise you can hear within the garden room. This will make it more peaceful place to do your yoga in.

How can I warm my yoga room during the winter?

When you want to do yoga, you will want to do yoga in the room which is warm and comfortable, this is why we can add quality insulation into the walls for you, in order to improve the energy efficiency or the room.

We also have electric heater options whereby you can very simply switch on the electric heaters within your garden room, via an easy to use app on your smartphone, which allows you to switch the heating on remotely say from your house.

So, by the time you are ready to do your yoga session, the room will be nice and warm for you because you will have switched it on remotely via the app, which is on your smart phone.

Garden rooms Cotswolds

We can build a garden room which can be used to exercise in, as a yoga room, or as a place to meditate, we can build a garden room for you anywhere within the Cotswolds. We offer very competitive prices, with garden room prices starting from just 17k.

We can come and meet you, and obtain an understanding of how large you would like the garden room to be, which shape you would like, for example when you want the room  to be rectangular, triangular or square, and also we can understand which options that you would like as well.

Would you like extra large windows, to let more light in, when you doing yoga?

For example, if you’re going to use the room as a yoga room, you may want extra large windows to let as much natural light into the room as possible.

Also, when you switch on the electric heaters the room can be nice and warm.

With the extra large windows you can let a lot of natural light into the room.

Why not also add quality speakers to your garden room?

Your garden room could have hardwood flooring, and also plastered walls, you can add quality speakers into each corner of the garden room, which could offer you really good sound, for example you might want to listen to unwinding music, such as waterfalls as you meditate.

Are you a yoga instructor?

You might run yoga classes, and you have made the decision that you want to have an extra large garden room built, so that you can teach yoga in your garden.

We are a garden room company which can build garden rooms anywhere within the Cotswolds and because we have such a large team of staff, we can build a large garden room for you in a short period of time.

How much do your garden rooms cost to build in the Cotswolds?

We build our garden room right across the Cotswolds, we offer very competitive prices, for example if you would like a yoga studio built, we can offer prices which start from just £17,000.

Prices do increase depending on which options you would like, for example the cost would increase if you want decking built out the front of the garden room for example.

Would you like a quote?

We offer free quotes throughout the Cotswolds, so if you are looking for a garden room company why look any further than Kingsley?

A garden room can be your place to simply unwind

 

 

Introduction

When you visit a lot of various garden room company websites, the companies often split the garden rooms into what they can be used for, such as an “office”, “home gym” or a “music room” where you can play your musical instrument within.

However, to help the owner to enjoy using the room more, we think  the room should be well designed, and a garden room company in the Cotswolds should be hired that offer you a lot of different options, that’s exactly what we can offer.

We think that the room should have all the features you need, such as large sky-light, to allow more natural light to flood into the room, so it becomes your place to simply unwind.

After you finished a busy shift at work, you might simply want a place where you can go to read a good book, enjoy a nice bottle of white wine simply to enjoy a hobby such as painting- to help you obtain a garden room you enjoy using everyday, we are on hand, to explain all of the various options, to help you design your garden room, and then once you have approved the final design, we can build the room to a very high standard for you.

This article will therefore concentrate on how we can build you garden room, in areas such as Somerset, where you can use it to simply unwind.

 

We build garden rooms in the following areas:

-Worcestershire

-Wiltshire

-Bath

– Radstock

– North Gloucestershire

-Somerset

– Bristol

We can build a garden room anywhere in the Cotswolds

We will explain how we can build your garden room so that it becomes your very own sanctuary, a place that you enjoy going to, and we can now describe how we can enhance your garden room, with the different options we can offer, when we are building your garden room, so you get a building you are completely happy with, and becomes your place to unwind.

 

Large windows

Many properties within the Cotswolds have amazing views over the countryside, whether that be a large ancient forest, a meandering river, or perhaps your home overlooks a field where horses are busy grazing.

When you sit within your new garden room, you will be able to look out over the surrounding countryside which may surround your home? So why not opt for a large double glazed aluminium framed windows, which can be built as large as you want.

Some garden room companies already partially assemble the garden room, then they sell it to their customers, via their website. Then sometimes the garden room will need to be assembled by the homeowner, or the company will build it themselves for an additional cost.

However the problem with a summerhouse that’s already made in a factory, is sometimes this means that the size of the windows are already chosen you, and don’t have much control over the design of the building.

You may not be able to choose the doors you want neither.

Our buildings are very different, because they are built exactly the way you want, and how large you want the windows to be is stipulated by our customers, so if you want truly large windows, one side of the garden room, then we can do this, so that you can make the most the views that surround your home.

 

Why not have skylight fitted?

You might enjoy a bottle of wine, whiskey your champagne after you have finished work, so why not make your garden place to go unwind with your favourite alcohol.

Or perhaps you simply like to read a good book, while looking out of the skylight at the clear night sky you may well be able to see the stars twinkling and shiny, and if you look hard you might even see shooting star.

Perhaps your way to unwind to play guitar, and what we think can enhance the space is by adding a skylight so that you can see the night sky, or simply to allow more natural light flood into the room during the day.

 

Be warm

Here in Britain we have quite long winters, which can get rather cold and icy, this is why whichever garden room company to hire will need quality heaters added.

If you hire our company and our electricians can wire all the electric heaters you will need.

 

Bathroom

Perhaps you are planning on using the garden room, as a space where friends can stay over, if so why not have a bathroom fitted so that it is more convenient for your guests to use the bathroom in the summerhouse, rather than having to enter your house in the evening.

 

Soundproofing

Perhaps your way of unwinding is to do yoga, or to listen to classical music or simply you might enjoy oil painting each evening?

You might enjoy these activities more if your room is peaceful and quiet, and one way that you can achieve this is by us adding quality soundproofing into the walls for you.

Although soundproofing will not fully eliminate all the unwanted noise from outside entering the room, such as from passing cars, yet soundproofing can often reduce it for you.

So, for example when you are enjoying doing your yoga and listening to calming music that’s coming from your speakers, you can block out more of the outside noise by opting for us to add soundproofing into the walls.

 

Underfloor heating

You might simply want to use your garden room as a place to go and to read a good book, so what can make the space more comfortable for you is if you have underfloor heating installed which can warm the room and your toes.

 

Comfortable sofas

Whether you are planning on using your garden room as a place to socialise with friends, a place to play your guitar, or simply somewhere you might want to go and watch a good film, you might want a number of comfortable reclining sofas within the room?

We would therefore recommend that you opt for a large garden room, so that you can put all the furniture that you want within the building.

Sometimes some people opt for what is called an L-shaped garden room, which can help you to achieve more internal space.

 

Alfresco dining

We can build a large wooden or composite deck out the front of your garden room, so that you can use the space as a place to enjoy an evening meal outdoors with your family.

What’s great about a garden room is that you can simply fold back the bi folding doors, and you could have some of the food on the table within the garden room, or you can have some food outside on the table that’s on the decking as well.

Therefore, a garden is fantastic for alfresco dining, because some people can dine indoors or if they want to they can walk out onto the composite decking and eat their also.

 

Cotswolds garden room

Wherever you live within the Cotswolds, we can build a luxurious garden room for you at a competitive price, so if you would like a quote, why not give us a ring?

We know the design we want for our garden room, are you able to build it?

 

Introduction

Throughout the Cotswolds, homeowners will know how they want their garden room to look, they don’t therefore want a mass produced building, which is simply made on a factory production line.

There are companies that mass-produce summerhouses, then flat packed them and send them out to the customer. Our garden rooms are completely different, because we spend time with the customer, to understand exactly how they would like the building to be built.

Therefore, you might have a very clear idea in your mind of how you want the garden room to look, you might have taken a page out of a interior design magazine, you might have seen a summerhouse that you like on social media, or you may have seen a neighbours garden room and you like the design is just you want a few changes to its to make it exactly the way you want your summerhouse built.

This article therefore aims to give you some food for thought in terms of how you may want your garden room built.

We are going to provide you with some ideas, which you may like and you may like to incorporate them into your own garden room.

Before we start offering some ideas, it’s worth knowing that we offer free quotes right throughout the whole of the Cotswolds area so if you would like a quote why not call us?

 

A roof where you can grow plants

we can build a garden room which has a roof where you can grow grass on it clients or flowers. We think this is a very good use of the roof, because the amount of footprint that the building is taking up in your garden, you can have roof which is obviously the same footprint used to grow wildflowers during the summer.

We think that this is brilliant for the insects and the wildlife, you might see birds land on it to eat the insects so it’s a more environmentally friendly type of roof.

When you combine this with guttering and drainage, which drains into a water but, you can then even use the harvested water to water the rest of your garden.

 

Cladding that uses recycled plastics

There is now a massive push for businesses to use more recycled products, and we think this is great, because it helps the environment. But it doesn’t just help the environment recycled plastics can be used to make innovative products.

For example, there is now some cladding which uses recycled plastics, but this doesn’t just help the environment it also produces a high quality product that can be long-lasting and also low maintenance.

So, if you are looking to have a garden room built in the Cotswolds which uses composite cladding, we can recommend different brands, and these different makes of composite cladding will use different amounts of recycled plastics.

We think therefore that the garden room, where the roof can be used to grow plants, combined with composite cladding which is made using recycled plastics is a good example of an environmentally friendly garden room.

 

Why not have a bathroom added?

Whether you are going to use the building as a home office, perhaps to run a business from, or you simply want to use it as a spare bedroom, so when you have family over they can have their own bedroom, why not also have a bathroom added to the garden room?

This means that when you’re working say from the garden room, you don’t have to keep popping back to the house to use the toilet. As because you can have a bathroom within your garden room.

We can put just a toilet and a sink into your garden room, you might want to complete bathroom suite, complete with a towel rail.

 

Huge windows

Many homes throughout the Cotswolds look out the countryside, long flowing rivers and sometimes even ancient woodlands. Therefore, you might want really large windows fitted into the building, so that you can look out over onto the view.

Therefore, for example you might want a Somerset garden room built, and you might want to the front very large bi folding doors so that you can look over the countryside.

Alternatively, you may live in Worcester, and you may have a large river flowing near your house that you can see, you might like to have by folding doors, so that you can look out over the river.

You might live in Wiltshire, and you might be able to see rolling hills in the background, you might want a large aluminium window fitted so that when you are unwinding and drinking a bottle of wine you can look out at the hills.

 

Cotswolds garden offices

Most of the garden rooms that we construct are used as garden offices, and because we have electricians that work for our garden room company, we can install electric heaters for you.

This means that you can use your garden office all year round, even on the coldest of winter days, all you have to do is switch the heating on and you can still use your garden room to work in.

We can also install air conditioning for you.

Multiuse garden rooms

A lot of garden rooms are used for multiple uses, for example a person might work in the garden room during the week.

Yet one half of the building might be used as a bar, for example with craft beer on pump, so that room might be used on the weekends to have friends over enjoy a pint and also watch the football as well.

So as you can see the garden room can be used for work and it can also be used to have your friends over and watch the football and enjoy a pint of beer.

 

Built quickly

Here at Kingsley, we have a large team that build our summerhouses, garden offices and garden rooms. Because we have such a large workforce, this allows us to build garden rooms in The Cotswolds quickly.

Some garden rooms will take us longer to build, if for example it is a large building, that has a bathroom, the requires decking out the front and might even need solar panels adding to the roof.

This type of construction would take us longer to build, but because we have a lot of staff, such as roofers, electricians and carpenters at work for us we can build our garden rooms quickly.

 

We cover a large area

Here at Kingsley we cover a truly large area, we cover the whole of the Cotswolds, and we have sales staff that can come out and meet and discuss all of the different options that we offer.

Our friendly staff will take the time to discuss all the different cladding options, the different window options the different door options the different roof options different flooring options the different installation options.

In matter of fact there are so many different options when you choose us to build your summerhouse, that is why so many people in the Cotswolds hire us to build a garden room, because they can have the whole building constructed exactly the way that they want.

This is quite different from some other garden room companies, which may already manufacture the whole building in a factory and then just ship it to the customer.

 

Our buildings are different because they are bespoke.

When you buy a garden room it’s important that you make sure that it is well insulated, because otherwise it could be difficult to heat come the winter.

For example, some buildings are not insulated, so as soon as that electric heater is switched off room can start to get very cold almost straightaway.

It’s also uneconomical to heat a garden room that’s not insulated properly, especially with the way electric prices are at the moment, it’s really important that whichever company builds your summerhouse, this well insulated.

For example, our builders will put panel installation into the walls, panel installation is made by an insulating foam which has a reflective coating both sides, it does a brilliant job of keeping the warm air into a building.

So, we can use panel installation the walls and we can also use it in the ceiling for you as well this makes it easier to heat your garden room.

Also if your going to work in your garden office, you’re going to want it to be to be nice and warm and comfortable, you’re going to want the heat to stay in the building for as long as possible. If you buy a really cheap summerhouse then it can sometimes be draughty and it can be difficult to keep it warm.

So, when you hire us to build a garden room, we can discuss with you the different options that we can offer to insulate the building.

We can also use a rock wool, in the walls, this is simply made from fibreglass, it does a really good job of insulating the walls.

You might also want to for underfloor heating, this is something else that we can offer, and it can make the building a lot more comfortable for you. For example, you might be using the room as an office, and therefore the floor can be nice and warm for you when you are working.

 

Large garden rooms

You may want a very large garden room constructed, you might have a large garden, and you therefore want a large building constructed.

You might want to use the garden room as a place to have your friends over and to socialise.

You might want us to build a bar, where you can serve drinks to your friends, this therefore would make a brilliant place to go and to enjoy time with your friends.

You might also want to have a projector within the room, so that you can have your friends over you can watch the rugby on the large screen, and you can also enjoy a pint of beer with your friends in the garden room as well.

A garden room therefore is a brilliant place to spend time your friends, whether you want to play darts with them enjoy a pint of real ale or maybe you just want what’s the latest football match on your projector, a garden room offers a brilliant place to spend time with your friends.

A place to play a musical instrument

Perhaps you played the trombone, the piano or the drums, you might want a place where you can go practice that separate from the house.

For example, when somebody is watching the television downstairs they might not want to hear you practising playing the drums, so why not have a garden room built, that’s separate from your house.

 You could have the walls soundproof so you can play you musical instruments for as long as you want and you will have a place where you can go and practice playing your musical instrument whenever you like.

 

How much does it cost to have a garden room built in the Cotswolds?

We can build a Cotswolds garden room with prices starting from just 17,000, prices then rise up depending on the options you want, and prices could increase up to 70,000.

The price is mostly dependent on the size of the garden room that we are building.

For example, in the Cotswolds a homeowner might want a very large garden extends the entire width of their garden this would cost a lot more.

You might just want a more compact garden room built, and prices that these start from 17,000.

Luxury Cotswolds garden rooms

You might live in Somerset, and have decided that now you want a luxury garden room built, you wanted to have all the bells and whistles. You want large decking out the front so that you care in eat alfresco during the summer, you want the very best red cedar cladding, new want a complete bathroom inside we can build this for you at a competitive price.

We can also create 3-D designs

You might want to see what your garden room will look like prior to having it actually built. Therefore, we can offer to create for you 3-D designs so that you can see what the garden room will look like, and then once you have seen it you might want to make some alterations.

For example, you might want a garden room built in the Cotswolds England, and you might opt for red cedar cladding.

However, when you see the 3-D designs you might want to change the cladding to say grade composite cladding instead.

So therefore 3-D designs offer the customer to see what the garden room will look like before it is built.

Somerset Garden Rooms

We can build a luxury garden room anywhere in Somerset, with prices starting from just 17 K, our garden rooms are a lot more affordable than you might have thought.

Our friendly estimator can come out and meet you, we can then have a chat in your garden, about the different types of cladding, the different types of roof and also the difference types of door that we offer.

Sometimes if the construction is relatively simple then we can offer you a quote there and then.

However, if it’s a much larger garden room, let’s say a building that really long and you want a Jacuzzi built to the side, you are air-conditioning and you also want a large set by folding doors, then often we will need to go back to the office and to work out the costs. We will then send over an email with a breakdown of the quote.

We want to improve our whole garden can you help

We most certainly can sometimes a customer will want a company that can manage all of the landscaping works that they want completed.

For example, the customer may be having a 70 K garden room built therefore they want to improve the rest of the garden as well.

They might want brand-new composite fencing, they might want a new patio the might want decking in some parts of their garden and we can complete all of that work for you.

So, we can completely transform your garden for you, so if you are looking for a business in the Cotswolds that can really improve your garden by building a brand-new summerhouse, offering landscaping work and building fencing then why not give us a ring?

Get more use out of your garden this winter

Here in Britain we use our gardens a lot but only during the summer months when the weather is nice and warm.

During the winter when the weather is cold and the garden is full of leaves and its muddy and everything is covered in ice as well you might not want to spend much time there at all.

Yet if you get a well insulated garden room built then you can use that’s room the whole year around even if is really cold outside.

Because you can simply walk into your garden room and can switch on the electric heaters and you could use the room as a space to enjoy a bottle of wine, read a book or simply play a musical instrument.

You might not want to during the winter to walk down to the local pub, so why not create your own part in new garden and have a garden room built?

You could have a long bar built by our joiners, you can have multiple beer pumps, where you could enjoy a nice pint of ale with your friends in your garden room.

Therefore, you haven’t even got a walk to the pub because you can create your own pub in your garden.

 

Worcestershire garden rooms

 

Do you live in Worcestershire?

If you want a garden room built in Worcestershire in England then why not give us a call?

We can build a high quality, insulated garden room anywhere within Worcestershire. Prices start from just 17,000, so if you’re thinking about getting a Worcestershire garden room constructed then why not give us a ring here at Kingsley. We will aim to meet you as soon as we can, to offer you a free quote. Plus, because we have a large team of roofers, carpenters and electricians we can build your summerhouse very quickly for you.

So, if you want to work in the garden room, and you want to start working in that garden room as soon as possible then why not bring us because our company can build summerhouses quickly.

 

Wiltshire garden offices and rooms

Do you live in Wiltshire?

If you live in Wiltshire in England and you are looking for garden room companies then why not call us? We can build summerhouses, garden offices and garden rooms at prices are very competitive. For example our cheapest garden rooms start from just £17,000, they are therefore very affordable for a lot of homeowners.

 

Bath garden rooms

Bath a great Roman city, and it hasn’t brilliant architecture. A lot of people in Bath want a quality garden room built in at exactly what we can offer you. We can build summerhouses garden offices and garden rooms in the city of Bath in England.

We offer free quotes in Bath, England. If you are therefore thinking about getting a summerhouse built then why not give Kingsley a call? We have a huge amount of experience building garden rooms, our buildings are therefore built to a very high standard of workmanship. We have joiners the which will build a quality garden room for you.

 

Why are garden offices now so popular?

 

Introduction

You might have popped over your friends house just to have a catch up, and you noticed out in their garden that they have had a brand-new garden office built. Once you recognise this you start to see that they are in so many gardens right across the hall of the Cotswolds, but why have garden offices now become so popular?

After all of the garden then normally just used to be a rickety old garden shed, a greenhouse that might have been missing a few glass panels let’s say and all compost bin, however these garden buildings now become so popular and what are the benefits of owning one?

Well, we think that garden offices offer a brilliant space the homeowner to go out and get their work done in a quiet room. After all, if you were on the telephone for work, the last thing you want is somebody chatting loudly in the background distracting you from your work or with your boss!

What you what this is a quiet place where you can go to work, get all those emails done, and when the working day is finished, you can simply fold back the by folding doors and lock-up the door and walk back to the house.

The best part is you don’t need to jump in the car, and drive say 10 miles home, no you can simply lock the door a new garden office, walk back to your house.

Just think of all the petrol or diesel you will be saving by not having to commute back and forth to your place of work, you can instead just walk down the garden open the door and start working whenever you want.

We think is a garden room company in the Cotswolds that garden offices have become very popular because simply put more people are now working from home, and that’s mostly due to the covid virus where a lot of employers said to their staff work from home more often.

However, people who used to work in a city centre, quickly learned that they might not want to work on the kitchen table because this simply too many distractions with other members of the family wanting to chat and you might not be able to concentrate on getting your work done.

This is why garden room companies like ours have become so busy building garden offices because people want a place where they can go to to get their work done which is quiet and when the working day is finished they can lock the door and walk back to the house

 

What is a Garden Office?

So, you might be thinking well what is a garden office, I know what a summerhouse is but what is a garden office?

While a garden office is simply a garden building which is being built with the design that the homeowner is going to work in it throughout the year.

So, what we mean by that is because our seasons change so much, in this we can go from having really hot weather through to having cold weather where Jack Frost is covering absolutely everything with a blanket of frost.

So, what is needed is a well made garden room that you can easily seat during the winter, and that’s because it has quality installation.

Also, it needs to have electric heaters so that you can easily switch these on and start to rise the temperature of the room to that it is nice and warm in their you to work.

You might also want underfloor heating to keep your feet nice and warm.

Then during the summer when the sun is beaming down on your garden room you going to want to have air-conditioning so that you can call the room very quickly.

So a garden office is simply a garden room but it should be designed so that the homeowner can use it right throughout the entire year.

Now with that said there will be companies which sell garden offices which are not insulated at all.

Companies will also sell garden offices without heaters and therefore it is up to the homeowner to contact an electrician to install all of the electrics and to get the electric heaters installed as well.

So some garden rooms won’t even sometimes have insulation in the walls, so as a homeowner when you are choosing a garden room company, you have to pick a business which will build a high quality garden building, that also well insulated.

Benefits of a garden office vs a home office:

for some of us, we won’t have a spare room within our house that we can dedicate to use as an office.

And you may not want to move house, because of the expense, upheaval and you might like way you live-so simply put is what you want is another room that adding one to your current house might just be too expensive.

Or you might have already extended your house as much as you possibly can, through a loft conversion and also a side extension to the house.

Sue might now be thinking while how can I obtain an extra room, I want to use it as an office, I need a quiet place and get more work done.

And then you might suddenly think right I’m buying a garden office, and there are many advantages to this option.

The most obvious benefit of owning a garden office is there it can offer a quiet place for you to go and get your work done. So, whether that’s painting or oil painting on canvas, or its simply creating Excel spreadsheets for work, or it might be that you work for a company in sales over the phone and you therefore need a room that is quiet so that you can call other businesses and sell products or services.

What you need is a quiet place to work and that’s exactly what a garden office can offer.

Plus, also our builders can add soundproofing into the walls, so this can make it even quieter inside.

The next benefit is you don’t have to drive to work is much, and this is a huge benefit, because think of all the time you been stuck in traffic you have to find the car parking place and after a long day at work who wants to drive home and waste in our driving through heavy traffic.

So, what you can do instead is work from home, working a garden office and therefore you don’t need to use your car is much, so you are therefore potentially helping to protect the environment as well by burning less fossil fuels such as diesel and petrol.

Also receiving time because let’s say over the course of one week driving to work on driving back from work that takes a huge amount of time for some people.

It might take you over an hour each way so over a working week you could say 10 hours where you’re not driving to and from work.

Instead, you could cut yourself a piece of cake in the kitchen put it on a plate and simply walk out your garden office which is just a few steps away.

We can also install a complete bathroom into your garden room, so when you need a toilet break you don’t even need to sit the building you can simply use the bathroom and then get back to work without ever having to leave the garden room.

The next benefit of owning a garden room is you could make better use of your garden.

For example, when you look at the end if you garden right now, at this moment in time you might be looking out onto an old garage that you don’t use too much, in my just our old paintings and it.

Or you might have a wooden shed where the roof is broken and its leaking water inside so this completely useless and redundant.

Or you might just have a huge amount of brambles overtaking the end of your garden which make it completely unusable.

So, you may have decided that now is the time to improve your garden, to get more use from a garden and one of the ways you can do that is to purchase a garden room from us.

Because let’s be fair during the winter months when is called in this wet outside, not many of us here in Britain make much use of our gardens at all, so for half the year we might not even wonder out to the garden.

So therefore, some gardens in the Cotswolds might not even be used that much at all during the winter, so why not build a building the you can use during the winter.

The room can be so well built as insulation in the ceiling in the walls and in the floor so during the winter is very easy to heat our garden rooms that’s because they are so well insulated.

By simply flicking the switch on your electric heater you can instantly start to warm the room, therefore even on the coldest of winter days when it absolutely freezing outside, you can still use your garden room, because all you have to do is switch the heater on.

What are some of the benefits of owning a garden gym?

Introduction

Once the working day is finished, a lot of people like to work on improving their fitness, whether that’s running for a bit, to get the heart rate up, or perhaps you like lifting weights? Or perhaps you like yoga?

So, you might finish work, get in the car, and then drive to the gym- but wait- wouldn’t it be more convenient if you worked out from home?

Where you haven’t got to wait for any of the gym equipment to become available, because you own all of the equipment?

Well, when you own a garden gym, you can workout whenever you want, there’s no opening hours, no waiting for equipment to become available, and because you own all of the equipment, you will know its clean, as its not shared with many other people.

 

Why are garden gyms so popular?

Garden gyms are very popular simply because a lot of people like the convenience of simply walking to the end of their garden, and starting to workout. This as opposed to some people having to drive some distance to get to a gym, and then because they want to go straight after work, they may as well be stuck in traffic, not to mention road works!

 

Workout whenever you want

What’s great about owning your own garden gym, is that whatever time it is, whether its 1am in the morning, or just after work, you can start your workout whatever time is best for you.

With some gyms, the gym may close at a certain time, let’s say earlier on a Sunday, yet when you own your own garden gym, its never closed, its open day and night, for you to use whenever you.

Sometimes, with some gyms there may be one piece of equipment that you want to use, the problem with that is, during peak times at the gym, let’s say at 5pm, well there may sometimes be a que to use this equipment.

And this means that you may get home from the gym later than you wanted, simply because, you had to wait quite a while for the gym equipment that you wanted to become available.

However, when you own your own equipment, when all of the free weights, the rowing machine, the cycle bike is yours, and its in your garden gym, this means that you don’t ever have to wait for it to become free, because you own in.

So, there’s no more waiting around to use the gym equipment

 

You won’t have to drive back home

After you’ve finished a long day at work, and then you’ve been to the gym, sometimes you won’t want to have to drive back home, as sometimes for some people there might be some distance from where the gym is to where they live.

And that’s what’s great about owning your own garden gym, there’s no long drive home, after you’ve finished your workout. Instead, you can just lock the door, and walk a few steps back to your house, so you can save time, and instead start preparing a healthy meal, rather than having to drive back from the gym, every time you have finished your workout.

 

Why not have a large window installed so you can take in the views

All over the Cotswolds, there are homes which have spectacular views, overlooking fields as far as the eye can see.

If you live in a farm house in Gloucestershire for example, you may have a spot in your garden that looks out at large hills, and you have decided that you want a garden room built, with large bi-folding doors, so as you workout on your cycle bike, you can take in the views.

Perhaps alternatively you like in Worcestershire, and your own a home that’s surround by old woodland, you may want to have a garden room built, to face the trees, so as you do yoga, you can enjoy the fresh air.

Alternatively, you may live in Wiltshire, and have a few of a fast flowing river, you may like to watch the river as you row on your rowing machine.

Here in the Cotswolds, there are many homes that have great views over the countryside, so why not have a garden building built, where you can exercise, do yoga, do free weights, or simply cycle on your bike, and look out over the scenery that surrounds your house?

 

As cool or as warm as you like

Sometimes when you go to some gyms, in the winter they may not heat the gym, and you may well feel rather cold?

You may find this uncomfortable, so when you own your own garden gym in the Cotswolds, you can warm the room, by switching on the electric heaters, and you can therefore have a nice warm room where you can work out, and do yoga, or lift some weights, or perhaps cycle on your bike?

 

The gym equipment will be nice and clean

Sometimes, when you visit some gyms, then the machinery may not feel that clean?

The cycle bike might have a display that looks like its covered in splashes of sweat, this may not feel that hygienic, and may even make you feel like you don’t want to visit the gym that often?

So, when you own your own equipment, you can keep it nice and clean, and you will know that its just you, or your family and friends that are using the equipment.

 

You may want to work out much more regularly

Let’s say you’ve had a busy day at work, and your tired, you want to go to the gym, as you may have a fitness goal that you’re trying to reach.

For example, you might be trying to lose a certain about of weight before your wedding?

Or you may want to cycle a distance in 30 minutes, and your close to reaching your fitness goals, so you don’t want to miss a workout.

But your tired and you simply don’t want to drive to the gym, then make dinner afterwards.

So, by owning your own gym, it makes it easier for you to workout when you want, you don’t have to drive to the gym, then drive all the way home.

You can come straight home from work, and then start your workout when you want, because the gym equipment is only a few steps away from your house.

So, this may make you want to workout much more often, simply because its so easy to start working out when all of the gym equipment is in your garden gym.

 

Our garden gyms are not as expensive as you might think

We do build luxury garden rooms, yet with that said, they might not be as expensive as you might think.

With prices starting from 17k, our garden rooms are competitive priced.

Prices range between 17k and also up to 70k+, it does depend on the options you choose.

For example, we do offer a huge choice of cladding options, these range from the lower cost options, such as metal sheet cladding, through to the more expensive hardwood options.

We can offer different air conditioning systems that also range in price.

We can also offer different door options, for example our lowest cost option would be to opt for upvc, then we offer wooden doors, and we also offer aluminium bi folds, which are the more expensive option.

 

We build garden gyms in Gloucestershire

We can build a luxury garden room anywhere in Gloucestershire. So if your thinking of having a garden building built, to use as a gym, office, or as a place to play a musical instrument, then why not call us.

 

Why hire us to build your Gloucestershire garden room?

We have many staff which work for us, which means that we can build a Gloucestershire garden office or room quickly. Our company is also committed to build very high quality garden rooms, this is why the timber, the doors, the roof, everything is of the highest quality.

We can also create 3d designs for you, so before our builders have started to build your Gloucestershire summerhouse, we can show you 3d designs of what the building can look like. You may see the 3d designs which  we have created, and you may decide to make design alterations, for example to choose different doors.

 

We build our garden gyms in the city of Bath

Do you live in the city of Bath?

We can build a garden room, summerhouse or garden office anywhere in the city of Bath. Perhaps you want a large garden office built, because you run your own business, and now want to work from home more often, and need a large garden room where you can work?

Perhaps you want to improve your fitness, and want a garden gym built?

Perhaps you want a quiet place where you can work on producing art work, and show your art work on the walls, to customers?

 

Then why not hire us to build a garden room for you?

We can build a Bath garden office, garden room or summerhouse, and with prices starting from 17k, then our garden buildings are very competitively priced.

 

We build garden gyms in Worcestershire

We also build Worcestershire garden rooms, perhaps you want a large building to use as your room to do yoga, perhaps you want a garden room to use a place to play the piano, or perhaps you want to use the room to watch the rugby?

We can build a quality garden room for you, with prices starting from just 17k, plus, we offer free quotes, so as soon as you call us, we can arrange a convenient time for us to come and meet you and offer you a quote.

Would you like a free and no obligation quote?

How much does a garden room cost? And, also what’s included in the price?

 

If you need some extra room, perhaps to enjoy playing a musical instrument, to gain some space to workout, or to obtain a place to work, a garden building can be a great way to obtain more room.

Yet, as with any considered purchase, you do need to know what you are getting for your investment. And because there’s so many garden rooms companies out there, it’s important to stop, and deliberate which company is offering you the best value for money.

Below we have answered some questions our sales staff often get asked when a customer wants to purchase a garden room.

We will also talk about how much our garden rooms cost to build.

So why not make a hot chocolate, sit back, and have a read of this article, which will tell you everything regarding how much our garden buildings cost.

 

 

How much is a garden room?

Our gardens rooms start at £17,000, prices then increase depending on which options you select, and also the size of the garden building.

For example, if you were to opt for air conditioning the price would increase.

We want a small garden room built, what’s the starting price for these?

 

Prices start from 17k and then increase depending on which options you select; prices range up to 70k+.

What will be included in the price?

 

Included in the price of a garden room built by Kingsley:

–        We have built many garden rooms, so you can be confident you will receive a high quality garden room

–        Built quickly as we have a large team of roofers, plasterers, plumbers, electricians, builders, carpenters, joiners, painters and decorators.

–        We can offer either a concrete base or ground screws, concrete slabs is the more expensive option

–        We can offer French doors

–        We can offer aluminium bi folding doors

–        We can offer upvc doors

–        Our windows are all double glazed

–        Many different cladding options, for the lower cost options, such as choosing metal cladding, through to our most expensive options, which would be hardwood cladding.

–        We can add electric heaters to the wall

–        We can install the power sockets in the wall

–        (please note, that prices are dependent on the size of the garden room, and which options you choose, as every single garden room we build is bespoke, we will need to offer you a quote)

All of our quotes are offered for free.

 

We offer free quotes in:

 

–        We build garden rooms in:

–        North Somerset

–        Bristol

–        Whole of Gloucestershire

–        Wiltshire

–        Worcestershire

 

Our garden room company builds garden rooms all across The entire Cotswolds, so if you are thinking of having a garden room built, why not call us?

 

Would you also like to select upgrades?

Our garden buildings are not assembled in a light industrial unit, say in Bristol, no, our buildings are built in your garden by our craftsman.

Every building is built the way the customer wants, so our customers specify the size, also which options they would like.

We can offer many upgrades to choose from, here are just some of the upgrades we can offer:

–        Air conditioning

–        Low maintenance composite cladding or hardwood cladding

–        Different colour bi-folding doors

–        Rubber roof

–        Outdoor lighting

–        Toilet

–        Sound proofing

 

 Would you like a bathroom added?

Some of our customers will opt to have our plumbers install a bathroom, this could be the entire suite.

Or we can just fit a toilet and sink.

We can also install a towel rail as well.

Our garden room company has plumbers that work for the business, so we can install a bathroom for you.

 

Would you like a kitchen added?

If you are going to use your garden room as an office, then its likely you’re going to be spending a lot of time in the building. Therefore, you may not want to keep walking to your house to say heat up your pasta for your dinner, so we can install a kitchen for you, so you can just pop your dinner in the microwave and heat it up.

 

Can you install the electrics for us?

Our garden building company can install all of the electrics for you, we have electricians that can complete this work for you.

They can add the wiring for:

–        Outdoor lights

–        Underfloor heating

–        The indoor lights

–        The power sockets

–        The dimmer switch

–        The electric heaters

–        The extractor fan

 

Do you require any landscaping work?

Sometimes, before we build say a Gloucestershire garden room, the end of the garden may well be covered in brambles.

Once the brambles are cleared, it may be apparent that the ground is uneven, there’s too much soil, and because the customer wants a concrete base, more soil will need to be removed.

This may sometimes mean a mini digger, a driver for that machine, a ground worker, and also someone to operate a dumper may well be required.  The soil will then need to taken to either a skip where it can collected by a waste disposal company, or sometimes, we may hire a grab hire company.

The soil will then be removed from the garden, and the mini diggers can continue to level the ground.

This is so when we start to build the garden room in Gloucester, that the ground is level, so we can lay the concrete base.

We can therefore offer you a quote, to complete this landscaping work.

We can complete landscaping work in:

Gloucestershire

Worcestershire

Bath

 

We work with grab hire companies, which can grab the soil, and remove it for us. We also have excavator hire companies, that will hire us mini diggers.

Do you build garden gyms?


 

We build garden gyms throughout South West England

 

 

Here at Kingsley, we do build garden gyms, right across South West England. A garden gym can help you get in shape, by simply being much more convenient for you to simply walk to the end of your garden, and start a workout whenever you like. So if you’re looking at improving your overall fitness why not consider purchasing a garden gym?

 

Would you like to lose some extra weight?

On a cold winter’s night, the though of having to drive to the gym, well, can be off putting, you might prefer to sit and watch the television, and have a take-away- however that’s not going to help improve a person’s fitness. So, if you own a garden gym, that’s only a few steps away from the house, well, you may well be more inclined to start a workout possibly much more regularly than would, if you had to drive to a gym? Of course it all boils down to how much will power someone has, yet if you want to tone your muscles and burn fat, well owning your own gym can most definitely help you on your weight loss or improving your overall fitness joinery.

 

Have you got a marathon coming up?

You might take training very seriously, for example you may have a marathon  coming up in Bristol, and you want to have very  garden gym built so can help you build strength and endurance.